Text
                    RELIGION AND SPIRITUALITY

The
why

IN

THE MODERN WORLD

Spiritual Revolution

religion

is

giving

way

Paul Heelas and Linda

to spirituality

Woodhead

Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski, Karin lusting


Boston PubNc Libiary Boston, MA 02116
The Spiritual Revolution
AND SPIRITUALITY THE MODERN WORLD RELIGION IN Linda Woodhead, Lancaster University Series Editors: Paul Heelas, London Editorial Advisor. David Martin, Emeritus Professor, School of Economics Foundin£f Editors: John Clayton, formerly University of Boston^ and Ninian Smart, formerly University of California - Santa Barbara The Religion and ible to a Spirituality in the Modern World series makes access- wide audience some of the most important work in the study of reUgion today. The series invites leading scholars to present clear technical contributions to ituality in the and non- contemporary thinking about religion and modern world. Although the series is spir- geared primarily to the needs of university and college students, the volumes in Religion and Spirituality in the background Modern World will in Religious Studies prove invaluable to readers with some who wish to keep up with contemporary thinking in religion, theology and spirituality in the to the general reader of religion and who is spirituality in modern world as well as seeking to learn more about the transformations our time. Published: Don Cupitt - Mysticism After Modernity Paul Heelas, with the assistance of David Martin and Paul Morris Religion, Modernity and Postmodernity Linda Woodhead and Paul Heelas - Religion in Modern Times David Martin - Pentecostalism: The World Their Parish Steve Bruce - God is Dead David Smith - Hinduism and Modernity Peter Berger - Questions of Faith Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead, with Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski and Karin Tusting - The Spiritual Revolution Forthcoming: Bronislaw Szerszynski - Nature, Technology and the Sacred Simon Coleman - The Gospel of Health and Wealth
The Spiritual Why Religion is Revolution Giving Way to Spirituality Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead with Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski and Karin lusting 0^ Blackwell Publishing
© 2005 by Paul Hcclas nd Linda Woodhead . BLACKWELL PUBLISHING 350 Main Street, Maiden, MA 02148-5020, USA 108 Cowley Road, Oxford OX4 IJF, UK 550 Swanston Street, Carlton, Victoria 3053, Australia The right of Paul Heelas this Work and Linda Woodhead to be identified as the Authors of UK Copyright, Designs, and may be reproduced, stored in a has been asserted in accordance with the Patents Act 1988. No All rights reserved. part of this publication retrieval system, or transmitted, in ical, as permitted by the UK Copyand Patents Act 1988, without the prior permission of the publisher. photocopying, recording or otherwise, except right, Designs, First any form or by any means, electronic, mechan- published 2005 by Blackwell Publishing Ltd Library of Congress Catalo£iin£f-in-Publication Data The spiritual rex olution Paul Heelas p. cm. . . . : why religion is gi\'ing way to spiritualit}' / [et al.]. — (Religion in the modern world) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 1-4051-1958-6 paper) (alk. paper) Heelas, Paul. 1. Spiritualit^^ I. — ISBN 1-4051-1959-4 (pbk. : alk. It. Series. BV4501.3.S663 2005 200'.9'0511-dc22 2004007692 A catalogue Set in 10 record for this on 13 pt title is available from the British Library. Galliard by Kolam Information Services, Pm:. Ltd, Pondicherry, India bound in the United Kingdom Books Ltd, Bodmin, Cornwall Printed and by MPG The publisher's policy is able forestry policy, and acid-free to use permanent paper from mills that operate a sustainwhich has been manufactured from pulp processed using and elementary chlorine-free practices. Furthermore, the publisher ensures and cover board used have met acceptable environmental that the text paper accreditation standards. For further information on Black\\'ell Publishing, visit our website: \v^\^\'.blackwellpublishing.com
For Sebastian, Elissa and and Sandy Mia
Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2015 https://archive.org/details/spiritualrevolutOOpaul
Contents List of Plates viii x Preface Introduction 1 1 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality: Findings from Kendal 12 2 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim in Kendal 3 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution: Britain and 4 Bringing 49 the Sacred to Life: Explaining Sacralization and Secularization 5 33 USA 77 „ Looking to the Future 129 Appendices 151 Notes 159 References 1 76 190 Index Plates fall between pp. 99 and 100
Plates 99 and 100 The main street of Kendal. Private collection 2 The Kendal Project team: Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski, Linda Woodhead, Karin Tusting and Paul Heelas (with Abby Day, second to left). This photograph, taken in Dent (near Kendal), Plates fall between pp. Plate 1 Plate also illustrates the spiritual revolution in action: the front of a building that was once a chapel . and is team stand now in part of a meditation centre. Private collection. Plate 3 Imposing authority: the medieval parish church in Kendal - a con- gregation of humanity (Anglican). Private collection. Plate 4 Informal Willow Creek Community Church, Chicago - a flourishing con- relationality: inside on the a 'seeker church' outskirts of gregation of experiential difference. Private collection. Plate 5 Rainbow Cottage, a holistic centre on the outskirts of Kendal. Private collection. Plate 6 Church attenders at the parish church Plate 7 Holistic contact: practitioner Linda with researcher Benjamin Seel. © in Kendal. Private collection. McGarvey of Rainbow Cottage The Westmoreland Gazette Plate 8 Life-as religion, clearly stated by an advert in the USA. Private collection. Plate 9 'Psychological and Biblical truth': the discourse of experiential difference. Plate 10 The unique, the © holistic, and wellbeing: craniosacral therapy, © Adam Rubinstein R.C.S.T., Kendal. Yoga in the mainstream of © Kendal Leisure Centre. Kendal. Plate II of a congregation Willow Creek Association. life.
List Plate 12 Soft capitalism at work ©The Guardian, image of Plates ix ©Getty Images. Reprinted with permission Plate 13 Sanctified capitalism: the Congregational church opposite the main entrance to what was once the world's Saltaire, Plate 14 A largest textile mill, near Bradford. Private collection. holistic shop overlooking the evolved into an upmarket mill at Saltaire - a mill which has wellbeing zone. Private collection. Plate 15 Objective wellbeing culture in action. Plate 16 Subjective wellbeing culture in action. Plate 17 The two worlds meet: spiritual wellbeing enters the congregational domain in a parish in the south of England. © Tim Higgins.
Preface This book explores the spiritual revolution claim: that traditional forms of particularly Christianit)^, religion, sometimes still In order to called 'New are giving way to holistic spirituality, Age'. make headway in testing this claim, we have found it necesdraw on the work of many colleagues in the sociology of sary not only to religion, but to form of undertake research of our own. This research took the study in the north-west of England, close to the Lake was named after the town in which it took place: the Kendal Project. Although the book draws on findings from the Project, much of the volume looks at the spiritual revolution claim in connection with evidence from Britain and the USA. The volume has been written by Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead, who take fiill responsibility for its arguments, not to mention any mistakes of fact, interpretation or theory. We have been assisted throughout by Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski and Karin Tusting, who have commented on drafts of every chapter and whose advice has helped shape the final product. The five of us were also the team who carried out the research in Kendal, with Heelas, Szerszynski and Woodhead directing the Project and a locality District. It Seel and Tusting as fijll-time researchers. Other individuals who have provided substantive input to the volume, and to are extremely gratefiil, include Kajsa Ahlstrand, Andrea Cheshire, Abby Day, Eliza Forder, Gordon Heald, Sandy Miller, Rosemary Mingins, Gordon Neal, Liz Puttick, Desmond Ryan, Margaret Stelfox, and David Voas. Funding for the Kendal Project was provided by a generous grant from whom we the Leverhulme Trust. We thank the Trust, its Director at the time, Barry of the application. A feasibilit)' study paving the way for the Project was handed by a seedcorn grant from the Faculty of Social Sciences, Lancaster University. Supple, and the anonymous referees
Preface Lancaster University, tute the for its laivironnient. Philosophy ported the Kendal Project space and equipment. Kate Wendy Department of Religious Studies and the in Public anil xi Insti- (Il^PPP) sup- Policy material ways, not least by providing office Lamb of Il.PPP assisted with data input, and Francis of Religious Studies helped with budgetary matters, mail ings and other queries. We also received excellent support from (^are Hindle of the Lancaster University Research Support Office. Students from the Department of Religious Studies assisted us in a number of ways: by helping us test and strengthen our ideas in our teach ing, by supplying good ideas and quotes, and by assisting us in the headcount we made of the churches and chapels in Kendal. We would like to acknowledge the helpful feedback we received from colleagues and students at other universities where we delivered papers on findings from the Kendal Project, and tried out ideas and arguments for the book. who Thanks are also due to the colleagues from other began the research in Kendal, we held a weekend workshop which spe- spirituality generously on contemporary religion and how we should proceed. in research to thank the participants: Sylvie (Collins, Clrace Davie, Mathew Cuiest, we at shared their experience and advice on cialists like universities contributed to research meetings held during the Project. Before We would Douglas Davies, Mike Hornsby-Smith, Penny Long Marler, Hernice Martin, David Martin and Martin Stringer. There was one person present at that workshop to whom we owe a debt of gratitude. Steve Bruce's interest and advice have been unwavering over the whole six years it has taken to complete this project. His challenging questions, clear thought, and supportive friendship have been a spur and encouragement throughout. Finally, we winild like to thank the people of Kendal and environs who took part in our research. They granted access to their churches, chapels, meeting houses, centres, groups, practice rooms, shops, and homes. They gave generously of their time, and spoke frankly and openly about matters of personal significance. People were enthusiastic about our research, and willing to go to considerable lengths to help us achieve our objectives. The authors and publisher wish to thank the following for permission to use copyright material: Tim Higgins; Wade (^lark Roof; Adam Rubinstein; South Lakeland Leisure; l^he Westmoreland Ciazette; Willow Oeek Association; Ihe Guardian and Getty Images; Spar (UK) Ltd; edcy Ltd; and A. P. Watt Ltd on behalf of Michael B. Yeats and Scribner, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Adult Publishing Clroup, for permission to reprint he Nineteenth Century and from The Yeats Collected After' by W. B. Works of W. H. Teats, Volume I: The Poems, Revised, edited by Richard ]. Finneran. (copyright 1933 by The Macmillan Cvompany, copyright renewed 1961 by Bertha Cleorgie Yeats. special l ' i ( (('.j ;
Listen! You hear the grating roar Of pebbles which At their return, the waves draw back, and fling, up the high strand Begin, and cease, and then again begin. With tremulous cadence The slow, and bring eternal note of sadness in The Sea of Faith Was once, too, at the Lay like the folds of a bright girdle But now Its I full, and round earth's shore furl'd. only hear melancholy, long, withdrawing roar. Retreating, to the breath Of the night-wind, down the vast And nalced shingles of the world. edges drear Matthew Arnold (from 'Dover Beach') Though the great song return There's keen delight in what no more we have: The rattle of pebbles on the shore Under the receding wave. W B. Yeats ('The Nineteenth Century and After')
Introduction . . . those contemporary aspirations towards a religion which would consist entirely in internal freely . . . and subjective states, and which would be constructed by each of us. (Durkheim, [1915] 1971, p. 47) more personal and indi(The Catholic Communica- the passage from traditional forms of religion to vidual expressions of what tions Office, 2003, Whether we believe in spiritual, that called 'spirituality'. is p. 1) God or not, I think most of us have a sense of the recognition of a deeper meaning and purpose in our believe that this sense flourishes despite the pressures of Elizabeth and 1 Christmas Day Broadcast, 2000) II, influence of reUgion - particularly Christianity - in western The dedining societies has lives, our world. (Queen been tiie chief topic of the study of religion for over a century, but in recent years the emergence of something called 'spirituality' has increasingly - demanded attention. Survey after survey shows that increasing numbers of people 'religious'. Terms like now prefer to call themselves 'spiritual' rather than spirituality, yoga, feng shui, chi and chakra have New hoUsm, become more common culture than traditional Christian vocabulary. the local bookshop or a stroll doubt that Christianity has 'The times', Though in it a Age, mind-body-spirit, Even in the general a cursory glance around around the shopping centre leaves new competitor little in 'the spiritual marketplace'. seems, 'they are a-changing'. it is still important to attend to the decline of traditional religion western societies, we can no longer evade the challenge of assessing and explaining the growth of such 'spirituaUty'. cant is its West.> this growth.^ Are we Is it living book attempts altering the through exactly a 'spiritual revolution'.> to answer. that will be introduced here, What is it.> How signifi- whole shape of the sacred landscape They These in the are the questions translate into three fairly distinct tasks and tackled in the chapters that follow. The first is to bring some clarity to the notion of 'spirituality'. As Meredith McGuire (1997) notes, 'we do not yet have the language or conceptual
2 Introduction apparatus for refining our understanding of spirituality' (p. 8). Only by de- we hope veloping such apparatus can temporary landscape. we If to shed light not clear what are with 'religion', then 'spirituality' in contrast will it on changes in the conmeant by the term be impossible to make is much progress. Having is clarified the to assess meaning of significance. its Some understand of concern with the sacred doomed argue that we our next - and main - task as the last it gasp and whimper West, an inconsequential dabbling that in the to disappear almost as quickly as and Stark, 1992). Others view will 'spiritualit)^', it as vastly it is appeared (Bruce, 2002; Finke more important than and that, are witnessing a tectonic shift in the sacred landscape that prove even more significant that the Protestant Reformation of the What we sixteenth century. are living through, they argue, is nothing less than radical change in which religion - namely Christianity - has been eclipsed by spirituality this 'spiritual made about being devoted to testing The (Luckmann, 1967, 1990; Campbell, 1999). Since is the most striking and provocative claim revolution claim' final task is the contemporary sacred scene, it what time explain the decline of some offer is surely the 'holy grail' of the forrris Since much of underlies calls 'the them one and the same rise of others. make to a single process - to massive subjective turn of 'The turn' is the argument of this book, turn of informs our approach some contem- modern Turn this 'massive subjective it is 26)} Subjective it book the 'subjectivization thesis', a thesis that attempts to is what Charles Taylor (1991) The at of the sacred and the sense of both decline and growth by relating culture' (p. this by way of research devised expressly for the purpose. to pursue porary study of religion, namely a theory which can What we much of It is a 'objective' roles, duties culture', to religion, spirituality shorthand for experience. modern a life and obligations, and reference to one's own vidualistic). If, for example, will shift of which we lived in terms a turn how all have of external or towards subjective experiences (relational as I begin with and change. major cultural turn away from we and go on to explain life much lived by as indi- have slotted myself into the role of a dutiful daughter and a loving and caring wife and mother, and tend to disregard my own feelings of exhaustion, unhappiness and periodic disgruntlement
Introduction because that am is not what the role I (in But living according to external expectations. subjective states, to listen to prompting by my altering what they me, and to life my own lived according to external expectations, to subjective turn I on act their my own unique am turning away life lived according to thus a turn away from is lived as a dutiful wife, father, husband, strong leader, self-made etc.) to 'subjective -life' (life lived in deep connection with the unique 'life-as' (life man The inner experience. then I suit needs, desires, capabilities and 'relationalities', then from feeling, decide to heed those if I are telling ways that better in life ought to be occupy.) I 3 experiences of my self-in-relation). Exploring the idea a little people think of themselves and 'given' orders of things further, the turn first is and foremost which away from worlds as in which belonging to established are transmitted from the past but flow forwards into the future. Being 'higher' and 'greater' than the individual self such transcendent, collective, supra-self orders serve 'sources of significance' (to use Taylor's what matters tradition - whether ingly, a nation-state, living one's life-as a is takes the it form of one's duties or may fulfils life member of and accord a communit)^ or What matters life. These higher authorities real value to some it when one performs cases the roles of life-as appear 'natural' and be pursued unreflectively; in others there 'the good life' is which stand over and above the one's obligations. In pressure to monitor one's and life primary a kinship system, a feudal system, and bestow meaning upon serve to direct one's as people's useful expression). Accord- system or a particular religion. a class obeying, heeding, pursuing ways of individual self 1989 may be self-consciously in order to conform. Virtue life are characterized in terms of sacrificing, disciplining or masking those aspects of oneself that pull one away from the 'oughts' of The most extreme examples of life-as can be found in military contexts (where, to quote Tennyson in 'The Charge of the Light Brigade', it is 'Theirs not to make reply/Theirs not to reason why/Theirs but to do and die'), or in the religious life (where, to quote the Constitutions of the Societ}^ of Jesus, the Jesuit should become 'a corpse which suffers itself to be borne and handled in any way whatsoever'). If the 'massive turn' in modern culture is thus a turn away from life-as, it is correspondingly a turn towards subjective-life. The latter has to do with the embedded states life. of consciousness, states of mind, memories, emotions, passions, sen- sations, bodily experiences, dreams, feelings, inner conscience, ments - including moral sentiments of each individual become a, if like and senti- compassion. The subjectivities not the, unique source of significance.
4 Introduction meaning and full Here authority. good 'the life' consists in living one's life in awareness of one's states of being; in enriching one's experiences; in finding ways of handling negative emotions; in to find out where and how may be improved. The goal becoming the quality of one's life not to defer to higher is own the courage to become one's authority. Not enough sensitive - alone or in relation - but to have authorit)^, to follow established own inner-directed, as subjective, life. Not to become what others want one to be, but to 'become who I truly am'. Not to rely on the knowledge and wisdom of others ('To the other be true'), but to live out the Delphic 'know thyself and the Shakespearian 'To thine paths, but to forge one's own be self true'. Thus the key value for the authority, whilst the key value mode of life-as for the mode of is conformity to external subjective-life connection with the inner depths of one's unique mode there as has own its satisfactions, authentic is life -in -relation. Each but each finds only danger in the other, and deep incompatibility between them. Subjectivities threaten the is mode - may emotions, for example, one ought to be living, easily disrupt the and 'indulgence' of personal proper discharge of duty impossible. Conversely, of integrity subjective-life. Given that only because the latter is is life feelings makes the demands attack the necessarily unique. T can be that particular individual with the particular and irreplaceable experiences 'oughts' of This life-as life- course of the life-as and history that life threaten not only my make me who values but my I am, the very existence. Differing attitudes towards an institution like marriage illustrate the incompatibility tution, very it is clearly. To those who believe that marriage obvious that one should sacrifice is a sacred insti- one's personal happiness for the sake of one's marital duty. Life-as a responsible father or a faithful wife will always trump the 'selfish' demands of subjective-life. Yet for those who cherish subjective -life, the sacrifice of desires for the sake of an 'external' institution like traditional marriage will be experienced as disruptive, under- mining and damaging - for to do this is to deny, override and take away the inner realities that play such an important role in constituting individ- and making people who they ual lives As to how the shift from general cultural change, life-as it is are.^ to subjective-life operates with regard to important to stress that minute suggesting that subjective -life was absent as has disappeared today. Far from suppose, is universal. Equally, it is it. we are in times past, Subjective-life, it is reasonable to suppose that not for one nor that life- reasonable to life-as forma- tions are always required for the organization and regulation of social life.
Introduction Nevertheless, we believe that Eric 5 Hobsbawro (1995), Ronald Inglehart (1997), Charles Taylor (1989, 1991, 2002), Joseph Veroff et al. (1981) and become the defining The evidence, which is cultural development of modern western culture. extensive, will be explored throughout this volume. What we will see is that others are right in supposing that the subjective turn has both self-understanding and socio -cultural arrangements have been developing in a 'person-centred' or 'subjectivity- centred' direction. In education cul- we ture, 'child-centred' or 'learner-centred'; in see a turn towards the purchasing culture, towards the 'consumer-centred'; in health culture, to- wards the 'patient-centred'; in work culture, towards the personal develop- ment of employees. Each of these shifts involves a turn hierarchical, deferential, life-as order keeper, the doctor, the for the manager was away from a more of things in which the teacher, the shop'god'. Thus those institutions that cater unique subjective -lives of the 'centred' are on the increase, whilst those that continue to operate in life-as mode find themselves out of step with the times. Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality One of that it the great virtues of the language of 'life-as' and 'subjective -life' enables us to sharpen up the distinction between 'religion' and ituality' by distinguishing between life-as religion and is 'spir- subjective-life spiritu- bound up with the mode of life-as - indeed it sacralizes life-as. By contrast, the latter is bound up with subjective-life - indeed it sacralizes subjective -life. Thus the former involves subordinating subjectiveality. life The former the to is authority of transcendent meaning, 'higher' goodness and truth, whilst the latter invokes the sacred in the cultivation of unique subjective-life. important to It is tween stress that the distinction 'subjective-life spirituality' with the ways in which the terms culture. For example, and 'spirituality' 'spirituality' is press devotion to God 'obedience to the will we use in this volume be- 'life-as religion' is and is in the when spirituality is thought of as of God' with the believer entering into an intense subjective in the sense that something which used often used in Christian circles to ex- or Christ - as relationship (involving self-surrender) with the divine. awe, sorrow, gratitude not always identical 'religion' are etc.), it Such spirituality is involves often intense experiences (of joy, but objective in the sense that it is focused on and remains external to and higher than the self This
6 is Introduction experience of the sacred as transcendent, higher way of the and inspiration of the tradition. It is Holy life - whether directly by or indirectly by way of scripture Spirit, not an experience of the sacred as integral to, insepar- from and flowing through one's own subjective- life. As such, it might be called 'life-as spirituality' - and is clearly not the same as what we mean able by subjective-life of Christian unique spirituality. (This is not to deny that there may be forms spirituality that are centrally concerned with the cultivation of subjective-life, particularly in the mystical tradition.) many common usages of 'spirituality' and 'religion' which overlap much more closely with our categories of 'subjective-life spirituality' and 'life-as religion'. Most notably the term 'spirituality' is often used to express commitment to a deep truth that is to be found within what belongs to this world. And the term 'religion' is used to express commitment to a higher truth that is 'out there', lying beyond what this world has But there to offer, rituals, The are and exclusively related to specific externals (scriptures, dogmas, and so on).^ Spiritual Revolution Claim Given the cultural significance of the subjective turn, we would expect the sacred landscape to be affected by to operate in life-as mode it. If 'secular' institutions that continue increasingly find themselves out of step with the times, whilst those that cater for unique subjective-lives are flourishing, then it is certainly worth exploring the possibility that the same thing happening within the sphere of the sacred. What we would expect forms of the sacred that are experienced as is is that compatible with the turn to subjective-life will be faring better than those that serve to reinforce life-as modes of existence. In order to explore this possibility, we work with a simple formulation of the spiritual revolution claim: 1 Life-as forms of the sacred, which emphasize a transcendent source of significance and authority to which individuals must conform at the ex- pense of the cultivation of their unique subjective-lives, are most be likely to in decline; 2 Subjective -life forms of the sacred, which emphasize inner sources of significance and authority and the cultivation or subjective-lives, are most likely to be growing. sacralization of unique
Introduction To put this concretely, the expectation .would be that in the more those forms of religion that tell 7 West their followers to live their lives in con- formity with external principles to the neglect of the cultivation of their unique subjective-lives will West By churches and chapels are contrast, those forms of spirituality in the that help people to live in accordance with the deepest, sacred dimen- own unique sion of their lives can be expected to be growing. These include the multifarious forms of sacred together under collective terms 'alternative' reiki, Many be in decline. likely to fall into this category. or 'holistic' meditation, ology, much tai chi, wicca and like spirituality, 'body, which mind and are often spirit', and which include aromatherapy, many more activit\^ much paganism, (a ftiller will grouped 'New Age', yoga, (spiritual) rebirthing, reflex- survey of such activities is offered in the pages that follow). As come about when More specifically, given for the spiritual revolution, this can be said to subjective-life spiritualit}' overtakes life-as religion. book (see below), the spiritual revoluwhen 'holistic' activities having to do with attract more people than do 'congregational' the primary empirical focus of this tion can be said to take place subjective -life activities spiritualit)^ having to do with life-as religion. Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim This clarification of the spiritual revolution claim renders it rigorous enough to be tested empirically. The most straightforward way of doing so would be by way of existing studies and surveys of religion and spirituality in the West. Those of a more qualitative, ethnographic variety might enable us to see how much now has to do with subjective -life activities rather than those of a life-as form, whilst those of a more quantitative, longitudinal nature would help us compare the relative fortunes of these two varieties to see whether the former Whilst there are draw is many overtaking the in this task, there are, on which we can however, only a few that are direcdy focused on the issues which concern us most. good ethnographic latter. excellent studies of Christianity And whilst there are a studies of 'alternative spiritualities', number of equally and there is accu- mulating evidence from both sides of the northern Atlantic that interest 'expressive', 'holistic' growing, there question of just is (mind-body-spirit), as yet litde how many or New Age spiritualities or no hard evidence that bears on the people have become active in this sphere. in is critical
8 Introduction Our search. only option, therefore, was to carry out additional empirical We did so by way of a locality the relatively self-contained market Cumbria, District. in the re- study of 'Patterns of the Sacred' in town and regional centre of Kendal, north-west of England, just to the south-east of the Lake By taking - population 27,610 a single relatively small locality in 1999 - we could be fairly confident of systematically exploring what was going on by way of face -to -face, associational religious and spiritual activity. We would also be able to look at such activity in some detail through indepth qualitative research. We town for the spiritual revolution claim ground as a testing 'spiritual laboratory', as feasibility study, continued until would, in other words, be able to treat the one inhabitant of Kendal put - of as a sort After an it. initial the Kendal Project began in October 2000, and research end of June 2002, with some follow-up work the extending into 2003. (A summary of the research strategies of the Project can be found in Appendix Kendal is 1; the question of the representativeness of addressed in later chapters, in particular Chapter Three.) The primary concern of places most where religious and it is here that women a and life. These are the clearly visible men come and together whose primary purpose to engage in face -to -face, associational activities church and chapel, most spiritual activities are richly in evidence, for engagement with the we came the Kendal Project was to study what to think of as the heartlands of religious and spiritual is One was obvious: the very public activities of heartland we came to call the congregational domain sacred. (other than Christians, there are very few adherents of world religions in Kendal). is The other was obvious: the less often called alternative or New Age refer to as the holistic milieu. religious uals, and Though spiritual activity in incorporated into the nesses), for the sake of the more 'invisible' activities spirituality - clarity we came a heartland to there will certainly be other forms of Kendal (carried out activities of what in solitude of institutions like of comparison we needed the spiritual revolution claim effectively, we decided by individ- schools or busiin order to to concentrate only test on the heartlands. We set ourselves tive: two main empirical to see whatw2is going on. tasks in Kendal. The second was The first was quantitative: to see qualita- how much (of the different forms of engagement with the sacred) was going on. By investigating the what we were able to distinguish between those associ- whose primary concern was with Ufe-as, and those whose primary concern was with subjective -life and the care of the self. We did not assume a priori that all of the congregational activities would fall ational forms of the sacred
9 Introduction into the former category, nor that We into the latter. fall Chapter and One findings about the different forms of religion 'how much' of the heartland life-as, we a spiritual activities how much and Chapter Two. They allow us to give question whether or not C^hapter Three how subjective-lives. present) were concerned with are presented in USA. In a clear answer to the revolution has taken place in Kendal. In more how we also consider and religion life-as what sites - and in widely, and in happening within is subjective-life spirituality are faring in the media, schools, hospitals, purchasing-culture The and consider the wider relevance of these findings, asking the same chapter portant cultural (past with subjective-life, spiritual revolution has taken place in Britain the wider culture: variety w^ould Kendal do or do not channel the sacred towards the enhancement of unique whether a the^ 'alternative' provides our findings, showing spirituality in Our of all simply wanted to find out what was the case. connection with popular beliefs. Growth and Decline Subjectivization Thesis: Explaining Without giving everything away by revealing and other im- at the outset whether or not we have found that the spiritual revolution has taken place in Kendal, Britain or the USA, we can say that we have found robust evidence of a pattern: a correlation between one hand, and between means subjective-life spirituality life-as religion that our findings have a bearing and growth on the and decline on the other. This on the issue that has long domin- ated the study of religion - the study of secularization - as well as the increasingly important issue of whether there is growth in the territory of the sacred - the study of sacralization. Those who defend theories of secularization and those who oppose them with accounts of sacralization are divided over planation. Controversy rages between those the sacred is largely if not entirely velop theories to explain this, fact, who undergoing and those who interpretation and ex- claim that the sphere of relentless decline and de- claim that certain forms are growing and develop explanations accordingly. The title of Steve Bruce's God is Dead (2002 ), signals his role as a forcefiil proponent of view. Luckmann (1967, 1990) and Campbell (1999) articulate the recent book, the first second position. Rather than viewing decline and growth dence we present suggests that the West as mutually exclusive, the is currently experiencing both evi-
10 Introduction and secularization (with regard to life-as forms of religion) And (with regard to subjective-life forms of spirituality). extremely interesting question: could sacralization be the case that there it an this leads to is a single explanation of both processes? Answering this question' in the affirmative, we of secularization per offer neither a theory but of coexistence. Without for a change, we offer in moment se^ nor of sacralization per Chapter Four what we more people who - if with, the sacred - are modern subjectivization thesis as call the the key to explaining both growth and decline. 'massive subjective turn' of The culture to explain they are concerned about, or much more them those forms which help likely to be, cultivate the their subjective-lives than those se^ ruling out other explanations of thesis invokes the why there are ever become concerned or become involved with, unique of 'irreplaceabilities' which emphasize the importance of con- forming to higher authority. we therefore more about the winners and losers in the contemporary spiritual marketplace. We show that the former are most likely to be those that appeal to the increasing numbers of people for whom subjective-life is the key source of significance. They succeed because By taking believe that seriously the significance of the subjective turn possible to understand it is they 'bring the sacred to selves and tinction most their life', enabling participants to remain true to them- significant relationships, between personal and turn helps explain why spiritual little numbers of people orientated sources of significance, for there are fewer and fewer who remain committed for, demand the living of life according to external expectations.^ to, who to are forms of the sacred which looking or or no dis- the losers are most likely to be those life-as forms of the sacred which cater for the decreasing life-as and making growth. Conversely, the subjective Summary We bond between western is to make appeal and that in its place we are interested in the idea that the great historical cultures and a Christianity to transcendent authority are seeing the growth of whose is characteristic rapidly dissolving, mode a less regulated situation in which the sacred experienced in intimate relationship with subjective-lives. this volume considering possibility. is to shed light the extent, is The purpose of on the contemporary sacred landscape by significance and causes of this revolutionary
Introduction 11 The unique 'I know my own one I ha\ e e\ cr met; whole world. 1971, heart and understand p. 1 }. I fellow better, but at least what follows we consider the In man. But even venture to say that will may be no I my culture of the Rousseauian belief that 'I am I am I am central I like am unlike any no one in the different' (Rousseau, importance in modern unique', and what this has to do with the sacred landscape. This does not mean that we offer some sort of paean of praise for the self-centred self 'Subjectivization' should not be confused with 'indi\'idualization'. WTiilst sees individuals authorit)', this atomistic, discrete or selfish. For as is 'holistic', involving we true that the subjective turn as the true, subjective, 'me'. as their source of need not imply that they will see, abo\e self-in-relation Hence it is common for Carson McCuUers (1973) refers to as in-isolation. stood is emphasizing their personal experiences meaning, significance and spiritualit}' it all will be else subjective-life rather than a self- the subjective turn to involve what the Sve of me' (p. 39; being under-
One Chapter Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality: Findings from Kendal You call us to leave our self behind . . . Son of God . . . grow in us, so that Your ways may become ours. (Intercessions, Anglican Parish Church, Kendal) Religion asks you to learn from the experience of others. Spirituality urges you to seek your own. (From an interview with who The aim give a Kendal Unitarian Christian also involved in holistic activities) is is to build my own ideas, on people's own resources, spiritual resources. I but see what comes from the client. never (Meg McCalden, hypnotherapy and relaxation therapy, CancerCare, Kendal) According to the is growling and may be two spiritual life -as revolution religion declining eclipsing the latter. An effective distinctive associational territories, jective-life spirituality, claim, way of testing this one having to do other chiefly with the subjective -life spirituaUt)^ - to the extent that the former is by comparing chiefly with sub- reUgion. life-as We now show that we found such distinctive but comparable associational territories on the ground in Kendal. And in the process of doing this, we put empirical flesh on the stark analytical bones of our language of subjective life and life-as, thereby clarifying what we mean by 'the spiritual revolution'. The Kendal Project began life with a feasibility study. to the designated places of worship in the town, where as rehgion, and to what activities, is Attention was paid we hoped loosely referred to as 'alternative' or where we hoped to find to find life- 'New Age' we subjective-life spirituality. In particular, wanted to know whether there were enough alternative activities taking place to justify taking things further. Having established that this was the case, the Project got underway. However, we were taking something of a gamble. We might have had a fair hunch, but we were far from certain that
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality the congregational life -as domain (as we came was predominantly of to calUt) nature, or that the holistic milieu (as 13 we came to call it) was a chiefly focused on the cultivation of subjective-life. We now to show enter into the heartlands of religion and spirituality in Kendal that conformity to life -as is dominant emphasis in fact the in the congregational domain - and, conversely, that the resourcing of unique subjective -lives is in the primary focus of the holistic milieu. fact We words, that the congregational domain basically has to do find, in other with people being guided by higher authority to find fiilfilment in a common good, whilst the sacred of the own to help people live out their holistic milieu basically serves own unique interior lives in their ways. Accordingly, the comparison of the two associational territories undertaken of the in the next chapter will constitute a fair test claim. (It way of spiritual revolution would be misleading to test the spiritual revolution claim by this comparison were it to be the case, for example, that the amount of congregational domain contains a considerable subjective -life spirituality. tlie Congregational Domain: The of the Spiritual Revolution Claim Life in When we began our research in Kendal *^Religion' in the year 2000 there were congregations. All are rooted in the Christian tradition. (For a see Appendix 2.) congregational Since all have their includes that service as main activity worship, theistic ftiU 25 list a weekly public is nearly always held on a Sunday, and generally takes place in a designated building, we had little difficulty to their corporate for research life in identifying proved relatively and locating them. Initial access unproblematic, and fiarther access purposes was kindly granted by all the congregations in Kendal. Unity-in-variety in the congregational domain As we pushed open the doors of the churches, chapels and meeting houses on consecutive Sunday mornings, we became aware of a similarity that overrode one's all other differences. attention To step into a worship service being directed away from oneself towards is to find something
14 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality By higher. become contrast, as will chapter, to enter into the holistic milieu wards oneself and one's inner Thus we found all the conviction that truth and goodness much common, and expressed in visions in it is of Kendal to be united by not society, in lies As a privileged over subjective-life uniquenesses, 'what I am'. Yet it is and music, art in subserve sum of it is always and, as such, it their own, parts. its it for the Authority outside rather than within, and with 'the same' rather than 'the unique'. this good may be envisioned ideals, more than they would be on domain in the congregational of unique by way of conformity concepts of God. But who considered to be greater than the is in the cultivation in in rules, higher than those binds them into something whole lie authoritative good. This different ways: of a family- based transcendent: to find attention directed to- as in curbing such individuality individuality so to a higher, is life. congregations the the second section of this clear in consequence, and 'what important to emphasize roles are life-as should be' over I the very outset that at does not mean that we found subjective-life to be wholly neglected within the congregational domain. Rather, as we shall see, we found instead of being 'authorized' (treated as the primary authority in often 'normativized' that life) it is (channelled into conformity with supra- individual norms). The common good, the higher authority, the focus of united striving in the congregational domain, is represented in terms in different congregations. In some it takes the hope and somewhat different form of an encom- passing social vision: of a united and harmonious society in which even strangers gregation It become neighbours. In others itself, to its growth can vary in scope, and every case, we found it it is in faithfulness more and closely tied to the con- its success in evangelism. can vary in degree of other-worldliness. But in that belonging to a congregation had more to do with being caught up into a vision of the higher good than in going inwards to discover truth and goodness by trusting and exploring one's own feelings, intuitions and experiences. Thus 83.5 per cent of respondents to our questionnaire survey of a cross-section of congregations indicated that the statement 'the important thing their belief than the statement 'the (15 per cent). (Appendix tionnaire.) This I is to important thing dut\^' came closer to to fulfil yourself is provides fijrther information about the ques- was consonant with the way placed strong emphasis do your upon in which many congregations the importance of self-sacrifice, and the way
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality in which liturg\' surrender and and hymns were saturated with the language of obedience, self- giving. The same dynamics found to be 15 on deference explain the pervasive stress characteristic of congregational that we Whilst different congre- life. showed their priest hierarchical form of organiza- gations differed slightly in the degree of deference they or minister, nearly all were characterized by a which the most important decisions and tion in of a small number of authorized personnel, bilit}' male. Such deference was but a reflection of the that who were nearly always much greater deference was expected to be shown to 'Almightx' God'. In congregations God were the responsi- activities but all a couple of was approached by way of male pronouns and imagery, particularly fatherhood, and was portrayed powxr who created and controls as a His things. all personal being of unlimited will is made known in the and communit)^, and is to that God - and the Bible or external, mediating authorities of text, tradition be willingly obeyed. The underlying belief the church - knows what is better than our subjectivities told in scripture not to Roman might tell us. one should only go to church on the church give us an obligation to basic it feel'; and as a if one feels like go to mass? Because human ourselves, it, and 'We're member of the (having just criticized the idea that Sunday a know As one evangelical put go on about how we Catholic congregation put we won't because our is best for us better than w^e it): if left nature, our fallen nature, 'Why does to ourselves is pulling us away from God'. We found that for many in the congregational domain it w^as Jesus Christ w^ho functioned as the immediate focus of devotion, reverence and defer- model of perfect obedience and ence, and as the inspiring w^as self-sacrifice. He interpreted not as an example of self-realization to be imitated by own 'going one's way', but as an example of deference w^ho must be de- ferred to - by 'following disciple', heard and 'giving many on in his footsteps', life 'obeying the Lord', 'becoming a to Christ', to pick a variet\^ of expressions we times in interviews and worship services. As one evangelical Christian put there my it: 'All I want to do that [judgement] day is to obey the Lord. and hear him say, I want to stand "Well done, good and faithful servant"'. The congregational life of Kendal is also characterized strong ethical and metaphysical dualism - a stress on throughout by a the difference between Creator and created, the supernatural and the natural, the overarching moral order of things and the everyday (dis)order of things, my 'life I
16 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality should be that the and living' body my explicitly repudiated, is and the body. Not actual subjective -life, the spirit nor that its appetites are disciplined by way of systematic asceticism. Rather, they are handled by being channelled into acceptable forms of expression rather than being allowed to 'do their own only when riage and family and thing'. Thus sexual activit}^, is viewed as acceptable expressed in the context of faithful, loving, heterosexual mar- of a higher good (love, children for the sake for the sake of pleasurable sensation ferred for example, to as 'disordered' sexuality teaching as a key symptom of is That which itself. is etc.), often presented in congregational a disordered out- of- control in one which the minister told the congregation that 'wholeness' (of in mind and body, We society. found the general view of such matters to be well summed up sermon not revealingly re- spirit) should be of less significance to Christians than 'holiness'. The example points to last belief in overarching element a final essential lized life-as in Kendal: a strong moralism. moral authority, there in the logic Not only is is of sacra- there widespread also general acceptance that the authorities of church and chapel are there to instruct people in live their lives. We found the idea that there are standards, how norms, to ideals and expectations to which subjective -life must be conformed to be pervasive. Moral judgement and the language of 'should' and 'ought' are a of the currency of the congregational domain, and many inter- central part viewees spoke about how they appreciated the clear moral guidance offered by their church or chapel. living, had helped them move from chaos to orderly It from meaninglessness to meaningfulness, and from fearfiilness to embedded institutionally: in the very practice of preaching, the very medium of the sermon, the very office of the priest or pastor. Individuals are told what to do by higher authority, security. Such moralism is deeply rather than being encouraged to look to their decide for themselves. Moral guidance terms. As an OHP slide at Testament teaching to puts A lay is own inner resources to often offered in clear and concrete an evangelical church, which draws on down New the ideal characteristics of a church elder, it: person is disqualified if he is self-indulgent or self-seeking. His qualifica- tions are that he should be an integrated/controlled personality, shows concern wife, his home for moral standards. At home and that he he should always have only one should be hospitable and his children disciplined. At work, he
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality 17 should be organized and focused. In the world, he should have a good reputation. The effect of such moral preaching to discipline subjectivities by select- is nurturing some sentiments and dispositions whilst rendering others ively invisible. Since anger, hatred, sexual desire and ambition (for example) find space for expression in the congregational domain, they either have to little be renounced or expressed under the cover of more acceptable sentiments. Thus 'I it is much more common was saddened to ence' than 'I felt setting about the to hear members of congregations learn' than 'I was proud'. is rare to hear full It experi- people speak openly in this was a range of their emotions. Generally speaking, that which one should be tends to be given more prominence gational domain than that which one as this throughout, we found that in different covered that congregations fell life-as congregational in the roles to be predominant emphasis varied, and that subjectivities this ways congre- domain commonality, we also found variety domain. Though we found emphasis on were handled in the is. Variety-in-unity in the congregational As well say, humbling furious', or 'It in different types into of congregation. one of four main types We dis- in this regard. Making use of the typology first developed in Woodhead and Heelas (2000), we classified these as 'congregations of difference', 'congregations of humanity', 'congregations of experiential difference', and 'congregations of experiential humanity'. Congregations of difference are those the distance between God and which stress humanity, creator and creation, and the necessary subordination of the latter to the former. Congregations of hu- manity narrow this distance God and human beings have in importance of worshipping take more by singling out 'humanity' God common; something that they tend to emphasize the by serving humanity. Both types can also experiential forms, placing subjective experience in the religious tial as more emphasis on the authority of Thus congregations of experien- life. difference continue to stress the gap between the divine and the human, but believe that God can enter directly into subjective experience as the Holy Spirit. And congregations of experiential humanity, whose humanitarian stress has already diminished the gap between the divine and
18 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality the human, close it still further by teaching that the divine is more be found in inner experience than in the externals of religion and sacraments. (For which type, see on which congregations details Appendix Kendal belong to in 2.) For congregations of humanity churches of mainline -liberal de- (chiefly common nominations, both Catholic and Protestant), the authoritative good and likely to like scripture 'higher authority' These churches emphasize God-in humanity and humanity-in-God. is ethics over dogma, love over the law, this world over the next, and unity over division. Since what matters, above human benevolence towards fellow tively 'liberal', offering a beings, these congregations are rela- The effect emphasis on caring for others, and putting however, to render these the types. Instead is degree of freedom and tolerance with regard to other matters of belief and practice. is, all, of their strongly moralistic God and least subjectivized neighbour before self of all the congregational of focusing on individual experiences, needs, desires, moods, bodily and emotional sensations, they direct their members' attention not inwards to themselves, but outwards towards God and fellow humans in need of care. Within congregations of humanity the acceptable not dwell on ments such its as own neighbour second, this subjectivities, 'love', 'care', self last,' as attention to their own one that does is but expresses appropriate moral senti- 'compassion' and 'gentleness'. 'God first, one interviewee explained. So powerful message that individuals are much self likely to experience guilt subjective-lives. We found if telling that it is they pay too many people within these congregations were uncomfortable talking about anything too personal - anything to do with their inner matters of faith. As one Anglican gentleman put doesn't talk a lot about ... we are much it: 'it's repetition of set liturgies, responses, and by the shaping of personal time dar, congregations Christ's life. falls is hymns, and very . . . such a difficult'. ritual actions, conformity with the church's calen- of humanity conform subjectivities to Attention common good in something one better at the weather deep and private thing... to leap straight into that Through including lives, so definitively common life and on the higher authority of the that the unique remains always in the shadows of 'service' - both the worship service and service to others. By contrast, congregations of difference and, to an even greater extent, congregations of experiential difference, give more explicit attention to individual selves and and hopes. (In Kendal evangelical, whilst congregations of their feelings, fears, desires congregations of difference are largely
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality experiential difference are charismatic-evangelical.) congregation are united by the between will God and The life'. enhancement and subjective less who submit than reconstructed inner lives which such congregations play 'trick' of t\^pes they place' on the absolute difference the world, they promise that those be rewarded by nothing again' to 'new stress Though both 19 is to God - 'born to offer terms that can make sense to a cultivation in subjectivized culture, but to insist that this comes not through on reliance one's inner resources but through submission to the higher authority of God, and congregational instruction. As one charismatic Christ, the Bible minister in Kendal put it, quoting Bob Dylan, 'You gotta serve somebody'. Both congregations of powerful appeal to people and experiential difference make difference who feel their lives are a not working by offering to heal their brokenness and restore joy, contentment, calm, hope and They teach that each and every one of us is uniquely make a free, personal decision to give our life the means of salvation is placed in our own hands in the form security in the Lord. loved by God and to him, that called to of the Bible, and that fulfilment will be found in surrender to Jesus and on- going, affective, relationship with him. ious attention to Many such congregations pay ser- problems and to the healing of minds and even life bodies, and they devote considerable energ\' to affecting and enhancing memories, moods and feelings tive choruses). The promise is (for example, by extensive singing of emo- up to God that lives that are offered be will healed, enhanced, reordered and redeemed. Congregations of humanity offer to make individuals into (morally) better people; congregations of difference and experiential difference also offer to Yet although we found make people feel catered for, nurtured and developed in such congregations, them own better. individual subjective- lives to be attended to, we did not find to be fully authorized. Individuals are not encouraged to pursue their spiritual paths guided by way of lated roles and on the basis own of their deepest experiences, but are clearly defined, extensively articulated Thus the climax of duties. evangelical and life is tightly regu- the point at which the individual surrenders his or her uniqueness and autonomy to God - the point of conversion. This becomes very clear in the 'testimony' narrative that we found to play such an important part in evangelical Kendal. Although testimonies as to how one was 'saved' life in begin with detailed attention to unique subjectivities including sexual urges, anger, drug-fiielled states of mind and so on, these 'negativities' are given over to their climax God and cleansing. The language used to describe this is the point at which destroyed process is in the fires of that of unique his life
20 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality being 'broken', 'poured out', 'surrendered', God', of personal as the full array Thus the new faithful disciple. Christian is and 'given over to of a sacrificed in favour authorized repertoire that conforms to the laid-down lineaments far smaller of the 'sacrificed' subjectivities is highly normativized: life life that begins for the born-again and lived according to models, rules way of expectations that are detailed and often rigorously enforced by a 'discipling' that quickly shades into 'disciplining'. Though these general remarks apply both to congregations of experien- and to congregations of difference, we difference tial cant distinction between them. In the - lie latter, found a signifi- God and scripture also authority - good life is the life that is lived in strict conformmore charismatic congregations, however, we outside one, and the to this authority. In the ity found some disdain for such an 'externalized' Christian discipleship. explained why he As left a and 'rigid' understanding of congregational leader in Kendal put it when he an evangelical congregation to found a charismatic one, 'For us evangelism became a living thing, an experience, people were sharing reality rather than concepts', and as another charismatic explained, God 'You know, when speaks to us, he speaks, of experiential congregations difference, in into our hearts'. In like, words, other as well as God 'comes within'. The 'Word' must be not merely followed but internalized - 'eaten' and 'swal- remaining external and over- against the believer, lowed'. It must go of conversion is all the way down. In such congregations the real point at which God, as Holy Spirit, understood to be the point enters directly into an individual's experience. Far from overruling unique subjective -life, the Holy guiding and directing the Spirit, so that lives Spirit becomes the inner core of from within. The no longer I who live believer's life is subjective-life, 'possessed' by but [the Spirit of] Christ who within me' (Galatians 2:20). Because of experiential much is 'it is it this inspiration difference less externally little by way of is from within, the worship characteristically in congregations of emotive and expressive, and regulated than in other types of congregation. There set liturgy, are more on what can be and hierarchies of leadership and informal. Nevertheless, there are still clear limits fluid said, done, felt, and expressed. Subjective-life is authorized only insofar as it conforms to external expectations and guidelines - above all, biblical teach- ing. Individuals are encouraged not in self-expression but in Spirit- expression, and the limits of what counts as spiritual inspiration are clearly laid down. We found that only a relatively narrow range of emotions and dispositions were able to be expressed in collective worship (even in small
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality group contexts), abo\c must always be the gratitude, joy, love an^i celebration. all of God, not glorification matic service in Kendal declared wants you to a The purpose member of a charis- the middle of a service: 'The Lord in your eyes on him. Fake them off yourself. Irrespective, fix them off take As self. 21 and yourself, your eyes on him. He'll sort out what's fix going on and what needs sorting out."' And as the service leader replied in response, we must keep our Yeah, Lord God. He is eyes fixed who the only one Of all all the answers, all the answers. He's got the congregations in Kendal, tions of experiential us out of our lift own only, Jesus, the selves, own our Let's just start again to look at Jesus as the introspcctiveness, so to speak one who has on him, on the one and can we found humanity (including the of Friends) that went furthest in all authority. that was the congrega- it LInitarian chapel and Society authorizing subjective-life. Rather than preaching a higher truth which believers were expected to hear, follow and obey, such congregations actively encouraged individuals to forge their own unique life paths and 'Sermons' took the form of spiritual paths their in own unique on 'what a personal rellection 1 be helpful', with the preacher sometimes suggesting that those might disagree. In worship listening ways. have found to who were services as well as small groups, the assumption was not that authorized teachers should be instructing the but that each individual had the ability rest, and responsibility to develop a personally meaningful spiritual path. As the Unitarian minister said proudly of congregation, his truth . . . all who was on their they own are path'. 'people And as a of strands, all searching experimenting with different types of spirituality told helpful in the spiritual life we found 'spiritual' dimension of all what was that these were the congre- gations which went furthest in presenting and picturing set us, was to follow 'whatever seems heart centred to you'. In keeping with this emphasis, of an external authority for member of the same congregation God not in terms over against the individual, but as the deepest, life and all human an external check on what counts as spiritual, lives. it is Instead of there being only within the depths of personal experience that the Spirit can be encountered - indeed the Spirit these depths, depths in which individual other life is found to connect with is all life. Despite strong tendencies in the direction of subjective- life spirituality, however, we also found some countervailing tendencies in congregations
22 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality of experiential humanity. For one thing, we found that older members of these congregations tended to be more comfortable with more structured and patterned ways of proceeding, and that moves towards a deeper emphasis on subjective-life were often being made by younger people outside the context of the main worship service (e.g. by setting up small spiritual groups). we found In addition, with congregations of humanity a strong that these congregations share stress on the overriding duty of humanitarian care. Instead of merely encouraging individuals to discover the sacred in their own way, whatever that might be, these congregations human often identify the sacred task with the duty of care for fellow beings and the whole planet (justice, peace and ecology). As a conse- own quence, the encouragement to probe one's spiritual depths checked or even contradicted by appeal to the higher good of may be a loving community. we found Overall then, realm in which the congregational who to 'become themselves', those conform to 'disciples', and heeding the voice of than within; the divine say that participate in this their lives to higher authority. 'servants', 'children' than by relying on one's is subjective-life domain of Kendal to be a take precedence. Rather then being encouraged life-as roles and They The inner voice. are exhorted are 'hearers', 'followers', 'sheep'. Salvation 'the shepherd', 'the Lord', own domain truth comes by hearing 'Our Father', rather is 'out there' rather transcendent rather than immanent. This ignored or neglected in the is is not to congregational domain of Kendal, merely that it is expected to be conformed to acceptable norms rather than being regarded as a source of authority in its own right. Nevertheless, we found some of congregations life 1 and bring it interesting variations in the characteristic in ways between different types which they handle subjective- in touch with the sacred. To sum up: Congregations of humanity expect subjective-lives to be wholly dedicated to the service of found outside God and oneself, in one's oneself in the depths of one's self-sacrifice overrides fellow human neighbour own beings. is to be in need, rather than inside experience. Since the imperative of any impetus towards self-cultivation, these congre- gations tend to offer least in terms of the cultivation and of unique God enhancement subjective-life. 2 Congregations of difference render beings and teach that he is known God wholly external to human only through Jesus C'hrist and the
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality Word of scripture. sacred the only Individual lives obeying by come these saving -into higher 23 with contact Such authorities. congregations make an explicit offer of subjective reconstruction and satisfaction, but subjectivities comes about not by heeding one's unique but by putting them under the control of higher authority. name 3 As their insist that this suggests, both congregations of experiential difference and experiential humanity are the most willing to accept that God is not only external, but can also enter into individuals' unique experience. As such, they travel furthest in the direction of a subjective-life spirituality. However, of experiential congregations insisting that subjective experience of difference God always be checked against the higher authority of the And qualify this by or the Holy Spirit must word of scripture. congregations of experiential humanity step back from the full au- thorization of subjectively guided spirituality by steering subjective-life in a humanitarian direction. none of these Since spirituality^ of the variations qualifies our overall observation that the con- domain gregational is predominantly a realm of life-as religion rather than subjective-life spirituality, they do not spiritual revolution claim in the following chapter. and affect life-as our test Their significance become apparent later in the volume when we broaden our horizons to some of the more highly experiential forms of congregation found elsewhere may be developing in such a way that they have tipped over, or will at some point tip over, into the category of subjective-life spir- will consider whether momentum we ituality, and so add look another possibility - that more subjectivized forms of life-as religion and at life-as spirituality are doing decline of the congregational the to a spiritual revolution. In addition, momentum which favours relatively well, serving to domain as a also down the slowing down slow whole and thereby the spiritual revolution claim. Life in the Holistic Milieu: Spiritual Revolution Claim The Having conclusion concerning the congregational arrived at this domain, we now showing that the 'life-as' 'Spirituality' of the pave the way for testing the spiritual revolution claim by activities of the holistic milieu are tated around the cultivation of subjective-life. predominantly orien-
24 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality Nuts and Two bolts main forms of found associationai activity are in the holistic milieu of Kendal and environs (the area within a five-mile radius of the town):^ groups and one-to-one practices. During the autumn of 2001, there were approaching one hundred practitioners catering what they understand to be members of for the these groups and the clients of these one-to-one practices, providing all activities. Although number of groups is the same as the number of one-to-one groups are more popular: around two thirds of those active in provisions, significant spiritually the belong to them. Regarding the aromatherapy to Buddhism, naturopathy to circle dancing to the Alexander Technique, The most popular reiki. the milieu themselves, they range from activities yoga, followed by various is versions of massage, aromatlierapy, homeopathy, reflexology, the Alexander Technique, osteopathy, chi, tai Activities take place in a variety the Town and reild Hall and the Quaker Meeting House. main specialized centres, the Fellside Centre training school), the Lakeland College of (largely flower essences therapy. of settings, including people's homes, Many take place at four (an Alexander Technique Homeopathy, Loop Cottage groups and workshops) and Rainbow Cottage (largely one-to-one activities). In addition, holistic activities are catered for by relatively self- contained enclaves within institutional settings (settings which provide a wider range of provisions for the public): Kendal College (with Holistic Therapy Care (with its Centre (with its Diploma and various evening complementary health six yoga and portrayal of the milieu events - the gatherings, as tai and chi groups). Finally, Kendal Cancer Kendal workshops and fairs, festivals, Kendal and environs taking place our introductory on list a talks that take place of holistic milieu weekly basis activities during the autumn of 2001; Chapter Two provides an account of how we the Leisure would be incomplete without mention of one-off occasion demands. (Appendix 3 provides a in classes), practices) its arrived at list.) As we enter into the What evidence is holistic milieu, we turn to the nub of the matter. there that subjective-life spirituality and the nurturing of unique subjectivities religion and is characteristic life -as spirituality.^ of this territory, rather than life -as
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality 25 Statistics some Let us set the scene with more informaIn answer to the question 'Do you the greatest number of respondents tion regarding the questionnaire.) lielieve any of the following!*' in (82.4 per cent) agree that 'some sort of lives', from the questionnaire we statistics distributed within the holistic milieu. (See with 73 per cent expressing belief Appendix or spirit life in 'subtle nels) in the body'. Presented with a range 1 for force pervades that all energy (or energy chan- of options and asked to select the statement which best describes their 'core beliefs about spirituality', 40 per cent of respondents equate spirituality and decent person', 34 per cent with 'being 'healing oneself and others' or 'living belongs to alive) and ituality is life-itself ('subtle energy life in the understood to dwell within the is 'a appears, full'. Spirituality, it body' which serves to keep us seems that spirit/energy/spir- lives of participants, an interpret- supported by the finding that very few associate spirituality with a transcendental, over-and-above-the-self, external source of cance. Just 7 per cent of respondents agreed that spirituality God's will'. It being integral to (By life from beyond the 'perv^ading' or flowing life: contrast, that almost is signifi- 'obeying appears, then, that rather than spirituality serving to dictate the course and nature of alive. caring touch with subtle energies', to the subjective-life ('love', 'caring'). It ation that with 'love' or being in the 60 per cent congregational self, domain believe that 'spirituaUty it through is is experienced as life, bringing questionnaire obeying God's almost 70 per cent agreeing with the statement that 'I life shows will', with obey God's commands'.) Holistic activities From the statistical evidence, then, subjectivities may indeed be it appears that the cultivation of unique central to the holistic milieu. But statistics only where what matters has much more to do with activit)^-cum-experience than belief systems. So let us turn to our more in-depth research on whether the spiritually informed activities of the take us so far, especially in a setting milieu serve to cultivate unique subjectivities.^
26 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality On entering the milieu, one immediately struck by the pervasive use of is language: 'harmony', 'balance', 'flow', 'integration', 'interaction', 'holistic' 'being at one', and 'being centred'. To connect'. upon from our aiming for feel more The we might say, is 'only many which could be drawn great refrain, provide three examples from the interviews, yoga practitioner Gill really a is Green union between body, mind and integrated', kinesiologist Jan Ford Batey says that 'what spirit; talks to I'm make people of 'dealing with emotional, mental, physical and spiritual aspects of the whole being', and astrologer Helen Williams told us how of you and that 'If you've got a sense of the bits all move they can be integrated together, you can actually through and grow'. Above the activities of the milieu provide the opportunit)^ for partici- all, pants to 'grow': to with 'habits' associated dis-ease has to move beyond those 'barriers', 'blocks', 'patterns' or by making new connections. So whether 'dis ease' do with the bad habits of the body (manifested as back aches, for example), emotional blockages or dysfunction (involving stress or anger, for example), or problems in relationships at home work or at (such as an inability to assert one's needs or a sense of low self-esteem), the important thing is to move on or 'grow' by linking up more holistically with other aspects of life - in particular with the spiritual dimension. Reiki practitioner Fay Bailey one bit without the other'. the 'other' which is makes the general point, 'You cannot heal And for the practitioners of greatest significance is of the holistic milieu, the spiritual aspect of life. For whatever progress might be made by addressing bodily complaints (for example) by linking them up with and exploring underlying emotional factors (for example), the ultimate goal aspect of that in with its life is to facilitate contact with the which best serves the dynamics of the whole. For the which all things come together, and in which each To illustrate, yoga practitioner deepest dimension. Wetenhall affirms the importance of 'weaving in the relationship between the mind and the body and the reconnects life Celia Hunter- spiritual spirit'. spirit is element, the And Julie Wise describes her Infinite Tai Chi group as providing a 'very integrative ap- proach' that serves 'to aid spiritual awakening and growth'. Participants, she says, are provided with the opportunity to 'undo those patterns and habits' which keep them locked into impoverished modes of being. They touch with their 'true nature' - the 'energy' which, are enabled to get in once experienced, serves to suffuse their life: 'The more you get with your true nature, the more peace and love you have,' she one-to-one aromatherapist practitioner Linda McGarvey puts in says. it, touch Or as 'because
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality we are part matters is of the spiritual path, the who they are', thereby 'helping own personal healing process'. of is towards wholeness'. What who they are and the potential journey 'helping people to connect with each person, whatever they are, in their go deeper to bring Typically, then, activities enable participants to ituality (or functional equivalents on 'true nature') to bear esteem, aches and pains, tate the within such stress, of their experiences (low and so on). Holistic milieu spiritual spir- or as 'energ\^', 'chi', 'qi', 'prana', the particularities convergence of the 27 self- activities facili- path and the personal path. What lies often envisaged as being person-specific. Fay Bailey, for instance, is spoke of that which makes us 'within us and lies a person', and Linda McGarvey of the importance she attaches to the 'deep inner self and deep inner knowing'. Numerous group facilitators and one-to-one practitioners spoke of enabling people to get 'dealing with issues of all in touch with and explore the the content in life the person, the essence of the person' as Jan Ford Batey put people's own spiritual aspect accordingly. Personal ity truth', it; of releasing 'heal provided 'true nature', the 'inner-directed solutions' of one's being serve to cultivate one's personal life it. themselves' or, as Participants are enabled 'to live their we might say, are provided with the opportunity to he-come themselves. 'Live in harmony with your flyer for put life thus remains as unique or distinctive as the spiritual- or 'deep inner self which suffuses own of spiritual resources, as others said. Flowing from one's by the 'true' self; from that aspect, the core of Raja yoga meditation puts it - 'bringing out yourself, as life', as a we might it. Relationships Additional evidence that the spiritually informed milieu are serving to nurture unique subjectivities activities is of the holistic provided by the nature of the relationship between practitioners and participants. Time and time again, their we hear practitioners rejecting the idea that their relationships with group members or what we clients are calling in this Statements like that fixed faith or dogma have anything to do with pre-packaged, or volume 'life-as', ways of transmitting the sacred. of homeopath Beth Tyers, I adhere to' were typical. 'I certainly don't have a So were words to the effect of Shiatsu practitioner Jenny Warne's affirmation, 'We don't want to be something that we impose on somebody else'. Jaquetta Gomes, of the
28 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality Theravada Buddhist group, explained that 'People don't want a package, they want to think for themselves'. Far from telling their group or feel, in the members or manner of life-as clients what to think, do, religion, practitioners continually the importance observing' their participants. Their language is believe emphasize of 'helping', 'guiding', 'supporting', 'working with', 'encouraging', 'enabhng', 'nurtur- and ing', 'facilitating' rather than to-one 'steering'. The focus on some higher authority or activities, but also in groups on is common the unique participant good. Especially in one- (in particular smaller ones), practitioners explore what kinesiologist Jan Ford-Batey calls 'presenting details', namely the 'issues', the hopes and fears, of their participants. Practitioners say that they are then more than happy to tailor their particularities they duced to the engage with the have encountered. Clients and participants are not intro- central, spiritual become 'open' or activities to dimension of the dynamic 'whole' 'ready to hear' about it (if at all). In short, to draw on the words of acupuncturist Janet Conway, 'Because everybody everybody is treated completely differently'. With widely used expressions tic like 'child -centred until they is so different, education' in mind, holis- milieu practitioners are thus highly 'participant-centred'. Fully recogniz- ing that participants, alone, can truly experience their the practitioner their own life is to enable participants to own lives, the job of become themselves by 'trusting experience', to use Julie Wise's words, by 'listening' to their bodies, feelings, intuitions, 'inner cated meanings have to tell what knowledge' or personally authenti- them, and by sensing what is 'out of balance' so they can 'work through their blocks' appropriately. If participants should discover that a particular activity them is not working for them, then to look elsewhere: 'They've got to find out basically', as it is what works right for for them, massage practitioner Chloe Crossley emphasizes. Psychosyn thesis practitioner Caroline Cattermole provides a good formuof the kind of relationship - between practitioners and participants - lation which is widely encountered within the milieu. What she does, she says, involves 'the client having a conversation with themselves, simply making sure that that conversation this, participants are ity whilst is an honest one'. To provided with the freedom to exercise their and you are elaborate on own seeking to heal themselves, grow, develop their life-paths, authorlive out their lives, express themselves. Practitioners certainly see themselves as able to serve their participants, but generally speaking this egalitarian, sharing, reciprocal relationships tion of unique lives rather than the which is done by way of greatly favour the cultiva- application of the authoritative
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality (Freudian) 'I know you better than . . imposiJ:i()n ' . we encountered ized ways of life. Indeed, in the introduction exaggeration to say that and developed many of those And lives also theme to introduce a Chapter Four, in active in the milieu developing the 'me' of their selves to be of correct or standard- number of practitioners who a participated in the activities of other practitioners. mentioned 29 not an it is understand them- by way of the 'we' of group and one-to-one encounters. ^ Experiences remains to emphasize the extent to which the holistic It of the activities milieu serve to address, nourish, cultivate and enrich the experiences of out what is on McKay's Qi is good out of life'; at health, fulfilling relationships moving freely, leaflet we on spell Kendal Leisure Centre Jane Deeks's reiki offers sense of 'a and enthusiasm for life'; Shiatsu explains that 'When our experience overall wellbeing and Neil 'good nutritional consultancy offers 'emotional balance' as well as Jenny Warne's health'; Yoga offer in the holistic milieu. offers 'to take the stress wellbeing, and brochures Publicity material such as the leaflets subjective-life. energ)^ or vitality'; Berna- dette Riley's brochure states that 'Rebirthing sessions develop awareness, sensitivity and self-confidence trust in relationships'; 'deep relaxation . . . developing sense of physical ... a and craniosacral therapist calmness and wellbeing . . . Adam of safety, Rubinstein writes of vitality'. In virtually every case, the publicity material which we have collected, which covers the great majority of the holistic activities of Kendal and environs, refers to the Hardly experiences. theme. To theme of enhancing the surprisingly, many Waters (client illustrate, Jeff Rainbow Cottage) talks of 'life having tional level', Marilyn Solsbury (yoga side to life', quality of subjective-life participants refer to of kinesiologist Fiona felt lighter the same Adams at and better on an emo- group member) of 'getting to a calmer and Erica Donnison (yoga group member) of yoga being 'pretty high for overall wellbeing'. Likewise, having said that 'spirituality is often about feelings'. Infinite Tai Chi practitioner Julie Wise spoke of 'em- bracing things form like our anger - love it, and by doing so to gradually trans- it'. Another way of making the point that the spiritualit)^ of the milieu is very much to do with the enhancement of the quality of personal experience is by showing that other goals are not to the fore. Consider, first, the
30 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality quest for enlightenment. Questionnaire returns show that just 7 per cent consider spirituality to be 'overcoming the ego', and under 10 per cent of participants in the holistic milieu are involved with activities, in particular groups, which focus on this quest. significant numbers Or consider the opposite possibility that are deploying spirituality to advance their progress with way of spiritualmake more money; or drawing on spirituality to enhance their performance of life-as roles. Without denying that some in the holistic milieu attend to the 'externals' of life, we did not meet many who were using spirituality in an instrumentalized way, as a means to achieve prosperity. Neither did we find much evidence of the application of spirituality to serve life-as duties, obligations and responsibilities. The focus is very much on making life work by enhancing the quality of personal - belonging-tothe-person - experiences rather than on improving the qualit)^ of experiregard to the 'externals' of life: empowering themselves by ity to ences by conforming to To pull out the life-as roles. main points of our discussion of the holistic milieu: rather than imposing pre-packaged life-as values, beliefs or injunctions, the great majority of the holistic practitioners of Kendal and environs are intent on enabling their participants to he-come themselves. Participants are not called upon to be anything other than what they are at heart. Practitioners work with their participants to enable them to be true to their deepest experiences of themselves, to know themselves, to build upon themselves. And by virtue of being holistic, practitioners enable their participants to experience spirituality as integral to the 'wholeness' of their being. Spirituality, however through directive subjectivities, it might itself be, is thereby experienced as flowing without violating or harming the unique as the sum of personal life-experience. Finally, although the and environs has this tivities, where is in Kendal do with the nurturing of unique subjec- spirituality a great deal to of the in the milieu. end of Numbers of participants great many of evidence."^ to be is draw on practise found every- activities for this- yoga little as the holistic, let means alone being attached to their engagement. However, does nothing to detract from the a Some alleviating stress, for example, with spiritual, significance importance to of the milieu not to say that holistic spirituality worldly, personally orientated purposes. to the activities fact that virtually their participants subjective-life are spirituality, holistically with all practitioners this and orientated, attaching life-as religion scarcely in
Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality Conclusion: Our 31 Two Worlds research in Kendal (and environs) has revealed that the 'massive sub- more evident in the holistic milieu than in the congregational domain. For we have found that whilst the former is predominantly to do with holistic spirituality which acts with of modern culture' jective turn and through the do with to indeed is far of subjective-lives, the particularities which theistic authority structures latter direct is very largely to be lived in life accordance with 'higher' values. Thus the congregational domain and holistic milieu of Kendal are largely The one emphasizes life-as and the normativi- separate and distinct worlds. zation of subjectivities, the other subjective -life and the sacralization of unique subjectivities. In the former, self- understanding, change, the true sought by heeding and conforming to a source of significance which life, is ultimately transcends the change, the true a source has to life, is life of this world; in the sought by seeking out, experiencing and expressing of significance which do with latter, self- understanding, lies within the process of life itself. The one deferential relationship to higher authority, the other with chasm lies between domain ('God .knows what is than we know ourselves', 'Fix your eyes on him. Take holistic relationship to the spirit- of- life. Concretely, a what we have heard best for us better them in the congregational . . own selves') and the holistic milieu own resources, spiritual resources'.^ off yourself, 'Lift us out of our where This 'the is aim is to build on people's not to deny that we found something of a spectrum from congre- gations of difference and congregations of humanity at one end (placing more emphasis on jective-life at 'this-life'). tial truth without than truth within) to spiritualities of sub- the other (with the importance they attach to what belongs to Somewhere between more two we the difference and, even find congregations of experien- humanity, whose relative so, experiential openness to the entry of the sacred into personal experience brings them closer to holistic spiritualities of the very few individuals domain and the of who this-life. Revealingly, are active within holistic milieu are associated we found that most both the congregational with the Unitarian chapel (however, the total numbers participating in experiential religions of hu- manity are small, around 6 per cent of the congregational domain whole). Overall then, we found very of the congregational domain and little as a overlap between the 'two worlds' holistic spirituality, with only around 4
32 Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality per cent of congregational week members having in holistic activities that significance, native or participated in the previous they regarded as having spiritual or religious and only 6.4 per cent agreeing with the statement that complementary non-church forms of spirituality 'alter- have things to teach Christianity'. Post-modernists write about the disintegration of boundaries, the or 'hybridization' of previously distinct beliefs and activities, fiision and of people drawing on provisions which used to be kept apart. Journalists speak of new 'pick 'n' mix' attitude to religion such a post-modern condition gational is and spirituality. a In Kendal at least, scarcely in evidence. Instead, the congre- domain and holistic milieu constitute two largely separate and So far as the spiritual revolution claim is concerned, this distinct worlds. means that they can readily be used to see ive-life spirituality are faring the latter is - and thereby overtaking the former. how life-as religion test the validity and subject- of the claim that
Chapter Two Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim Kendal in Scholars have talked about the decline of the sacred, seeing by but have secularity, were changing. (Robert Wuthnow, 1998, The emergence of Stacey, We 2000, p. how failed to see fully Life, rather it being replaced understandings of the sacred p. 3) than God, as the site of worship. (Jackie 124) have supposed that what has been happening has been the secularization of religion^ life, and we have even though it failed to see the much greater extent of the sacralization of has already deeply affected us The previous chapter has established that all. (Don we can Cupitt, 1999, p. 2) use the two associational heartlands of Kendal to determine whether those forms of the sacred which respect, relate to, resource or serve peoples' unique subjective -lives are faring well whilst those which do not are faring badly. In this chapter way in which the sacred is we underway - or has taken place - in the embodied, experienced and understood in face- therefore see whether a revolution is to-face settings. Our in initial task is to provide a snapshot of the the congregational whether the domain and the holistic milieu. spiritual revolution has already ciational activities. We can then move on numbers of people involved This will sometime soon, even if it us to the second task: tracing change over time. This will enable us to see whether the spiritual revolution to take place tell taken place in the realm of asso- is likely has not already done so. Counting the heartlands TTje con^re£fational domain Locating the congregations we planned to count involved some detective work, for we were anxious not to miss any. Many were prominent in the
34 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim town, for they are housed in and chapels which often have tourist information lists Kendal in dedicated and purpose-built historic churches a visible presence. powerful directories, and newspaper advertisements of worship service times helped us locate the harder- to- find congregations, recently established, and Phone some 'hidden' in a meeting some of them hall quite or (in one case) a cemetery chapel. Having looked into the possibility that there might be churches outside the town boundary that were heavily used by Kendalians, and which might therefore have to be included in they very largely served their local communities. attention to the places of worship where our count, we found that We therefore confined our most of the churchgoing popula- tion of Kendal are to be found, namely those within the town itself. Having located all the congregations, we established contact with their and gained permission to undertake our research. Initial observa- leaders, tion of their activities helped us think through the issue of Since worship was the central activity for we needed clear that all numbers involved to count the what to count. these congregations, Sunday continues to be the main day of worship in worship. it was Since for the congregations Kendal, we decided yield one of the best-established measures of congregational of would be best to count attendance at Sunday worship. Although the 'typical Sunday attendance' figure that this would is that it the study of Christianity, there has recently been debate about Afi:er like having considered the arguments in favour we were Sunday attendance would be the best measure that t)^pical spiritual revolution claim. its validity. of alternative measures average weekly attendance over a month, however, of testing the vitality in for satisfied our purpose ^ Having made these decisions about what to count, we began to think about how best to undertake the task. the well-established (doorstep, methods postal methods or We could have used one or more of for determining attendance figures: surveys telephone) or are not necessarily reliable. clergy estimates. reviewed in Chapter Three, indicates that polling lation may we among USA, the general popu- of attendance. Aiming to be yield exaggerated figures ate as possible, However, such Research in Britain and the as accur- therefore decided to adopt the strategy of counting every single person entering a place of worship in Kendal on a typical Sunday. To the best of our knowledge, this headcount has been carried out (1904) organized a similar count in in is Britain London the since in first time that such a Richard Mudie-Smith 1903. Though a challenge to organize and administer, such a headcount would yield an accurate and reliable figure for typical Sunday attendance in Kendal.
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim Our in 35 Kendal plan was to station counters at every entrance to every church, chapel or meeting house in Kendal on a typical Sunday. congregational leaders in advance (though we We discussed the count with did not disclose the date it would be carried out), and we noted down all the Sunday service times, and the number of entrances to each building. Since we needed 29 'counters', we asked 24 volunteers from amongst our Religious Studies undergraduates at Lancaster Universit)^ to serve as additional counters alongside the core research team. After a pilot count at one of the the town, a 'master plan' was drawn up medium -sized churches in for the co-ordination of the day. All the counters were issued in advance with clear instructions concerning their duties, and were trained The headcount was in how to undertake carried out which we took to be pretty holiday period or church the count. on Sunday 26 November 2000, typical in that festival day. it did not fall in, a day or near, a Counters were stationed at every entrance to every church, chapel or meeting house, at least half an hour in advance of every service of the day. They were asked not only to count attenders but to record their gender and estimate their age. To this end they were supplied with count sheets on which they were asked to place tally mark young for each attender in M or F' (primary school and 'adult, M or F' (18 and for counter to distinguish gender), 'child, age), 'adolescent, above). a one of the following categories: 'baby' (too M or F' (high school age) Where churches had more than one double or treble counting individuals who had service, in order to avoid already attended a service, counters asked each person whether they had attended earlier that day. At three sites where this proved difficult, congregational leaders or greeters were asked to estimate numbers of double attendances. Everything went according to plan. By the end of the day we were in on the basis of which we could tally numbers and work out gender ratios and age profiles for each congregation. Once we had analysed the data, we sent all congregational possession of a sheaf of count sheets overall leaders a summary of complete a brief questionnaire to the figures we had gathered, and asked them to compare our numbers with their own Sunday attendance. It was found that in most numbers were very similar (apart from the Salvation Army where we had been forewarned that owing to practical transport difficulties that week the attendance would be lower than usual). clergy estimates of typical cases the Our key finding was that 2,207 people (adult and younger) attended the 25 churches and chapels of the congregational November 2000; that is domain on Sunday 26 7.9 per cent of the total population of Kendal.
36 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim The holistic Kendal in milieu According to Steve Bruce (1996a), it is 'clearly impossible' to 'count the numbers involved' in the 'New^ Age' (p. 222). Difficult, yes; impossible, no. The task was demanding, for it was by no means easy to track down all those activities which have to do with was by no means easy to count those holistic spirituality. who Furthermore, it are involved in these activities, an obvious challenge being to find a way to avoid double (treble, etc.) counting of participants. Preparing for the count At the very beginning of the Kendal Project, we had to decide whether it would make sense to count holistic milieu participants on a 'typical day' - thereby retaining strict comparability with the congregational domain The count. holistic milieu, however, Christian Sunday. Nevertheless, the no has day similar to the single rhythm of activity is of a similar weekly order: the weekly group, the weekly visit to the one-to-one practitioner, or even more frequent participation. then, was to decide to count on the The only basis realistic way forward, of participation during a typical week.^ We ity also had to make we were to count. a decision regarding the kind We had to of associational specify those associational activities activ- which were similar enough to the congregational domain to ensure that we could compare like ensure that with like, whilst at the we could compare same time being different enough to the relative vitality of subjective-life forms of the sacred with those of a congregational, life-as variety. In order to retain comparability with the congregational domain, employed the following specifications. First, given that we our study of the congregational domain has not included anything which individuals might do on their own (such as praying or reading the Bible), we determined that we would only count those involved in associational, face-to-face activities (rather than people meditating alone or reading for example). mind- body-spirit books, Second, given that our study of the congregational domain has only looked at designated places of worship schools, for example), we determined involved in activities taking place within (rather than taking place within and (not Christianity in we would count only those their own self-contained contexts that witli reference to such broader
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim institutional contexts as schools or businesses)^ And in 37 Kendal third, just as congre- gational activities are taken to be of sacred significance by those who lead them, so we determined that we would only count those involved with activities which were taken to be of sacred significance by those who pro- vide them. In order to make sure that there was also the necessary difference with domain to make it possible to test the spiritual revoluwe of course decided that we would only count those activities which had to do with the cultivation of subjective -life spirituality in the the congregational tion claim, understanding of the practitioners Having specified who offered them. what to count, our next was to locate task it. As we have already explained, where the congregational domain was concerned we our study to the town boundary, since church and chapel restricted provision for Kendal's population is largely concentrated within that area. In order to be comparable, however, we found that needed to take place not holistic milieu research town, but within a five-mile radius just in the of the town. This was because two key holistic centres which lie just out- side the town (Loop Cottage and Rainbow Cottage) cater for a significant number of Kendalians. If we had excluded the activities taking place within them, we would have failed to count a significant segment of Kendal's holistic scene. When we come to calculate the numbers involved in the holistic milieu, we therefore express them not as a proportion of the Kendal population congregational numbers), but as a proportion of (as for the population of 'Kendal and environs' (1999 population 37,150). Turning to how we found the specific activities we wanted to count, we wanted to make sure that we did not miss anything relevant to do with Guided by our four subjective-life spirituality. sought to build up kind of of every activity specifications, we therefore which mi^ht have to do with the under consideration. This 'mapping' exercise was not spiritualit}^ light task. a list For whereas most of the congregations of Kendal meet identifiable buildings, associational activities more often considerably difficult to locate. beyond church and chapel Groups a in clearly are (for instance tai chi) or one-to-one encounters (for instance aromatherapy) often take place in rented rooms and halls, involved a considerable cafes, shops, or in private houses. Accordingly the amount of other public places such and tourist information centres and spirituality like ing anything of detective work. Visits were as the Hall, the Library, leisure and specialized centres Rainbow Cottage, spiritual Town mapping made to for holistic healing to look for flyers and cards advertis- or spiritual-cum-religious significance. These
38 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim in Kendal adverts varied widely from minimal, handwritten details ('Elaine, Shiatsu and phone...') Reiki, publications the such and (free Cumbria Green Handbook, national more sold), North West the as produced posters or professionally to Noticeboards, local newspapers magazine listings New Age and Caduceus and Body and zines like Kindred Spirit, Cumbria Yellow Pa^es, were all checked visits were made to groups and centres, who for leads. leaflets. specialized regional Cahoots and holistic health maga- Soul, as well as the And same time at the know people many of whom who did not in order to get to could direct us to other practitioners, advertise. In order to test the spiritual revolution thesis, however, take a second step. It w^as crucial that we whittled our we needed most initial, to inclu- sive, list down 'spiritual dimension', and which, more precisely, had to do with subjective- life spirituality. virtually all to just those activities Accordingly, we which practitioners interviewed the one-to-one practitioners (a all saw^ as having a the group facilitators and number by telephone). In add- enabled us to establish close relationships with key net- ition, fieldwork workers - people with wide-ranging experience and knowledge of the kind of activities we wanted to find out about. On the basis of all this research we compiled a list of activities to be counted: a list which included practitioners who used the term 'spiritual' - or close cognates such as 'chi', 'energy' or 'vibrational qualities' - to refer to the 'flow' or inherent nature of life, and which excluded those have a spiritual who said that what they practised did not dimension. (Some osteopaths, for example, were therefore included, whilst others were not.) Overall, then, it onto our 'counting' ers task who list attached at least had group all the activities that made and one-to-one practitionsome importance to 'inner' spirituality - to the facilitators of enabling their participants to get in touch with inner 'energy' or 'spirit' which could Appendix 3 The count for a summary of the number of individuals week, we attended their activities to be of all how involved in groups during a those groups run by practitioners spiritual significance as the course. Attendance figures were noted asked their lives. (See itself In order to ascertain the typical empower and ftilfil activities we identified.) holistically heal, Kendal Project ran down, and group facilitators when there its practitioners were on the basis representative they were. Figures were only revised of information given by group who took seemed to be very
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim why clear reasons they were abnormal. Otherwise, it in Kendal 39 was assumed that divergences from norms would even out between groups overall. In trying to gauge the Kendal and environs during ual practitioners of faced with a far more to the one-to-one spirit- numbers of clients going challenging task. Many week, we were a typical one-to-one practitioners could not say what a typical week was because numbers could vary so much from one week The to another. estimates that they were willing to were often based on different time give One scales. person might any one time'; another, 'about 20 a month'; at to estimate' or, 'about Some tricky. others, still 'it's 'up too difficult books'. Using such information was answers, such as the overall books, could not be used, in er's my 200-300 on say, 20 or 30 to five people a day, three days a week'; another might say, 'about number of clients on this case a practition- because different clients' patterns of attendance vary widely from two or three visits a week to a one-off visit for a particular ailment - so knowing how many clients practitioners have on their books gives little clue as to how many they will see in an average week. But where practitioners gave figures for different lengths of time, such weekly or monthly as daily, simple, but conservative, maths. of clients, it figures, these Where practitioners did not give a number was sometimes possible to assign conservative estimates based on some knowledge of their practice, such as worked. Working carefully through our was thus possible to come up with the could be standardized using number of dimension to clients attending list how many days a week they of one-to-one practitioners, a conservative overall it weekly estimate of one-to-one practitioners with a their practice at a location in or within five miles spiritual of Kendal. A picture of the numbers involved in a typical week was beginning to build up. However, fieldwork had there were around those 'acts' 840 'acts made it increasingly apparent that although fair number of more than one activity. of participation' each week, a were by the same individuals engaging in To retain comparability with our headcount of the congregational domain, we had to find a way of avoiding double (treble, etc.) counting. Furthermore, fieldwork was making found their activities to be it increasingly clear that not all participants of spiritual significance (some, for example, told us that they were practising yoga to 'de-stress'). In order to address such issues, and gather other information, we used the naire (see ities Appendix I). holistic milieu question- By providing respondents with (taken to be spiritual by their practitioners) that and environs, and by been involved in aslcing them a list of all the we had found in activ- Kendal to tick the activity or activities they had during the preceding week, we were able to measure the
40 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim in Kendal extent of multi-participation and reduce our weekly participation figures We accordingly. activities as were having also able to establish the 'a spiritual So what were our key practitioners Of these, their dimension' (see below). During the autumn of 2001, 95 findings? were providing the and environs. numbers who regard activities of the holistic milieu spiritual of Kendal 41 were group practitioners serving 63 different groups, while 63 were one-to-one practitioners serving individual clients and having an estimated average of four established during the were taking part year of the Kendal Project that which enabled us to in more than one provided us with our final figure: involved in the 126 separate assess the one-to-one activity it Having some 840 asso- number of people who associational encounter per week. This during a typical week, 600 people were activities provided by the holistic practitioners Two of Kendal and environs: 1.6 per cent of the population. 600 people, clients.) were taking place weekly, we then carried out ques- ciational encounters tionnaire research first week. clients per practitioner per (Thus nine practitioners serve both groups and individual can be added, were participating activities, in groups, thirds of the and one third in with significant numbers engaging in more than one - whether group, one-to-one or both.^ These figures had been determined by the end of 2001 At the close of the . end of June 2002), and thus with an additional six months of research completed, we were finally in a position to scrutinize all the information we had gathered - questionnaire findings, field notes, interKendal Project (at the views, the primary literature we had collected - to assure ourselves that we had only counted those involved with spiritually informed activities drawn upon to cater for unique subjective-life. ition to assure ourselves that the spirituality and environs is which can be Only then were we of the holistic milieu in a pos- of Kendal predominantly of subjective-life significance. In short, only the end of the Project did number of people we definitively at conclude that the milieu - and the involved - provided what was required to test the spiritual revolution claim. (See Chapter One for the detailed evidence.)^ Counting the Heartlands Over Time The decline of the congregational domain Reliable longitudinal domain in Kendal. data Some is hard to come by for the congregational churches and chapels have no records at all.
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim Others have only partial in Kendal and/or patchy records. Openings, closings and mergers of various churches and chapels add a, further complication. is more, there data that is Some What of comparabilit}^ between and within the a frequent lack available. is 41 congregations record attendance numbers, numbers of communicants, still others record membership figures (with membership itself being defined in different ways), and some congregations have changed the way they count at some point in their record-keeping. Prior to the Kendal Project, there had been no systematic others record study of the congregational domain in Kendal, and subsequent to Horace Mann's (1854) census of churchgoing in 1851, there appears to have been no serious attempt to arrive at a reliable figure for church attendance in the town. numbers in the congredomain in Kendal over time we have therefore relied on tw^o methods. The first was to gather what figures we could for the main types In order to build up a picture of the changing gational of congregation in Kendal that were discussed in the last chapter. We to select as representative a sample of congregations as possible, our final selection was constrained by availability tried though of records (most notably, the lack of reliable longitudinal figures for a congregation of difference). The congregations Holy selected were Trinity Anglican Church (congre- gation of humanity), St Thomas's Anglican Church (congregation of experiential New difference). experiential difference), ential Community Church (congregation of Life and the Society of Friends (congregation of experi- humanity). The second method was to draw on trend data for Great Britain as a whole, particularly that gathered in the three clergy- estimate censuses for in t)^pical Sunday church attendance carried out by Peter Brierley 1979, 1989 and 1999. Since our longitudinal data for particular types of congregation largely corresponds with national findings, and since our head count figure of 7.9 per cent is identical with Peter Brierley's figure for Great Britain (p. 2.23), the picture in Kendal is (2001) unlikely to deviate significantly from the national picture. Both the in overall local and the national data suggest severe and church attendance in Kendal since the 1960s prior to that time, see Chapter Five). To begin with relentless decline (for the picture the national longitu- dinal figures, according to Brierley (2001, p. 2.23) 11.8 per cent of the population of Great Britain attended church in 1980, 11 per cent in 1985, 10.3 per cent in 1990, 8.8 per cent in 1995, and (as 7.9 per cent years. in 2000: a decline we have just seen) of almost exactly one third over just 20
42 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim in Kendal Clearly these figures conceal differing rates of change experienced by different types of congregation. But we if we turn next to the figures gathered from the four Kendal churches, the picture - though more differentiated - is still one of decline The raw, show (relative to the population). non-adjusted, attendance figures at Holy Trinity and St Thomas's congregational numbers to have been fairly static since the 1960s; New Life in 1981) experienced growth until the late 1990s followed by and the Society of Friends has been in decline since the 1960s. If (founded decline; population growth over the same period is none of these congregations has managed New Life taken into account, to keep pace - we find that and that all but have declined by around a half since the 1960s, for the population of Kendal grew from 18,599 cent. Indeed, at the time in 1961 to 27,610 in 1999 -that is, by 48.4 per of our research we did not find any hard evidence to suggest that any of the congregations of Kendal, of whatever type, had managed to keep pace with population period, probably no more than growth (other than a decade, as in the case of for a short New Life).^ Thus, taking population growth into account, the overall picture is of domain in Kendal. In terms of numbers most congregations have been static or declining since the 1960s, and relative to the growth of the town the congregational domain appears to have followed the national trend and declined by the steady decline of the congregational absolute around a half since that time. The growth of the Academics holistic milieu rarely claim that holistic ('alternative', sive') spiritualities are in decline. Even 'New Age' or 'expres- secularization theorist Steve Bruce (1996a) writes of 'the flowering of alternative ideas and therapies' and the 'enduring demand for such practices' (pp. 233-4). Such claims have been supported by various forms of evidence, including mind- body-spirit book sales and population surveys. To the best of our knowledge, however, no one has ever addressed the matter by way of a locality study, charting face- to -face holistic activities over time.^ One way of building up interviewed some 25 long-standing urally, their oral histories comparing the interviews a a picture is by way of memories. To end, we participants in the holistic milieu. Nat- cannot be taken it this as the was possible to gospel truth. However, by arrive at what appeared to be reasonably reliable delineation of the broad contours of change. In
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim addition, wc in collected old brochures and flyers advertising holistic activities - material which helped confirm the picture provided by the oral We 43 Kendal also delved into the past histories. by way of the Yellow Paqes, the trade listing felecom Archives' records of phone directory in the UK. Using the British the Cumbria and North Lancashire Yellow Pajjes, which ran back to 1969, we were able to chart the number of one-to-one Kendal-based 'comple mentary therapists' advertising their services. of growth, from not complementary all having a spiritual The picture which emerges nothing to almost 40 services virtually homeopaths) therapists (say dimension, this research strategy an exact measure of change with regard to the is 1999. CJiven that in see their practices as does not number of in itself provide holistic activities taken to be spiritual by their providers. Hut our mapping at the beginning of the Kendal Project of those all activities in Kendal and environs which could have been of spiritual significance (thus including all homeopaths, for example) shows that roughly two thirds of one-to-one or 'complementary' practitioners (as of a ratio 2001 sec their practice as having a spiritual dimension: will on the light complementary ten adverts for Kendal or so ) which can be used to shed when we past in that therapists in 1990, find likely that six it is have been providing spiritually significant provisions. So what has emerged from our study of the 1960s and 1970s, say interviewees, was servative with a small "c" ', The Kendal of past? the well-heeled market town', 'con- 'a a traditional place 'with only four types of it hardly comes as any surprise Hunter Wetenhall reporting that 'Kendal was vegetable available in local greengrocers'. So to find yoga teacher Cclia not touched by the first clear signs sixties'. As the 1970s progress, however, we of the emergence of regular Transcendental Meditation meetings in three complementary therapists advertising their wares. More groups appeared during first the earlier 1980s, for example Kendal's Buddhist group (formed 1982) and Alexander technique school, running gramme, was established in 1985 in a Fellside Centre. This also provided an one-off workshops with drama, tai chi, 1980s wore Ian first astrology classes (1985). building which became And as the Universal Peace Dancing, psycho- spiritual on. Overall, though, by say groups. known important venue for new groups and and energy and auric work. There was new An three-year teacher training pro- a activities like report, of the coalescence of a spiritual find the odd yoga group, someone's home, around holistic activities: the a sense, interviewees network 1987 there were neither were there in Kendal still many one-to-one as the relatively few practitioners: Watson (today co-director of the Lakeland College of Homeopathy)
44 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim told us, for example, that only a week) was active HoUigan, reported in in Kendal one homeopath (practising for just one day Kendal around 1985. Another homeopath, that, 'If you said to someone Sally you were studying that homeopathy, they would often say "What's that then?"' During the later new entered a New Age the 1980s, however, the development of the holistic milieu phase. hands-on healer and real turning point was reflected in the founding of facilitator of Findhorn-inspired workshops, reports between 1989 and 1991 cards began to appear that for A high street shop 'Turning Point' in 1988. Suzanna Michaelis, and the in cafes like homeopathy, acupuncture and massage bearing names she had never heard of before (prior to 1992 CHOICE ment) was this, she knew all the practitioners in the area). In (Complementary Health Options In a Caring Environand in 1993 Ian Watson founded the Lakeland College initiated, of Homeopathy and Personal Development. From an intake of 18, initial by 2001 the college had over 140 students enrolled on three-year and post-graduate courses. Kendal College started running a Holistic Therapy Diploma 1994 (CeUa Hunter Wetenhall, having estimated an intake of 40 had enrolled), and also started running evening in 16, was shocked to find courses bow on crystal healing, the Alexander technique, and astrology. Rain- room Cottage, providing outlets for one-to-one practitioners and a for spiritual groups, was established by Linda McGarvey Loop Cottage - a somewhat more - developed during 1997. Just as the casual centre for groups in 1999; and and workshops growth of centres and courses took off during the later number of spiritual groups - Buddhist and yoga groups, 1980s, so did the for example. One-to-one activities have also grown since the Thus the number of complementary later 1980s. therapists advertising in the Tellow Pa£fes started to rise quite sharply as the 1980s drew to a close. Indeed, numbers have roughly tripled since 1990 (from 10 in that year to 36 1999) - an increase which of course includes non-spiritual forms of their in complementary activities, but which also includes the approximately two thirds of one-to-one practitioners who consider their activities to be spir- itually significant. Given that our research indicates that the number of groups proximately tripled during the last also ap- 10 or so years of the twentieth century, we can work backwards from the 126 separate activities on offer in 2001 to conclude that about 40 activities would have been available in 1990 (our evidence also indicating that there were around 30 in 1987, when the growth of the groups and one-to-one activities of holistic spiritualities
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim began to take Overall, off). it somewhat Kendal 45 evidence unequivocally demonstrates the growth: from the virtually non-existent in 1970 to today - or, to put in differently, from fact that the is available nobody involved of a typical week 600 with groups or one-to-one practices in 1970 to the of 2001. Furthermore, although the that all virtually population of Kendal has grown by 48.5 per cent between 1961 and 1999 means that the congregational domain has declined considerably more than is suggested by how congregations themselves have been faring (and perceive themselves to have been faring), the population increase does very picture of holistic milieu growth. For to tic milieu has grown from during the 1990s, all and scratch, Associational to undermine the holis- grew by around 300 per cent it when population growth was Comparing the Two little and purposes the intents just 1 1.4 per cent. Domains of Kendal: A Spiritual Revolution? Recalling the numbers involved in the two associational heartlands, at the time of our study 2,207 people (or 7.9 per cent) were active in the congregational domain of Kendal, and 600 people we can milieu of Kendal and environs. So (or 1.6 per cent) in the holistic say with during a typical week in 2001 there were five times in the congregational domain as there were in the holistic milieu. Regarding the two associational heartlands, a spiritual revolution has not taken place. that the holistic milieu declining. rate as it So 2ls some confidence that many people involved it is thus perfectly clear that However, it is equally clear growing whilst the congregational domain is 2/ the holistic milieu continues to grow at the same is (linear) domain continues has done during the same period, a has done since 1970, and 2/ the congregational to decline at the same (linear) rate as spiritual revolution would it take place during the third decade of the third millennium This speculative scenario is critically assessed later in immediately apparent, however, is the volume. What is that although claims of a spiritual revo- lution are exaggerated, a major shift has occurred in the sacred landscape. The 1851 Religious Census showed that up to 47,7 per cent of the popula- tion of 11,829 in Kendal took part in religious worship on census day (Mann, 1854, pp. 39-55). Even though this number is swollen by double and triple attendances, it points to a society in which churchgoing was normal rather than exceptional, and in which the congregational domain
46 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim occupied an unchallenged position as in Kendal the monopolistic supplier of the By the time we undertook our research sacred in Kendal. Kendal, in however, the congregational domain was facing serious sacred competition for the first time in its Even though the history. 'mini-revolutions' clearly have. size of the gational One mini-revolution concerns the relative and the major denominations within the congre- holistic milieu domain - not taken place, a number of spiritual revolution has now outnumbers for the holistic milieu every single major denomination besides the Anglicans. Thus our count shows that comparison with the 600 people Sunday there in a typical 531 Roman Catholics, 285 Methodists, and 160 Jeho- and 674 Anglicans. And if what is happening elsewhere in are vah's Witnesses Great Britain, where Anglicanism nominations, on active in the holistic milieu, is is anything to go by, one of the most it is swiftly declining de- soon virtually certain that there will be more people active in the holistic milieu in Kendal than in Anglican churches. Other mini-revolutions concern the relative vitality of particular of types holistic activity and various denominations. Take yoga, example, the most popular form of holistic group environs: around there are 250 people are active more people involved in a denomination besides the Anglican, during activity in a typical yoga group Roman Kendal and week. This means Kendal than in for any in Catholic or Methodist. Before drawing the discussion to a close, three important considerations remain to be addressed. The first derives from the according to fact that the holistic milieu questionnaire 55 per cent of the respondents to the multiple choice question 'Does this activity [practised during the last seven days] have a spiritual dimension for you.>' answered in the affirmative. This means that during a typical week not 1.6 per cent but 0.9 per cent of the population of Kendal and environs were involved in what they (together with the practitioner) took to be spiritually significant associational ities. What is to be made of this finding? activ- Should we use the 0.9 per cent compare with the 7.9 per figure, rather than the 1.6 per cent finding, to cent figure for the congregational domain.^"' The validity of testing the spiritual revolution thesis by comparing the 1.6 per cent figure for the holistic milieu with the 7.9 per cent figure for the congregational domain lies namely the numbers involved be of had spiritual with the fact that it compares in associational activities or religious significance by those who tried instead to use the 0.9 per cent figure for we would have faced the difficult)^ of arriving at a like which with like: are taken to organize them. If we comparative purposes comparable figure for the
Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim congregational domain - namely t±ie 47 Kendal in percentage attending Sunday worship who consider their activit}^ to be of religious Or spiritual significance. We know from fieldwork in Kendal that people attend churches and chapels for a wide variety of reasons, not all of which might be thought of uphold (or spiritual): for moral reasons (e.g. to as religious civic values), for social reasons (one interviewee described his church as 'the best club in town'), in order to have their children experience the benefits ment, to 'get in touch' with a departed relative, to cially in the case on. Since of newcomers), to find we have not been able doing so, we do not difficulty in of church involve- meet new people (espeand reflect - and so a space to relax and given the to quantify such matters, think that it is useful to use the 0.9 per cent figure for comparative purposes. (Interestingly, however, even were to compare holistic milieu like if we with unlike by using the 0.9 per cent figure for the and 7.9 per cent for the congregational domain, if the latter continues to decline at same rate as in recent decades, and the former to continue to grow as it has done, then the spiritual revolution can predicted to take place just a few years later than is if the 1 .6 still be per cent figure used.)^ The second typical consideration derives from the fact that Sunday attendance weekly attendance (for the congregational (for the holistic milieu). If research elsewhere in Britain is we have compared domain) with But what of longer time typical spans.> anything to go by, monthly church tendance figures tend to exceed weekly figures by a multiplier at- of about 1.5 (Benson and Roberts, 2002), and yearly attendance figures (not including attendance (Brierley, baptism, wedding or funeral) by a multiplier of around 2.2 at a 2000, p. 78). And we know from our people are often involved in holistic time, their short period of place then being taken by others which suggests that the longer the time span will research in Kendal that we activities for a relatively take, the greater the number of individuals that be found to have been involved in the milieu. However, since formid- able research difficulties - to do with tracking participation and avoiding counting people more than once - mean that monthly or yearly figures cannot readily (if ever) be established for the holistic milieu, we feel confi- dent that the comparison we have carried out provides the most reliable measure of the The final relative strength consideration is of the two heartlands.*^ that talk of a 'spiritual revolution' can easily give the misleading impression that sacred activities are the contrary, our findings way, it is show that even if a spiritual growing overall. revolution is To under- taking place within a realm of associational activities which is in
48 Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim decline. For the pensating tor grow th of the the ( rcKui\cl\ of the decline in Kendal smalH holistic milieu (considerabh is n(^r com- congregational larger) domain. Summary Kendal has ntu experienced a fiilK tledged spiritual rexolution, e\en though the sacred landscape has altered quite dramatically since the 1960s, with mini levolutions graphically illustrating the degree of change. of life-as ities of And tc^ forms of religion subjective-life set the is clearh- in e\ idence, as - albeit w ithin an ox tone for the last decline the turn to spiritual- framework of secularization. chapter of this \"olume, ha\e charted continue into the future, within the next 30 or so vears. erall is The if the trends w e a spiritual re\c^lution will take place
Chapter Three Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution: Britain and Two extraordinary facets of contemporary confront a sociologist of religion. The exploding - panoply of various regimes, in . . any large or middle-sized American is showing the world how (Callum Brown, 2001, p. immediately leap out to the sheer - and exponentially spiritual therapies city. gone .the culture of Christianity has Britain spiritualit}^ first is . . USA and groups available (John A. Coleman, 1997, 9) p. of the new millennium. we have known it can die. in the Britain religion as 198) Eight out of ten Americans, not just 'religious' people, express desire for growth. (George Gallup spiritual Jr. and Timothy Jones, 2000, p. 45) we move fiarther afield in our quest to test the spiritual we do so we become increasingly reliant on research out by others. Though we draw on work of the highest quality, it In this chapter revolution claim. As carried has rarely been designed with our questions in mind. That why the conclusions of this chapter must be that have preceded it. less is one reason determinate than those Another has to do with the chapter's scope. thing to ask whether the spiritual revolution has taken place in a some 28,000 It is one town with inhabitants (Kendal), but quite another to ask whether it has taken place on a national or international scale. Towards the end of this chapter we also move away from the relatively clear-cut business of measur- ing associational religious and spiritual of assessing whether a large We in and in the turn first realm of personal it USA congregational and hohstic milieu is now The USA is to the more tricky business taken place in the culture at belief. to Britain and the picture as in Kendal.> activit\^ spiritual revolution has to compare the numbers involved activities. Do we find much the same particularly intriguing in this regard, since widely claimed to be 'exceptional' (Finke and Stark, Warner, 1993; Berger, 1999; Davie, 2002). The most common 1992; claim is
50 Evidence for a that there possible Spiritual Revolution simply 'more' religion in the is form of exceptionalism: could USA. Our be the case that there it evidence for the spiritual revolution claim in the Remaining with we have characterized predominantly by spirituality. Now we on both Finally, is religion rather than subjective-life life-as is true, cultivate we would have unique fiirther subjective-lives. sides we broaden of the Atlantic to consider spiritual We is taking place enter Christian this possibility. moving beyond the realms of congre- the picture by revolution To evidence to support the gational and holistic milieu associational activities altogether. whether the domain consider evidence that congregational activities else- within rather than outside the congregational domain. territory more consider another inter- revolution claim - evidence provided by what spiritual is in Britain? seen that the congregational where may be serving to authorize and the extent that this USA than we then associational activities, esting possibility. In Kendal interest lies in another We consider underway, or has taken place, with is regard to widespread cultural provisions, including products on sale in shops, media content, and activities in educational and health care contexts. We also consider another possibility: that subjective-life spirituality flourishing in the realm of beliefs. sions and popular Could may be be the case that cultural provi- beliefs indicate that the spiritual revolution has more headway outside the realm of within it made 'heartland' associational activity than it> These are big issues and big questions. definitively in a single chapter. We We cannot hope to settle them can, however, marshal available evidence to provide provisional answers. Spiritual Revolution in Britain and the USA? Britain According to our measure of activity during a typical week, the spiritual revolution has not taken place in the associational heartlands of Kendal, but can the same be said for Britain Until now as a whole. the problem with determining the current level of weekly church attendance in Britain has been not a lack of data, but discrepancy between different sources of data. According to national sample polls, at- tendance has been at the level of around 12 per cent or more for several decades. For example, the British Social Attitudes survey of 1997 reported
Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution 51 that 12 per cent of the population of Britain attended weeldy (Brierley, 2000, p. 72), and the Soul of of 2000 provided a figure of Britain survey 15 per cent (Heald, 2000). According to the polls the proportion claiming to have gone to church on the Sunday prior to interview has been relatively steady since the 1950s at 10 to 15 per cent (Field, 2001, p. 10). Since 1979, however, polls have been supplemented by another source: Peter Brierley's surveys of church attendance in Great Britain, which are based on individual clergy reporting levels of typical Sunday attendance in own churches and chapels. These surveys report a lower level of Sunday church attendance in Great Britain than the polls: 10.3 per cent in their 1990 and 7.9 per cent in 2000 (2001, Brierley concludes that p. 2.23). people say they go to church more often that they 'reporting factor' that has not varied in the For the first really do, and that the about double the true level of churchgoing - a ratio is 20 began years since his surveys (p. 5.15). members in Kendal findings. Our results sup time, our headcount of congregational allows us to adjudicate between these discrepant port Brierley's findings over the polls, for Brierley finds that 7.9 per cent of the population (4,604,500 people) attended church on a typical Sunday in the year 2000, and our head count revealed that 7.9 per cent of the population of Kendal (2,207 people) attended church on 2000. This finding would not be decisive if there were thinking that Kendal was not representative of the will see below that in Nor do we know of any domain in Kendal is Sunday good grounds UK as a whole, but in for we socio-demographic terms Kendal does not seem to deviate from the national picture in any striking ness'). a typical way (other than its 'white- reason for thinking that the congregational particularly unusual. In any case, the Kendal Project yielded additional evidence to support the accuracy of data yielded by clergy- reporting over that based on reporting. In 1998, before we carried out our headcount in self- Kendal, and before clergy and congregational leaders had been told such a count would we asked them to estimate the numbers in their congregations typical Sunday. The total clergy-estimate figure came to 2,466. Since take place, on this a is only slightly higher than the figure yielded by the headcount carried out two years later, it helps confirm the accuracy of individual clergy- reporting as a source of information about attendance. Thanks to these findings we are now able to rely on Brierley's research with confidence, including his findings about the decline of the congre gational Two domain in Great Britain over time. It will be recalled from Chapter (p. 41) that Brierley's surveys reveal the severe and ongoing decline of
52 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution regular attendance in the congregational last domain Great Britain over the in couple of decades, by almost exactly a third since 1980 (2001, Evidence presented Chapter Five in p. 2.23). 139) shows that Sunday attendance (p. has probably declined by around a half since 1950. When we milieu, we from the congregational domain to the shift attention find that far it is holistic harder to arrive at a figure for national involve- ment. Given the amount of research that would be required to establish number of people the on practising holistic, mind-body-spirituality activities, a weekly basis, in various kinds regions (north, south west, etc.), amount of work remains Our strategy is of localities (inner city, rural, etc.) So how to be done. are we to proceed? to extrapolate from Kendal findings to arrive at a figure for Great Britain. To do this, though, we obviously have to show that Kendal findings are representative of the national picture. But do this when we do not know activities, To on a weekly tackle this basis, in the the numbers involved can we in holistic milieu problem, we draw on the few relevant figures which are available for the nation. These derive from research which has been carried not perfect for our task. Many of not consider their practices to be of activities how nation as a whole. out into complementary and alternative medicine (or are and hardly surprising that a considerable it is CAM). CAM those providing spiritual significance, CAM figures activities do and many of the we found in Kendal and environs (such as yoga or tai chi) are not much of the CAM literature. However, if we can show that the discussed in numbers involved with of Kendal and environs CAM activities which belong to the are in line with national figures, holistic milieu we can support the case for using Kendal Project findings to provide a national figure for holis- milieu participation during a typical week. tic Simon Mills and Sarah Budd (2000) estimate that there aromatherapy practitioners Kendal and environs is in the UK thus four or Budd (p. five; 17). The we found predicted six. are 6,943 number Regarding for reflex- The prediction for Kendal and environs is eight; we found eight. Given that we have only found one anomaly (homeopaths, the prediction being that we would find one whereas we actually found nine), we can thus be confident that the ology, the Mills and CAM activities tive of Britain of the as a national figure holistic milieu is 12,648 (p. 37). of Kendal and environs are representa- whole. In addition. Mills and Budd estimate that there 60,000 practitioners of CAM in the UK (p. 55). This indicates that we ought to find 38 practitioners based in an area with the population of are Kendal and environs; we found 42.
53 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution CAM taken to involve one-to-one participation. activities arc generally So we have what of the group to ask: activities of the Kendal and environs? Pulling together evidence from we holistic milieu estimate that between 400,000 and 500,000 people are participating yoga groups the nation, and around 100,000 in in tai chi former figures predict between 253 and 316 participants groups. Furthermore, there if CAM no reason is looks as it activities are also in line witii Britain as a activities in The Kendal and in environs (we found 250), the latter 63 (we found 63). So though these two group of of sources, a variety whole. of Kendal and environs are representative, same does not apply to group to suppose that the activities. What makes more confident of being us even able to extrapolate from milieu of our 1.6 per cent weekly participation figure for the holistic Kendal and environs to provide that data concern- ing the town of Kendal a figure for the nation corresponds very closely with that for Eng- itself land and Wales. Adding together the 2001 (>ensus figures for the Kendal wards, and comparing them with the overall and Wales, we find that Kendal's age occupational grouping occupations), and so fact that is the fact that there are social gradation is statistics for and gender structure is 14 England typical, so is being slightly skewed towards lower income (albeit Kendal College is not and educational attainment (the a college somewhat fewer of Higher Education explaining full-time students than the national figure). Overall then, it is safe to extrapolate from the fact that 1.6 per cent of the population of Kendal and environs are involved on a weekly basis in associational This means activities that regarded slightly as over spiritually 900,000 the holistic of Great inhabitants (57,103,927 according to the 2001 Cknsus) by practitioners. significant are active on a Britain weekly basis in milieu of the nation (913,663 to be exact) - of whom 146,000 are spiritual practitioners. (It figure provided for is interesting to compare this with the 1994 GPs by The Royal College of General Practitioners, namely 37,352; or the widely cited figure of 25,000 therapists with an equal number of clergy.) We can also assume that just in Britain, as 55 per cent of the holistic milieu of Kendal and environs take their current holistic practice to be of spiritual significance, so will milieu of the nation - that would obviously rise if is, on a a million people. (The one included those engaged with cant practices during any time practising about half around 55 per cent of the in the past but group or one-to-one who arc basis). In addition, number spiritually signifi no longer currently and thinking of the
54 Evidence for a we mini-revolutions 600 Spiritual Revolution discussed in the chapter, the fact that last individuals (42 per cent) of the holistic milieu of Kendal practise yoga during a typical week approaching 400,000 individuals attending many of the main 372,600 in Kendal and environs suggests that in in practise this activity during a typical 250 of the and environs the holistic milieu of Great Britain week - a larger number than are Christian denominations (Methodists totalling 2000, Pentecostals 216,400, according to Brierley (2001, p. 2.23)). To close our discussion of the holistic milieu in Britain, we must consider how it has been faring over time. In Kendal and environs, it will be recalled from the tic last chapter, activities prior to we found virtually We 1970. applies to the nation overall. no evidence of associational are pretty confident that much holis- the same Even where the counter-culture was most in evidence, namely uni\ersity towns and rural areas like the Welsh Borders, there were very few groups and one-to-one activities of the kind today. This is not to deny that the we find (running from the mid-1960s to 'sixties' the mid-1970s) saw plent\^ of subjective-life spiritual activity - whether exploring 'inner space' by way of East. Indeed, and some it is rural areas, there were subjective- life spirituality in (say) incontestable fact activities 1960s - LSD, music, nature or the journey to the highly likely that in Britain, especially in university towns is as many if not more individuals pursuing 1970 than in (say) 1985. However, the that the subjective-life spiritual groups and one-to-one we measure grow^th have grown nationally since the they have grown in Kendal. They must have done so in by which just as order to have attained their current numerical significance relative to the situation in 1970.^ We conclude that just as the spiritual revolution, as we have defined it by reference to the relative weight of congregational and holistic milieu activities, has not taken place in Kendal, so it has not taken place in Britain. True, there might well be some hot spots around the nation where taken place (places localities like Totnes and the Dart valley, it has perhaps, or specific of north London). Equally, there might well be some 'cold spots' where there is little sign of a spiritual revolution taking place. But con- sidered overall the sacred landscape in the country remains dominated by the congregational: the same ratio that applies to Kendal, namely 1:5 in favour of the congregational domain, applies also to Great Britain. The implications for the scholarly literature are clear. Insofar as associ- ational involvement holistic milieu is concerned, the figure we have (900,000 plus) shows that Bruce (1996b) arrived at for the is wrong when he
55 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution claims that 'the number of people in alternative religions is [in Britain] minute' (p. who have shown any interest 273). Certainly the 900,000 plus no more 'minute' that the 2001 Census finding that there are people of Hindu affiliation in the UK, some of whom will not be 558,810 figure is participating in temple associational activities. (For comparative purposes is worth noting that the census yielded a figure of 1,591,126 for Where associational involvement (1999) and Luckmann (1990) who suggest affiliation.) bell is concerned, those it Muslim like Camp- that a spiritual revolution something very close to it) has already taken place in countries like Britain are also wrong - or perhaps premature. And, we can add, our findings support those - most noticeably Bruce (2002) - who see secular(or ization continuing in Britain. holistic milieu has For whether it be Kendal or the nation, the not become large enough to compensate for the decline of the considerably larger congregational domain. USA In the USA, unlike Great Britain, there congregational domain is in is widespread confidence that the robust good health. In a typical week, many books and magazines tell us, 40 per cent of the population will be in church - making the USA an 'exceptionally' Christian nation when compared with Britain and the this commonly rest of Europe. The most important source for 40 per cent figure is the Gallup The finding is based on responses to cited tional attendance. polls you, yourself, happen to attend church or synagogue in the or Other sources, however, not.>' of congrega- the question: 'Did seven days, last arrive at different figures for weekly con- gregational attendance. For example, the General Social Surveys that, like Gallup, ask questions of a representative sample of the US report a figure of 30 per cent attending 'nearly every week' in now, 2003, An p. 3).^ even lower figure has been arrived test the population, 2000 (Wuth- at by researchers who set out to accuracy of the polls' self-reported attendance figures by counting attendance in different ways. Using three different forms of data collection (clergy- reporting, a headcounting and counts of cars 1992 study of church attendance churches in in in church parking lots) an Ohio county, and of Catholic 18 dioceses, found that actual weekly attendance was slightly over half the rate indicated by national polls (Hadaway, Marler and Chaves, 1993). Additional research by this team of scholars, using a variety of
56 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution methods including headcounts, has consistently arrived at a figure of typical weekly attendance of 'probably between 22 and 24 per cent' (Marler and Hadaway, 2000, p. 42; see also Chaves and Cavendish, 1994; Hadaway, Marler and Chaves, 1998; Marler and Hadaway, 1999; Hadaway and Marler, 2003). Though the higher self-reported figure yielded by the polls has been vigorously defended (Hout and Greeley, 1998), the accumulating evidence convinces us that the lower figure true picture (and the methods used is more to arrive at are it likely to represent the more compar- readily which yielded the figures of 7.9 per cent for Kendal and We conclude that the proportion of the population regularly able with those Great Britain). involved in the congregational domain in the USA How than Great Britain, not is probably about three times higher times higher. five do the two domains compare over time.> We have noted that at- tendance in Great Britain has declined by a half since 1950 - has the same thing happened in the USA} It is even harder to answer to find out about current attendance levels in the either from polls or have already noted the tendency of ance not this question than since data derives from ecclesiastical-reporting (data collected by denom- inations/national church bodies concerning their We USA, own self- reporting levels of adherence). to exaggerate attend- and ecclesiastical-reporting seems beset by other levels, least that difficulties, church bodies tend to report 'adherence' rather than 'attend- ance' and to define it in very different ways - many adherents may have stopped attending long ago. Most of the peak in the and then national sample polls suggest that churchgoing reached a USA fell in the 1950s in the immediate afi:ermath of World War quite sharply in the 1960s and/or early out. According to the Gallup polls, for example, 1970s before II, levelling 49 per cent of the US population attended church in 1958 and the level had fallen to 40 per cent in 1975, since when it has been fairly steady; the General Social Surveys agree but suggest very slight decline in the 1990s (Gallup and Lindsay, 1999, p. 15; Wuthnow, 2003, p. 3). A similar picture astical-reporting, with the Yearbook of emerges from ecclesi- American and Canadian Churches recording a drop in adherence of 12 percentage points between 1970 and 2001 (Lindner, 2003), and data collected by the Glenmary Institute showing a drop in adherence of 4 percentage points between 1971 and 1990 (Johnson, Picard and Quinn, 1974; Quinn, Anderson, Bradley, Goetting and Shriver 1982; Bradley, Green, Jones, Lynn and McNeil, 1992).'^ It can be argued in favour of such data that even denominations exaggerate their levels if individuals and of attendance and adherence, such
57 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution exaggeration is likely to be stable over time. Against this, Hadaway, Marler and Chaves (1993) have suggested that whilst individuals' perceptions of behaviour their may have remained constant since the 1950s, their actual behaviour appears to have changed considerably. They suggest that whilst church attendance people now is still perceived as socially desirable in the attend, and that the gap between they say they do may have widened (1998) offer evidence to support steadily. this USA, fewer what people do and what Hadaway, Marler and Chaves hypothesis from Catholic (clergy- show attendance declining by a half, whilst self-reported levels remain steady. The implication is that churchgoing in the USA may have fallen from a 'real' level of 40 per reported) attendance rolls in San Francisco, which cent in the early 1960s to the 22-4 per cent level today, thus mirroring the decline of around 50 per cent which has been experienced over the same period in Great Britain. Independent supporting evidence for a decline of this sort of magnitude comes from time-use studies conducted in the since the 1960s which reveal a fall in USA attendance from around 40 per cent 25 per cent (Presser and Stinson, 1998). Although there are counter- arguments in favour of the accuracy of the to around more optimistic trend- data yielded by the polls, evidence points to the USA since the decline, however, some significant decline may not be believe the weight of in 1960s. In the absence of conclusive data on the rate of this we can safely say between about 5 and 50 per States we of the congregational domain cent. only that We it lies somewhere in the range conclude that even though the United quite as 'exceptionally' religious as some like to claim, its congregational domain is significantly more robust than in Great Britain: more of the population, and declining less quickly. Turning from the congregational domain to the holistic milieu of the USA, establishing the weekly numbers of those involved in associational subjective -life activities provided by spiritual practitioners is no easy task. So far as we are aware, research focusing on this topic has not been carried out in the USA. A way forward is to draw on self- reported poll data. According to Wade Clark Roof (1999), 14 per cent of baby boomers (namely those born between 1946 and 1962) are 'metaphysical believers and seekers' (p. 204). Since baby boomers constitute one third of the USA population, around involving three times 5 per cent of the general population belong to what Roof describes as the who emphasize 'immanent' spirituality and 211) - what we are calling subjective-life spirituality. 'subculture' (p. 203) of those 'self-expansiveness' (p. But how many are also involved with relevant associational activities during
58 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution week? Roof a typical of states that a third seekers report that they arc 'in his metaphysical believers and support groups where they can share experi- ences and receive spiritual support from others Expressed themselves' (p. 205). like a proportion of the national population, as around 1.65 per cent this means tliat are involved with spiritually significant associational groups."^ boom Since this figure only refers to baby metaphysical believers and seekers involved in spiritually significant support groups, into account the numbers involved with one-to-one aromatherapy) or those group as spiritual not appear to qualify activities 'support groups'. as We do mind (such as yoga) which also have to bear in that the 1.65 per cent figure does not include those cerned with drawing on does not take it holistic activities (such who are more con- holistic spirituality to address dis-ease (etc.) with spiritual seekership- cum -metaphysics, nor those in secular ways, body- spirituality resources who draw on mind- without any And, 'spirituality'. of course, the 1.65 per cent figure does not take into account people might be involved with the thirds of the population who holistic milieu are The number of those involved who belong but One argument 'metaphysical amount milieu. USA to in the holistic milieu derives from, the fact that and seekers' who it is can infer that it is five are 'metaphysical believers milieu in the USA two USA is of the clearly how much highly unlikely that involved in groups active in Kendal's holistic reasonable to suppose that the holistic milieu of the unlikely to be so very different we it is also are more than 20 per cent of those Given that is Britain), who believers to the who not baby boomers. higher than that indicated by the 1.65 per cent figure. But higher.> than from its equivalent in Kendal (or times as big as the percentage of people and seekers' - so if 20 per cent of the are seekers, the total percentage involved in the holistic would be around S.^ Another argument involves milieu Davis, Ettner et al. CAM usage. Figures provided by Eisenberg, (1998) indicate that 19.5 per cent of the USA popula- tion saw an alternative, one-to-one therapist in 1997. Thomas, Nicholl and Coleman (2001) arrive at a broadly comparable figure for England of 13.6 per cent (p. 2). Assuming that spiritually inclined practitioners make up at least as large a proportion of CAM practitioners overall in the England, that means that the number of practitioners in the England. of use in And the USA in a given year given that there USA is is clients seen by USA spiritual as in CAM about 50 per cent higher than no obvious reason why temporal in patterns should be radically different from England, we can
59 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution conclutic with sonic confidciuc cfiil more than in onenlaled ( the There is than larger that i urck .ipproaching SO per m reasonahle lo assunu- lhal 1 per cent .6S the that it milieu holistic 'metaphysical ol figure argument indicates true that holistit milieu is the S.in fr.uicisco P)ay the ol l>ut area by the earlier 1970s ~ has the holistic middle sized American city\ provided in Wuthnow (1976) 'in 1970. Summari/ing evidence drawn from hard copy listings' and on websites), articles which hav^e press and magazines like 'lime, and .uademic publications of growth. the If Web had existed around IS, 000 different sites in the around 22 where the 1970, we very in USA, and t() is we conclude possibly ec)ui\alenl figure for that critical test spiritual revolution in a involves cent, the ratio is the in much doubt in in is that New is 7.9 is |)er cent. given a spiritual namely the ratio The lu^listic but milieu of the U'SA it would In- if is it is revolution to have taken place. As of what could turn out lo be between congregation.il week - we have seen 3:1; but a typical on any reckoning, that in (ireat 24 per cent of the population and the is under- clearly larger than in (Jreat l^ritain of the development used, the ratio carried out, is Great Britain? With l>ritain favour of congregational numbers. If the congregational figure in the picture 24 per cent of the populati()n pr()bably attending on by no means large enough for numbers appeared revolution a s|)iritual more advanced than also larger than the 1.6 per cent of l>ritain USA range of would have been advertising yoga Sunday, the congregational domain is a would they do today.^ as Pulling things together, can way any large or the start of this chapter, at hand first including primary material (in particular adverts for events sources York in places surely the case that is it contemporary situation the of and believers were present .ittivities experience of yoga during this [x-riod. However, CyolemaiTs description ISA I could go up to 8 per cent; our reports that H per cent of inhabiianis of the Kay area had had not have applied means vvhicii approaching SO per cent l^e could go up to close to 2.S per cent. It healer spiririially per cent figure for Hngland (or Britain)/' the it more orientated group praetitioners wliole could well as a (>AM spmin.ilU oncjiiatcd a here are pioportionarely doiihting the fact that first milieu grown? like .6 little is seekers'. ()iir second spiiitiially USy\ milieu 1 if }',i\( .1 healers lhan in laiu,laiuh H more larger than the consull iirihermore, 1 ^AM there are also dial USA people- in ihc l.n[;laiui. m ih.ii .iiui ii is domain a holistic S:l of in the holistic milieu 8 per the (approaching) 2.S per cent holistic milieu around 10:1. L'ntil further research has been foolharcK' to suggest a precise ratio.
60 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution Looking wc longitudinal c\ idcncc, although at the arc prctU' certain that domain in the USA is taking place at a faster rate than is often thought, sound evidence to say how fast it is declining is simply not available. There is certainly no reliable evidence to show that it is declining as tast (or taster) than the congregational domain in Great Britain - evidence that would be required to help support the case the decline of the congregational that the trends that there USA tion in the now momentum greater is than in Great Britain. As for almost certainly bigger in the probably much the same size in 1970, taster rate since the about USA 1960s. That said, behind tJie holistic growth. As things stand at the it is grown at a however, we do not know enough has almost certainly it moment, domain gro\\ing trends which milieu, since than in Great Britain, and was current size to be able to assess the scale or its a spiritual revolu- momentum of its then, the only safe conclusion USA and the is that the congregational is milieu certainly ha\'e to be present if a re\ olution is is declining in the holistic to take place in the future. A Spiritual Revolution in Christianity? Up to this point wc ha\e than tic life-as religion the spiritual re\'olution claim - that tested is set to become, more important - by treating the congregational domain and the holis- become, or subjective -life spiritualit)^ has milieu as separate 'blocs'. In the case of Kendal, this was life spirituality justified by the in the fact that there it and in the within Christianity.^ If this were true the \'italit)' subjective-life spirituality holistic is it evidence of subjectivelife-as religion in becoming increasingly intluenw ould mean diat our simple and congregational of subjective-life that be the case that in Britain more widely, tial comparison of litde congregational domain, or of the holistic milieu. But could USA, was very we have shown spiritualit)^ in tiie vitalit)^ has under-estimated sacred landscape as a whole. We must therefore look within the congregational domain on both sides of the Atiantic to see whether a Hfe-as emphasis in Christianity is being supplanted by developments of a variet}' more subjectivized nature. Given the internal of the congregational domain, the best way of doing considering in turn each of the four main oudined in Chapter One. As well as subjectivization within each variet), decades. x arieties of Christianit)' this is b)' w hich w^e exploring the nature and degree of we will consider their fate in recent
Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution 61 Con^re£fations of difference Given that congregations of difference are defined by their orientation towards the higher, external authority of a Ciod to w hich human beings must conform their lives in order to be saved, might seem unlikely that it the influence of subjective-life spirituality could creep into this sector of Ammerman's (1987) Christianity. In-depth qualitative research like of a conservative Baptist congregation USA in the confirms the picture of strongly 'differentiated' communities in which individuals defer to women to men and which children to parents, and in study life is to very clearly defined roles authorized by the infallible God, lived according word of scripture. how- In his studies of evangelicals and evangelicalism in the early 1980s, Hunter (1987) discovered evidence of ever. subjectivization in evangelical ranks. ceticism' giving way growing a He found liberalization to a 'fascination with the self and with and and moral 'self-sacrifice human as- subject- (pp. 65-71). But a recent study which replicated Hunter's research design discovers that the 'coming generation' of evangelicals has not subivity^' jectivized as uniformly as Hunter predicted (Penning and Smidt, 2002). To the contrary, American evangelicals appear to have become somewhat more conservative with regard to theology, morality (particularly with regard to the family) and politics. Only where concerned there is evidence of a growing subjective turn, with 94 per cent of evangelicals in 1996 agreeing self-identity that 'self-improvement is is important to me' compared with 87 per cent in 1982, and 75 per cent feeling 'a strong need ences' compared with 68 per cent in 1982 (p. 89). What we seem a concern with constrained by a find is growth' is its strict cultivation, but only insofar as it theological and moral framework. ^'^ is Even when the language of adopted, it is used to speak of a and conforms to God-given gations of difference have fully unfavourably rules and is begun to draw subjectivized as experi- in forms 'New Age') and of a What we do not 'spirituality' life is contained and in moral and and 'spiritual which the individual roles rather than to his or her inner feelings, convictions, instincts and judgements. Indeed tween new of) subjective-life, any clear evidence of an authorization of subjective-life religious matters. listens for to be finding in Christian congregations of difference growing recognition of the importance of (the quality and is a sharp and spirituality many congre- critical (often the true Christian way. contrast be- categorized The same critique offered by conservative Catholics as by conservative Protestants: that
62 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution New Age order of things As new form of 'gnosticism' which turns the proper upside down by putting human beings in the place of God. spirituality is for the fortunes a of congregations of difference, in Britain (including Kendal) some of the smaller denominations of hard difference have declined very fast since the 1960s, even to the point of near extinction (the Christadelphians in Kendal, for example). Yet attendance in the single largest conservative evangelical denomination in England, the Baptists, has almost managed to keep pace with population growth since the which in the rapidly secularizing British cess (Brierley, 2000, late 1970s, context represents remarkable suc- p. 37). This success is echoed USA, where in the the (more conservative) Southern Baptist Convention (SBC) has been one of the most successhil of all large US Kelley (1995) pointed out (pp. as a whole is still growing, xi-xii, rate its denominations over the same period, of growth in the as SBC 20-5). However, although the 1990s slowed to around Roozen and 0.6 per cent (Wuthnow, 2003, p. 10; Shibley, 1996, p. 58; Hadaway, 1993, pp. 52-3). Congregations of experiential difference Though they share important characteristics with congregations of differ- ence, congregations of experiential difference place greater stress importance of inner experience of the divine by way of the Holy on the Spirit. In Kendal we found such Christian experientialism to be firmly constrained by a framework of life-as roles (see Chapter One), but there dence to suggest that elsewhere, particularly in the USA, ing free of such constraints to take a Donald Miller (1997) argues experiential difference in the tianity. Could be that the it ive-life spirituality, and is more that the new paradigm is growing may be hally subjectivized most USA represent it is a successfLil evi- break- form. Thus congregations of 'new paradigm' within Chris- beginning to embrace subject- thus the vanguard of the spiritual revolution in the congregational domain. In support of this conclusion, one can cite evidence presented by Miller in his study periences, of new paradigm megachurches. Here skills, hurts, traumas, vidual are taken far the needs, desires, ex- dilemmas and 'uniquenesses' of the indi- more seriously than is common elsewhere in the Not only are there many small groups in which congregational domain. 'individualities' can be expressed and churches organize their lives, 'healed' (see worship and teaching in below), but these such a way that the
ior t vid(-'rK.(.' imprc-ssion II. il l.ivonr in of liidin^', c-iuc- c\ci\ with .md 'msi dcsigiK'd to lull liiiu- way fit ways vice- vcrs.i. lh.it .illhou^h these .issistaiits .IS the- the- .1 holistic is <i ive- t niilie-ii, them give more heed tion is go so iiK new of the- life- m.iy The they Nowhere own still c cluster of P>97, 'H-'l ( in.il huK t li p.ir l.iy ;ilvvays is lod r ,i lo he is p iniu e "i lil<" .ind tluic lli.il xpc c ii which hodv, mind, 111 other words, is hurc the- ne.ir .r. resistance to the full .ire>und otlicT sul))e( li they I'or .iltlioiij.di iiidividu.ils' subject- tlie in. I hey e Word of (lod. to the point nibraee is not te) they tli.it The- inte n which they .it iod of jesus Christ .ind are ( the- I lolv fSarge Spirit .int, as (a discipline- of (Jirist etc.; life tli.it su).?,^csts th.iii nor to suggest w.iy, to sceins lies which i/c-d iv t nowhere- .lui lion/. it ion such congreg.itions' strong support 'family values', centred c indiv uhi.il, i.ithe*r e\i(le-iic(siib)e-c iiltiv.itc- them to bring life. in " .ind loi in de .luthori/c- tli.in and control subjective tliis is clearer than npl.ivfd (MilUi, r.-H openness, but their mtcntion to continue- in their in dow r. worship uiii(|iie- more- are- to .is .iiid to their subjectivities aim, t p.ir.idii'.m counter be- 'reborn' as children of dexl by the action of |")ossess il is ss.ij.?,r of the- (voluntarilyj surrender to the authority of the should Spn on}',( (thoiiji,h n.iture- even help f.ir to 'convert' indiviehials 2()()()). c or even the gener.il culture-. Seekers' with warmth, toleranceeiuour.igc- .is iirj'.ics III life lic I j^ooel de.il of conji,rc}:^alioiis not j. u.ilit y' suhjcc to, e.iter for .ind do they ive lives, lod scl holistic lii}i,hl\' Spirit the- Yet there- .ippe.il ( on die individ n hclicl mvolveef. p.irts e)f'tlic ce)n}j,rcgatioiial doniaiii, rccogni/e, ol IcmIuics of of exte rn. il conformity, but .ill .iroiind dow iiir, d<')f',in.ilu of toii}i,rcg.U ion.il .ispcct than vi/ed cl c- ioiliT ii iit v Ix Mi il it of icl.ixfd .ind infonn.il l.ivoiii spirit arc iii.iny 111 hoi cxpcTitnc personal M'>xtt rn.il\ iransforinatie)n of .111(1 einotioiis .iiit iinporl.nui- ol coi lu- I not only hy lius .iiid ii.il i (iircnt 111 p.islor f known i i rc)(clcd in litip.ition hie I Old. lined .ind rohcd pi icslliood, .111 iiHisic, .uf c Cx )f 120 33). pp. c < inmiini/c-(l. IS 6i Revolution Sfjirilij<il >i 'i of fe)r .1 subjective- lives very lonaT gender r.idit p.irticiil.ir roles, bor example, individuals Struggling' with same sex relationships m.iy be enC()uraged to join small groups desigFied lo 'help' them. is in not to listen to subjective more 'Ciodly' subjective Though life and them and honour spiritualities;, 'bil-)licar but I their sexual onc nt ition to direction. re-oric This life is ('.is .is would be it inner .ind oute iit however, he- .iim, r life in .1 spirit u.ilit v r.ithcr th.iii life spirituality. Miller doiis not supply numbers, digm megachurches impressive fthey are growing ne)rni.illy h.ive .1 r.ipidly, he- .iiid thinks tlu ir tli.ii the sheer si/e new is para- cert.iiiily me-mbe-rship of well e)ver 2, ()()();, The
64 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution most informative numerical data comes from the Faith Communities Today US megachurches as lying in the study which estimates the membership of region of 1.2-2 million, with 'nearly all of the growth of the megas' having taken place 'since the 1970s' (Lindner, 2003, pp. 16-19; see also Bradley et 453 and Roozen and Hadaway, 1993, pp. 25-8). However, not are new paradigm churches, and not all congregations of al. 1992, all megachurches p. experiential difference are periential congregations new paradigm churches. Just as in Kendal, ex- of difference may also take the form of individual congregations within broader denominations which have been strongly fluenced by the charismatic renewal 1970s (most towns in Britain congregation; most cities movement which got underway USA and the many more). Whilst have will (2002) in the USA one such no systematic there has been at the like Francis, and Shibley (1996) and Tamney in Britain suggest that since the 1980s they have been successhjl than any other type of congregation. been largely in the at least attempt to assess the growth of such congregations, studies Lankshear and Jones (2000) more Such success seems to have expense of other varieties of Christianity, with research by Perrin, Kennedy and Miller (1997) revealing that the majority of ates to the in- 'new paradigm' megachurches were raised affili- in congregations of humanity. Congregations of humanity Because congregations of humanity are often referred to might be assumed that they are the most of the subjective turn in the religious life likely to is very 'liberal', it - since they appear to provide the necessary basis of freedom and tolerance. As worship in such congregations as be open to the influence much we saw in Kendal, however, focused on praise of God, and preaching tends to take a humanitarian rather than a libertarian direction, with more emphasis being placed on duty and dom, phasis self-realization on directive life-as is in in Britain ecclesiastical generally. evidence of a systematic and life spirituality in subjective-life. free- This em- and organizational structures, liturgical officially re- worship. Kendal appears to be more than on often reinforced by the survival of hierarchical, and formalized What we found humanity and the cultivation of unique duties and dominating sidual clericalism, self-sacrifice typical of congregations of Thus we have found no significant sponsored turn towards subjective- congregations of humanity. This is not to deny an appar-
65 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution cnr growth of interest on the part ol eongregations in in 'mystieism\ such may individual nienibers ot sueh some more suhjeetivi/ed forms of (Christian Nor meditation and so on. 'C.eltic spirituality', spirituality to is it cater for such spirituality (see p. 69). The point, howexer, activities remain peripheral to the tion of humanity, l hough mainline official life deny C>hristianity in the tutional and humanistic checks appear to hold Halmer (1996) and tions, as recent studies by indicate. Again, this is that LISA may show some insii the majority of congrega- Ammerman (1997a, 1997b) not to underestimate the significant revival of interest on the part of some (such as Cirace (Cathedral in individuals and pioneering congregations San Francisco). been sufficient to interest has not in is of the average congrega greater tendencies towards subjectivization (Tamney, 2002), here too in 'spirituality' - eongregations - such as St James, Piccadilly - and retreat that individual centres some It is simply to note that sucli emphasis of the worshipping shift the life of the average congregation of humanity away from duties and obligations to God and neighbour towards the cultivation of unique subjectivity. conservative critics of liberal C'hristianity tend, rightly, to accuse izing rather than subjectivizing (Reeves, 1996; tcr Five for further reflection As for the fortunes on in the cent, and in the United last in the in the Methodist (>hurch by in Roman likely that significant USA.*^^ Fhere is as yet Roman 47 44 per (Hrierley, 2000, mainline Protestant congrega- between 1971 and 1990, at the same time 19.9 per cent (Shibley, 1996, (Catholic (>hurch in Fjigland declined by 42 per cent between 1979 and 1998 is broad consen three decades. In Faigland typical that the national population increased by it is Reformed ('hurch by 39 per cent tions declined by 8.S per cent Attendance (see C>hap (Anglican) C>hurch of Fjigland declined by pp. 33-8). In the LISA adherence le\els p. 27). Hven the of human this topic.) 1979 and 1998, per cent bet^veen Norman, 2002). of congregations of humanity, there sus about their steep decline over the Sunday attendance it in the UK (Hrierley, 2000, p. 34), and (Catholic decline has also occurred in the no evidence of bottoming out in these rates of decline. Con^f reflations of experiential humanity Finally we come to congregations of experiential humanity, are associated with the Unitarians Given their heritage and many of which and the Society of Friends (Quakers). their traditional tentiency to stress the authority
66 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution of the voice of God speaking in the heart of the individual, to find that congregations of experiential difference are embrace a spirituality orientated around of Christianity. Though there ieties we found is subjective-life than are other var- a dearth As Pilgrim (2003) finds gations appear to be divided between those tend to of research in good to be true in Kendal appears to hold USA more generally. humanistic authoritative stress no surprise more likely to it is in Britain, what and the many such congre- (usually older values, this area, in Britain members) who and (usually younger) members who give greater authority to personal experience in the spiritual life. In some cases, those who move furthest towards the latter position may find themselves moving outside congregational life altogether following a path set by Emerson well over a century before when he abandoned Unitarianism in favour of spiritual 'self-reliance'. In England average Sunday attendance levels in the Society of Friends rose no in the the per cent between 1989 and 1998 (Brierley, 2000, p. 45), whilst United States data collected by the Glenmary number of adherents (Quinn et 1982; Jones al. et Institute indicates that by 17 per cent between 1980 and 2000 fell al., 2000). (The contrast may be accounted some Quaker congregations seems to be numbers of committed 'members' has been falling.) The for by the fact that attendance at growing, whilst Glenmary data shows Unitarian- Universalist adherence in the ing by 17 per between 1980 and 2000. Yet despite this picture, overall numbers involved in congregations USA of experiential humanity remain tiny and represent only a small fraction of congregational Quakers represented whilst Quakers just 0.2 grow- healthy fairly activity per cent of English attenders in - 1998, and Unitarian- Universalists combined represented 0.2 per cent of adherents in the USA in 2000 (Brierley, 2000; Jones et al., 2000). Small groups In this volume our main concern is to test the spiritual revolution claim by reference to weekly involvement in the associational activities of the con- gregational domain and the 'countability' holistic network. For the sake of simplicity, and comparability, we have deliberately excluded 'para' or- ganizations and affiliations from our considerations of the congregational domain. As we broaden our focus, however, the explosion of small groups in the congregations. Wuthnow it is important simply to note USA, many of them attached to (1996) estimates that around 40 per cent of the
adult population of the USA Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution 67 (75 million people) claim to be involved in 'a small group that meets regularly' (p. 45), that*57 per cent of the groups in question are 'part of the regular activities church or synagogue' a (p. small groups are estimated to have a religious 92), and that a majority of all or spiritual focus Wuthnow (p. 76). of themselves to the cultivation of a groups lend also suggests that small less 'transcendent' form of spirituality because they allow the expression and 'sharing' of personal, intimate, experiences, problems, hopes and desires group. It is on the part of every member of the possible, then, that the spirituality of the spiritual revolution may be more in evidence in ship (though our own such groups than within congregational wor- research in small groups attached to evangelical congregations in Kendal - and elsewhere - finds even small group subjectsharing in the congregational domain to be constrained by a frame- ive-life work of life-as roles). Conclusion We no reason find evidence to argue with the growing of subjectivization within many number of studies which parts of the find congregational domain (Tipton, 1982; Hunter, 1987; Hammond, 1992; Miller, 1997; Shibley, 1996; Smith, 2002; Tamney, 2002). Our conclusion is simply that such subjectivization does not go deep enough to add weight to the spiritual revolution claim. It a is question of perspective: whether one sees the subjectivization glass as half full or half empty. Relative to much pre- existing Christianity, there has certainly been a significant subjective turn, especially in congregations deal by of the of experiential difference, which promise a good way of the enhancement of subjective-life. But from the holistic milieu, or much of of experiential difference seem 'half empty' where the authority of each unique subjective-life Our only qualification is that is many phasis much of the on life-as of individuals involved that their numbers towards the who and use the resources provided to own unique in small expression of the evidence which leads us to this individuals within congregations spiritual lives in their full concerned. conclusion concerns the 'supply-side' of religion, and are ways. This is it may ignore the be that there 'official' em- cultivate their subjective even more likely to groups linked to congregations. are growing, perspective the general culture, even congregations It be true may be and these numbers would certainly count spiritual revolution claim. However, we cannot, add them to
68 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution our estimation of ible of arriving a spiritual revolution, since the task estimate of their significance at a sens- impossible on the basis of existing is evidence. A Spiritual Revolution Broadening our approach in the Culture? still we move beyond further, holistic associational activities to see whether there is congregational and more subjective-life spirituality than life- as religion in the culture at large. For could case that what we might spiritual revolution claim call is it be the the 'cultural transformation' variant of the better supported than the 'associational heart- lands' rendering.^ This a is huge topic, and a definitive answer to the question would growth or de- require thorough investigation of the presence or absence, of cline, and subjective -life life-as religion spirituality in the educational system, in health provision, in the workplace - and in spheres of modern society. It would and shops. the other main involve an exploration of wellbeing culture to see which sorts of religion fitness centres, spas, hotels all and And spirituality are faring best in it would necessitate a detailed content survey of books, magazines, newspapers, websites, television and radio programmes, adverts, songs and films and other media of communi- cation and entertainment. Given the scale of these tasks, and given the fact that a great deal of research remains to be done, the following discussion We necessarily provisional. dence. We believe this tentative conclusion is offer no more than a quick review of key enough, however, to allow us to draw about the validity is evi- at least a of the cultural transformation claim with regard to Britain. (Our evidence concerning the USA is here confined to endnotes.) To begin with purchasing-culture, research by one of our students, Andrea Cheshire, shows that in January 2001 56 of the 187 high street shops of Kendal were selling products like books, crystals and CDs which signalled, encouraged or was replicated in April facilitated holistic spirituality.^^ 2003 it When the research was found that the proportion of shops supplying such goods had risen from 30 per cent to 45 per cent. By contrast goods related to life-as religion like Bibles, cards and crucifixes were stocked by just 7 per cent of Kendal's high street shops in 2003. Looking at the situation Sainsbury's, the more generally, many major national chains like Boots, Body Shop, Lush, Dr & Herbs and W. H. Smith now contain
69 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution products which can be drawn upon for holistic mind-body-spirituality purposes/^ Virtually By contrast, street chains, all urban centres of any Christian provisions size also have extremely rare are specialist shops. high national in and the only shops dedicated to them tend to be Christian outfitters and suppliers. In bookshop and one Christian cafe/ bookshops (often church-supported), or clergy Kendal there is one small evangelical drop-in centre, both of which are subsidized by Kendal congregations. Taking our discussion of purchasing-culture a viders street further, many pro- and provisions cater for cultivation of subjective wellbeing. High goods - from magazines to perfumes - promise to malce people 'feel So do provisions which involve more by way of better about themselves'. and face-to-face contact: fitness, health, beauty massage centres (including provisions sonal development or retreats, outlets in on. In all life tai engaged with its absence. chi classes. at airports), courses, workshops, perclasses, up-market hotels, many sports centres and gyms, and so Every leisure or or and leisure centres, spas coaching programmes, adult education these 'quality of practitioners tion. littie By life' contexts, it fitness centre that we have contrast, life-as religion The only more common far is subjective-life spirituality to find than Christian instruc- visited in Britain runs and spirituality is yoga noticeable by significant exception concerns spiritual retreats, nor- mally held in designated Christian retreat centres, which are often historic buildings owned by major Christian denominations. that the market for such retreat activity for retreats that involve spiritual growth one-to-one (tellingly, we ment' beginning to be offered 'spiritual is enquiries suggest demand growing, with particular spiritual direction found the term also Our aimed 'spiritual at personal accompani- as a substitute for 'spiritual direction', and What is more, this is the one area where we found evidence of the sacred being guide' for 'spiritual director'). of Christian activity in Britain unambiguously associated with the cultivation of subjective wellbeing: most strikingly in Christian 'massage retreats', but also in explicit advertising of the benefits to be had by and so way of 'relaxation', 'inner calm', 'focus' on.^"^ Discussion of purchasing- culture must also dwell on another highly of interest in Located most obviously in nificant fact: the veritable explosion spiritualities of life. bookstore chains labelled 'Mind Body and the topic also makes headings like its appearance in books to do with Spirit' many sig- holistic those sections of major or words to that effect, publications shelved under 'Health and Beauty' or 'Self Help'. According to Liz Puttick (2003), mind-body-spirit literature's 0.9 per cent share of the total market
70 for Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution books 1998 jumped to 3.8 per cent in 1999 and then to become a bigger sector of publishing than cook- in Britain in 5.8 per cent in 2002 - ery, history, sports to According to the Bookseller (2002, or business. 'the self-help genre and the broader mind, body and p. 13), category ac- spirit counts for between 7 per cent and 12 per cent of sales in bookshops around the world, and continues to grow', whilst 'James Redfield's The Celestine Prophecy [wasj the biggest selling book in the world during the 1990s\ And Mind Body as the sections Spirit section formerly devoted shrink. In Ottakers, the of major bookshops expands, so the 'Religion', to major bookshop Spirit section has shop in recent years, whilst Christianity grown to in is than a few Bibles and prayer books. In the books published 1928 were represented by nothing UK as a Mind largest sections in the more whole, 6.8 per cent of classified as 'religious'; by 2000 that had per cent (Brierley, 2001, p. 6.3). fallen to 4.2 As in Kendal, for example, the become one of the Body and 'Theology' 'Christianity' we have recently conducted several content surveys for a month of publications). We found that the two for newspapers, (each taking place middle-class, middle-brow English newspapers, the Daily Express^ with its on Wednesday' and 'Express Woman. Alternative and the Daily Mail (with relevant articles), have far more 'mindbodyspirit. Life Health' sections, content on holistic spirituality than theistic religion. spirituality ity sex is And whereas generally presented in a favourable light, articles on holistic Christian- on the bad news (declining attendance, internal wrangles, abuse scandals). Even the broadsheets The Times znd The Observer^ the often dwell former with its Saturday 'Body & Soul' supplement and the latter with its more of the holistic of The Times are more likely to regular 'Barefoot Doctor' feature, have considerably than the theistic (though the editorials represent a broadly 'Christian' viewpoint than a holistic one).^'' Regarding magazines, our (if visits to any) which mention Christianity, W. H. Smith show that it stocks few alone dwell on it. But their health, let beauty, glamour, celebrit)^ and lifest^de magazines are ftill of a concern with wellbeing of body and mind, which by no means infrequently involves discussion of spiritual health and growth as well. stock the most explicitly spiritual Lifestyles}^ with telling about to magazine they have ever taken Spiritual is 'life-as' women's magazines Woman^ Woman^s Own^ Good Housekeeping^ which (An exception concerns the more titles like tend to focus only on family, no W. H. Smith home and bodily health matters - but have explicitly religious or spiritual content.) Film, television also appear to be giving increasing space to and the Internet new forms of spirituality^.
Evidence l\irllv, bill no means l->y terms of siihjeetiye meditation and yant», tao, through (he only, sueh spirituality life a lost vitality its hakra, iia\e (1999) on Mhe new lailinu, c hi, ym and novy entered relijAion By eontrast, of lile in heist ie lant;uage l ordinary lani;uap,e, with expressions in idioms theistie c 71 ihe iiudu, key ol iiilliuiuc (Ciod he with you), 'bless (you)' losint; their oiii'jnal new Revolution Spirilu<il as lent; shui, eyerytlay spceeh'; see also Partritlt;e (2004). has <i wiiole host ol 1ile' idioms see Cupitt into eyerytlay lant;uat;e for like liieistie \t!,()()dhye' relerenee, and to emert;e. lather of the nine- teenth eentury Tory Prime Minister, would employ only Methodists in his What about Robert f^roduetion eullure? IVel, the Lancashire eotton mills and ealieo print inu, laetories beeause ol their sobri ety, honesty and responsibility. To intents and purposes, the hainessinu, all religion to the eiuis of produetion eulture in Britain had ceasetl ol" theistie and there haye been no serious by the end of the nineteenth eentury signs ol reyival. By eontrast produetiyit\' ) 'New Age' holistie, spiritualities ol lile (and loree in 'solter', 'person eentred' lorms growing are elearly a ol eapitalism. In the eultural sites has a mueh looked ample eyidenee not stoek 'Mind Body until the a 'spiritual' produets until quite of it Up is also haying oyertaken growing, but where there life as religion. 19Fj()s, whilst that of 'spirituality' 'religion' has been to the later 196()s, the emphasis in the British public educa tional system truth we must consider other mainstream education culture, the influence of has been waning since the waxing. articles extolling Ihese changes are telling, but before draw holistic spirituality less clear cut eyitience first at The expression reeently. conclusion about cultural transformation, which is grown. Prior to around 1970, Newspapers did not eontain sections or 199()s. Looking spirituality elearly not become popular within the book selling trade Spirit' did cultural sites in is lile trainings simply did not exist, liigh street stores the holistic during the 196()s. ing subjeetiye far, that the holistie presenee has 'New Age' management did thus at greater presenee than theistie religion. Inirthermore, there was yery much on 'Religious instruction', which assumed the of" ( Christianity, 'ibday, howeyer, 'All schools are legally recjuired to attend to the spiritual deyelopments of their pupils and the cjuality of provision for spiritual education inspection service tor schools OFSTHl') defines life 'spiritual through which pupils which are of" in is regularly assessed laigland and Wales development' acc]uire enduring worth... a ()l\S'i"P>l) (Wright, 2000, as relating 'to that aspect of insights non |' by into their personal material dimension to |the p. i). inner existence life', and
72 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution explicitly states that ' "spiritual" not synonymous with religious'. Yet the is contemporary picture remains mixed due in part to the fact that central go\'ernment regulation and inspection tends to be more relaxed in relation to religion than most other areas of the curriculum, leaving greater scope for individual education authorities, schools many primary and secondary policies. In spiritual-cum-personal growth is and teachers to own set their schools, the emphasis given to certainly greater than that which is given to any form of 'religious instruction'. In others (including church schools) Christianity is still privileged, Christian character' is still seems to be ignored by and worship 'of a broadly daily collective compulsory (though the law in state schools Sunday Schools, however, a majority). are in very 1957 Gallup survey 73 per cent of Britons said they regularly. By the year 2000 the number of Sunday School attendees in Britain had fallen to 4 per cent of the populaserious decline. In a had attended Sunday School tion (Bruce, 2002, pp. 68, 104).^^ Looking next at mainstream health -culture, it is clear that there have been many recent moves within the British National Health Service, both official and unofficial, to introduce Many care. trainee nurses learn more by way of spirituality and about and ward care; hospital spiritual spiritual mission statements often use the language of spirituality (or care for the CPs increasingly refer patients to body- mind- spirituality (House of Lords, 2000); and some doctors seek qualifications in CAM themselves. Even though they often have Christian foundations, many hospices are also drawing increasingly on themes from holistic spir'whole' person); practitioners itualit)^ (see, for example, with 'living with dying' Tony Walter (1996) on (p. spirituality in connection 353), and Walter, 2002.) In hospitals the role of the hospital chaplain, traditionally an ordained Christian minister, with transition, in couched and new understandings of hospital chaplaincy terms of a dut}^ of care for the spiritual health of in staff regardless of their religious commitments Woodward, 1995). As in education-culture, (see, all is also being patients for example. however, the picture in health- culture at the turn of the millennium today remains mixed, with institutional more and financial factors lagging holistic and inhibiting understanding of health care. In the cultural shift towards a meantime, CAM provi- sions (often with a spiritual dimension) continue to proliferate.^^ To conclude this brief investigation of cultural transformation with regard to the sacred: although the spiritual revolution has not taken place with regard to weekly associational occurred, or is activities, it looks very much as though it has occurring, in significant sectors of the general culture - that
73 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution the culture to which the majority of people have access and is, exert influence, we on which they particularly by way of market demand. In this regard at least, Luckmann, Campbell and other proponents of the spiritual believe that revolution claim - or something close to it - have got ^ it right. ^ A Spiritual Revolution in Personal Belief? Given cultural transformation with regard to the sacred, we might expect a related revolution in the realm of personal belief. Is there evidence that the growing presence of subjective-life spirituality in the general culture is asso- ciated with a shift in beliefs about the sacred? Just as more detailed and comprehensive study of religion and spirituality in the culture remains a research challenge, so does the in-depth study of Until further research has been carried out, personal beliefs. rely on the findings of general Hadaway and Penny Long surveys. According to Robin we must Gill, C. Kirk Marler's (1998) extensive review of almost one hundred surveys, during the 1940s and 1950s 43 per cent of the population of Britain believed in 'God cent who believed in 'God as Personal' compared with 38 per During the 1990s, as Spirit or Life Force'. however, the respective figures became 31 per cent and 40 per cent. The apparent conclusion - that more obviously Christian theistic belief has been overtaken by belief having more to do with spirit/uality-cum-life is supported by the 'Soul of Britain' survey carried out 26 per cent now finds that only cent either reporting belief in 'some sort of is spirit something there' (Heald, 2000;. The same cent consider themselves to be that they are God 2000 which 44 per 'a spiritual or force' or 'there life poll also finds that 31 per person', and 27 per cent say religious person'. God remains much higher Britain and Europe 72 per cent of the population say they believe in In the than in 'a in believe in 'a personal God', with USA, it is true that belief in a personal described as the 'all-powerfiil, all-knowing, perfect creator of the uni- who rules the world today' (Barna, 2001 But 10 per cent now believe that God 'represents a state of higher consciousness', whilst an additional 7 per cent believe that God is 'the total realization of personal human potential' (Barna, 2001). And Phillip Hammond's (1992) survey shows that 29 per cent agree with the statement 'People have God within them, so the verse church ). isn't really necessary' (p. 80). What is more, according to Gallup and Lindsay (1999), 'In 1984, just over half of the nation (56%) felt the need to
74 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution experience spiritual growth and development. By 1998 cent of aciults now the need to feel grow and mature ... eighty- two per- spiritually' (p. 66). In addition, almost a third of respondents in a recent Gallup poll 'defined with no reference to spiritualit)^ God 'Do you think of spirituality^ more when asked personal or individual sense, or more or a higher authority', and in a terms of organized religion and church doctrine.^' 72 per cent opted for in the 'personal or individual sense' (Gallup and Jones, 2000, pp. 49-50).^"^ would appear to show that beliefs more obviously akin to inner-life-spiritualit\' have become of considerable importance. Indeed, some of the longitudinal data we have cited would appear to indicate that Findings like these more obviously However, in the final inner- life beliefs have overtaken, or are overtaking, beliefs belonging to a traditional we analysis on how light among frame of reference. theistic are not sure that survey findings can really shed subjective-life spirituality Much the population. and much that life-as religion beliefs are faring survey data seems too open to interpretation for determinate conclusions to be drawn. key word, all To illustrate by reference to that 57 per cent of those responding to our questionnaire 'spirituality': study of the congregational domain of Kendal said that spirituality 'obeying God's will', with the proportion rising to 92 per cent for Parr Street (a congregation of difference) and 100 per cent of gregation of experiential difference). In the that 50 per cent of tJiose who ment To who it is clear, 'God agency which operates who as Spirit much literally, word like 40 per cent of the British population the traditional Christian 'as' a source life-as religion to beliefs to similar evidence and personal growth from the support for the do with is God; and the 31 the we have underway from God presented for beliefs to do and al- subjective-life spirituality, USA could now mean much draw the conclusion of the person. Britain could very well indicate that a shift reluctant to word' or Life Force' could be referring to that Therefore, even though the longitudinal survey data though for report belief in 'God as Personal' could be referring to the of theism or to the god within or with reports signify subjective -life spiritual- which informs from 'within' - or they could be referring to per cent Life (a con- USA, Wuthnow (2003) need not provide another illustration, the report belief in New 'value spiritual growth' agree with the state- that 'Everything in the Bible should be taken (pp. 40-1). 'Spiritualit)^', ity. is very well indicate that spiritual same thing for many people, we are that such evidence offers straightforward spiritual revolution claim. There is clearly a pressing need for survey questions to be reformulated in order to discriminate more effectively between life-as religion, life-as spirituality and subjective-life spirituality.
75 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution Conclusion The first conclusion of this wide-ranging chapter jective-life spirituality has Britain or the not eclipsed associational USA, even though both countries and the that associational sub- is life-as religion either in domain is declining in growing. The relative success of the congregational holistic milieu is congregations of experiential difference helps explain tional domain has not declined more rapidly. It is the congrega- undoubtedly the however, that the developments which might lead to in the future are considerably why case, a spiritual revolution more advanced than they were 40 ago - years especially in Britain. The second conclusion is that even though a spiritual revolution has taken place in associational activities relating to the sacred, key sectors of the culture. may It is of personal required to establish the point. explorations of the associational heartlands of Britain and the what we call the more encompassing than the lead to a final conclusion concerning tern or claim. This claim, for life-as has taken place in also have taken place in the realm belief - though additional research Our it is not USA subjectivization patspiritual revolution whereas the former only involves a comparison of associational religion with associational subjective-life spirituality, the latter in- volves comparison of different forms of associational spirituality with each other and with associational as religion life subjective-life spirituality (according to their relative degrees of subjectivization). Taken as the following pattern emerges from the evidence and a whole, we have gathered in this chapter. In terms of numbers: 1 Holistic milieu, subjective-life spirituality - which pays most attention to the cultivation of unique subjectivities - tends to be faring best. 2 Religions of experiential humanity and experiential difference - which address unique subjectivities whilst placing reference - tend to be faring relatively 3 Religions of difference - which pay whilst emphasizing life-as Clearly we a life-as frame of well. some attention to unique subjectivities 'oughts' tend to be faring relatively badly. 4 Religions of humanity - which pay - tend to be faring them within /^^^r attention to unique subjectivities worst. are speaking here only of fortunes within the realm associational activity. Equally clearly, we of sacred are assessing the fortunes of the
76 Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution four main types of activity relative to one another. We say that (2) (3) 'relatively badly', because we are 'relatively well' and with the greater growth of (4), (1). If we would of course have words, compared to that which subjectivities (religions be said to be 'half which is 'full' experiential full' we were to say that is compare (2) or even (3) with faring relatively well. In other relatively 'empt)^' of such attention (subjective -life of attention to unique spirituality), religions difference seem 'half empty' - and so do on which the tempt to explain why faring of humanity), experiential religions of difference can - and so do (relatively) better. But compared to that In the next chapter our primary aim 'extremes', to it is is comparing them is (relatively) badly. to explain the fortunes of the spiritual revolution claim focuses. holistic activities of Thus we which enable individuals to live two at- out own unique lives in their own unique ways are generally faring well, and why associational activities which neglect, regulate, over-rule, dominate their or possess subjectivities in the ally faring why much less well. name of a higher, life-as authorit}^ are gener- In rather less detail, different forms of life-as religion better, or worse, than others. and we will also briefly spirituality fare consider may be faring
Chapter Four Bringing the Sacred to Life: Explaining Sacralization and Secularization Become what you I am a part are! (Friedrich of all that I Nietzsche, 1981, p. 252) have met. (Alfred Lord Tennyson, 'Ulysses') 'Personal experience' constitutes 'personalit\''. 1997, xVIills, p. For many people today, to some (Max Weber, in Gerth and 137) set aside their external authority^ just doesn't own path in order to conform to seem comprehensible as a form of spirit- ual Hfe. (Charles Taylor, 2002, p. 101) Contemporary quests for spiritualit}' are really yearnings for a reconstructed mterior Ufe. (Wade Clark Roof, 1999, We have seen that there is subjective-life spirituality activities the p. 35) a connection between the associational activities of and growth on the one hand, and the associational of life-as religion and overall decline on the other. But numbers involved in the holistic milieu number involved in the congregational domain is declining? we offer the 'subjectivization thesis' as an explanation of the secularization and sacralization in the brief introduction to the thesis, we why should be growing whilst the total In this chapter co-existence of contemporary sacred landscape. After use it first to explain the hoUstic milieu, then the decline of the congregational domain. a growth of the Our aim is not only to illuminate the evidence by way of the theory, but to test the theory by way of the evidence. As we do so we refine the thesis in order to take account of some of the most striking features of the contemporary sacred landscape, including the crucial role played by gender. Above all, we argue that by way of this single theory it is possible to make sense of apparently contradictory trends - towards growth in some forms of associational acti\'ity oriented towards the sacred, and decline in others.
78 Bringing the Sacred to Life The Subjectivization Thesis In a nutshell, the subjectivization thesis states that 'the massive subjective turn of of modern spirituality culture' favours and reinforces those which resource unique subjectivities (subjective-life) and treat them forms as a pri- mary source of significance, and undermines those (life-as) forms of religion which do not. In other words, the thesis explains the varied fortunes of different forms of religion and process - the widespread cultural spirituality shift in today by reference to a single emphasis from the value ascribed to life-as to the value ascribed to subjective -life. This does not, however, imply that the subjective turn become) involved will necessarily that 2/ they are (or do), their involvement which encourage people to stay (or spirituality - merely forms of religion or in associational cultivate subjective-life than those is more which likely to be with those prioritize life-as beliefs and values. Underlying the subjectivization people are more likely to 'consistent with their (2002, p. 227) puts which it the Durkheimian principle that one can therefore expect to find forms of which reinforce and legitimate those resource people in living those forms of life spiritualit)^ example, in highly ituality^ is ongoing values and beliefs' - as Joseph Tamney - than with those which are not. In a society in life-as roles are central, life-as religion thesis be involved with forms of the sacred which are in roles, and support and terms of them, to be doing better than which undermine or ignore such stratified, hierarchical societies charismatic roles. (For forms of spir- with egalitarian tendencies are unlikely to become mainstream.) Conversely, when the cultivation of unique subjective-lives has greater cul- then those forms of spirituality which cater for - offering individuals a sense of harmony and serenity, tural priority in society, subjective-life tasks for example - are religion is likely to fare much better. This is not to imply that merely an epiphenomenon of culture, nor to deny that there can be 'prophetic' forms of religion and spirituality which challenge prevailing cultural values. It than dominant When we is merely to suggest that the in the sacred latter will be marginal rather landscape of their time. apply the general Durkheimian principle to a society^ character- we can see that it is reasonable to expect that number of those who prioritize subjective -life as their ized by the subjective turn, the greater the source of significance, the greater the likelihood that forms of the sacred which work for them will grow. Conversely, the smaller the pool of people
79 Bringing the Sacred to Life who prioritize lifc-as as their primary source of significance, the greater the work likelihood that forms of the sacred which The evidence which undergirds for them will decline.' the claim that there has been a massive turn to subjective-life in contemporary Western societies weighty. Ronald is Inglehart's analysis of successive rounds of value surveys number of 'post-materialists' has been growing terms and relative to the number of whose prime concern of ities intent is The in absolute latter are those with obtaining the material necessities and secur- whilst the former are those life, both steadily, 'materialists'. shows that the who value self-expression and are on 'maximizing subjective well-being' (1997, p. 36). 'In 1970-71', writes Inglehart, overwhelming luimcrical preponderance ()ver postmaterioutnumbering them by nearly four to one. By 1990, the balance had Materialists held an alists, shifted dramatically, to a point ists where materialists by only four to three. Projections terialists and postmatcrialists will ... outnumbered postmaterial- 2000 mamany Western suggest that by the year be about equally numerous in countries' (1997, p. 35). A growing body of literature exploring various aspects turn supports Inglehart's findings. Charles Taylor's mentioned. Other influential studies include Robert Bellah already been et al's Habits of Heart (1985), Anthony Giddens's The Transformation of Intimacy the (1993), Martin Gross's Triumph of Man ^The Psychological Society (1977), Joseph Veroff ct New al's Rules (1981). subjective turn has affected the Westerners now that the turn (1979), Philip Rieff's The the Therapeutic (1987), Richard Sennett's Yankelovich's becoming is on the this literature suggests that the whole of Western culture, nor that The suggestion is all rather increasingly influential and thereby placing life-as defensive. As we have suggested previously bound up with The Fall of Public The Inner American (1981), and Daniel None of subscribe to subjective-life values. values increasingly To of the subjective work has in the volume, the subjective turn is the development of a wide array of provisions and activities. give just a few examples, the 'disciplined' family of traditional values has increasingly been replaced by the expressive family of emotional bonds. The hierarchical one has command structure of the old-style business, where everynow has to compete with flatter, more fluid and indi- their place, vidual-worker-centred systems, and with business cultures which promise to 'bring life back to work' and encourage people to 'grow' in their
80 Bringing the Sacred to Life one to 'work' on oneself- a self- work ethic way of 'learning environmcrjts' by (work which enables Similarly, educational provisions emphasis from authoritative teaching of the have shifted in of the matter to 'bringing facts out' the abilities of the child. Personal, relational life now has less to do with belonging to a specific, ordered community, and more to do with developing an array of interactions which serve to cater for different aspects of subjective-life concern. Voluntary associations, which have grown since the 1950s in Britain, show a distinct shift from those run along life -as lines women's organizations and trade unions are in decline) to more 'quality of subjective-life' variety (support groups and pre- (traditional those of a school play groups are growing). Nursing and caring staff are encouraged to pay as much attention as possible to the quality of (in rehabilitation wards for the alternative medicine, elderly, for life of their patients example). Complementary and which includes emphasis on the importance of the do hospices in which family become the focus of healing of feelings, grows in significance annually, as the subjective lives of the terminally and attention and (most recently) their number of counsellors, therapists has expanded significantly since the trainers' 'life and ill the Similarly, care. 1960S.2 One can also cite the which enable people to daytime TV shows growing reflect probe on cultural prominence of provisions private or subjective-life. life-issues; Bi0 Brother and other For example, reality TV shows display people's lives; biographies and autobiographies increasingly take the form of what Virginia Woolf called 'life-writing' or 'the writing of the self; books and articles devoted to matters of psychology and self-help proliferate; even the weather forecast ceases to be an authoritatively intoned summary of meteorological 'facts' and becomes the weather-with-feeling. In the realm of advertising, the trend is towards the personalized: the also presentation of variety to cater for individual tastes, and the appeal to the enhancing. might be And last, but by no means called 'the ethic of least, there subjectivity', is which life- the role played by what is evident in the value attached to self-expression and fulfilment; to doing 'what feels right', 'following your heart', 'being true to yourselP, cultivating 'emotional intelli- gence' and respecting other people's feelings. Very telling in this regard the value which has able' (as in come 'how do you is and being 'comfortyou comfortable with this to be attributed to 'feeling', feel about that.>' and 'are decision?'). Though many more examples could be given of how cultural provisions activities have become more person-centred and subjectivity-centred, and
Bringing the Sacred to Life this 81 should suffice to give an indication of the^ cultural significance of the subjective turn. It whether it not our intention to evaluate is really as liberating as is many feel it this turn, to be. nor to decide No doubt many that embrace the turn have developed sophisticated new methods of control and regulation, including accountability systems, inspections, mentoring, job descriptions and performance-related pay. No institutions doubt the subjective turn with the demands of flourishes, in part, because late capitalism (for flexibilit)^ proves compatible it of labour, individual entrepreneurship, 'expressive' consumption and so on) (Rose, 1999). But may important though they be, none of these considerations that very significant cultural value has as a come alters the fact to be ascribed to being treated uniquely valuable person, finding out about oneself, expressing oneself, discovering one's we themes, own way of becoming shall shortly see, cultural expression which all that one can (reasonably) be - are central to the most widespread of the turn to date, namely subjective wellbeing culture. Meanwhile, the idea of denying or of sacrificing oneself for the sake a supra-self order of things, or even of living by reference to such an order, becomes culturally marginal. Deference to 'higher authority' could hardly be said to be It can at the forefront safely be as 'expected', 'given' concluded and 'laid that the down' to the subjective from turn, interior experiences life of subject- of considerable significance. Given the Durkheimian principle, ive-life, is we would sacred to of recent cultural change. expect the realm of associational activities focused on the be affected accordingly, with the subjective-life activities of the holistic milieu growing because they cater for the subjective turn of the culture, and the because they life-as do not activities of the congregational domain declining cater for the turn to subjective-life. As we have seen previous chapters, this expectation seems to be fulfilled insofar as in we have detected a pattern whereby those forms of the sacred which cater for the cultivation of unique subjective-life than are faring better which do not. What we hope to demonstrate in this chapter pattern is not a is those that this mere coincidence, but that it is their ability or inabilit)^ to which is a key cause of the growth or decline cater for the subjective turn of those different forms of associational activity orientated towards the sacred. It a could, of course, be objected that the subjectivization pattern mere coincidence, and that secularization and sacralization in the is contem- porary sacred landscape should therefore be explained by other factors. For example, it might be argued that people are leaving the churches
82 Bringing the Sacred to Life because they have lives the lost their not being catered are subjectivization thesis In order we must evidence that the subjective turn because their subjective- rather than faith for. strengthen the case for to appeal therefore indeed operative. is to We an important reason for the growth of the holistic milieu fact caters for people who identify with the cultural turn, important reason for the decline of the congregational domain valuing subjective-life as a source of significance have independent must show is that that it in and that an is that selves in fact stopped attending. Not that ever bear toto. we wish the would be It to suggest that the subjectivization thesis could burden of explaining and secularization in sacralization imagine that there could be any single unrealistic to We cause of such massive and complex phenomena. subjectivization factor only as to religious and spiritual decline or growth, and on that was appropriate. However, since we find other, complementary, factors as and to support the subjectivization thesis, considerable confidence in explaining change, it proposing the in relation we would expect to and when the evidence suggested bolt we have are one explanation amongst others its certainly invokes a little value. a good deal of evidence that counts against If it, not the only key to dynamic that should not be ignored. The Growth of the HoHstic MUieu The argument in general It will be clear by now that our general associational, holistic spiritualities ability to cater for the values ities of those who life argument owes and expectations, is that the growth of a very great deal to their potentialities and vulnerabil- attach importance to subjective-life as a primary source of significance. To attach value to unique of (for one's subjective -life is subjectivities the sum of is the authority of the person (for only the person has knowledge of the unique), and to freedom mations is cultivate and express required if one life is to attach value to the a particular life -history), to first hand, experiential (for liberation from life -as for- to have the freedom to be unique and to accordingly). In the realm of associational activity orientated to the sacred, these values are catered for when the sacred is experienced as dwelling within the
83 Bringing the Sacred to Life unique. Because t±ie knows you, inner 'You' it is experienced as truthful, real, reliable, effective. When the sacred flows from within subjective-life, offers 'inner solutions' which are uniquely appropriate to the challenge opportunity of becoming alive fully in here- and- now. the them orientated selves seek forms of the sacred which enable their progress in life by reference to the informed knowledge and experientially qualit)^ is and Subjectively to monitor or authenticity of personal, than by reference authority^, rather to the standards of an overarching order which, since making, it not of one's it is own therefore alien. Such an 'inner' sacred offers people the freedom to find their own to follow, and path rather than telling them the path which they ought enables it their experiences of them life. to test activities to find Conversely, they what works best for do not look for forms of the lives. They greatly prefer sacred which transcend the particularities of their personal exploration and discovery to the authority or 'straightjacket' of established orders which, by virtue of being overarching, cannot take ac- count of individual uniqueness. The sacred 'without' can only too readily serve to disrupt life -experiences The life understood as the sum of distinctive and irreplaceable 'within'. of experience' rather than the practice of belief systems; 'practice the cultivation rather than the repression of the unique; the freedom to explore and express the truth of one's being rather than adhering to truth the of tradition who draw on the - sacred subjective-life to spirituality seek sources works those for of significance within their subjective-lives. The development of Hhe new age of wellheing^ As influence has extended during the its last few decades, the subjective turn has increasingly taken shape in subjective wellbeing culture. This cul- become By making ture has the most widespread expression of the subjective turn to date. reference to this significant development, tiate our general argument that the success of holistic to their ability to cater for the subjective turn. That subjective- life spiritualities people More who owes tively specialized we argue to say, the a great deal to the fact that are already involved with the culture specifically, is or distinctive variant of the means substanis linked growth of they attract of subjective wellbeing. that holistic spiritualities of ture of subjective wellbeing. This wx can spiritualities life provide a much more widespread rela- cul that these spiritualities can attract
84 Bringing the Sacred to Life those involved with the more widespread culture who are looking for activ- which are in tune with what they are already familiar with whilst taking them further or 'deeper'. The success of the subjective turn, institutionally embedded in subjective wellbeing culture, thus contributes directly - and ities increasingly - to the success of the holistic milieu. Subjective wellbeing culture in general In a branch of the newsagents and bookseller W. H. Smith, centrally lo- cated in a large city of northern England, there is a large array of wellbeing publications. Around the perimeter of the area devoted to the topic there are sections labelled 'cookery', 'nature', 'gardening', 'travel', 'self-help', 'self-development' and 'beauty'. 'Health' and 'mind, body, found around the central The What all area. displayed at the very centre. Dalai Lama's The self. Art of Living these sections have in concern with experience: the experience of good food, to be spirit' are common travel, health, is is a one- Even though many of these books may make reference to the outside world, their prime objective is to help enhance readers' inner worlds - to improve the quality of their subjective -lives. We use the term 'subjective wellbeing culture' to refer to tural provisions or activities of all which, explicitly dwell on enhancing the quality subjective-life. In contrast to those provisions or activities on the 'facts' or 'necessities' of the price of getting from A life (the travel book which concentrates on on the of being an considerably more psychologized. For example, treatment - it is is which dwell to B, the training which concentrates technicalities settings in hospitals those cul- effective manager), subjective wellbeing culture is health care in subjectivized not simply a matter of hygiene or providing medical also being aware of the value of making sure that the The seminars, trainings, courses more concerned with the personal patient feels as comfortable as possible. and workshops of qualities soft capitalism are of participants than with abstract or functional procedures. Child- centred teachers concentrate on the development of the 'whole' child, not teaching the same to the same. ential Many advertisements emphasize the experi- rather than the utility value of products (for example those car adverts which internalize the car as experience - 'the journey of your rather than mentioning technical specifications, or the sticker of a Wilton Broadloom carpet sample which announces Benefits'). A great many fitness centres, spas or its life' - on the back 'Emotional health clubs, detox centres, gyms, sports centres, beauty salons go beyond (or within) the task of
85 Bringing the Sacred to Life simply keeping or looking good. Supermarkets subjectivize food and fit other provisions (Sainsbury's, with & example, or Marks for this think of all 'Making taste better' slogan, for life Spencers' C^afe Revive chain - not just a place to eat, where to go to is its 'relax . . . refresh . . . rewind those publications - not least articles magazines - which cater for those who want . . revive'). . Or we can the press and popular in to attend to feeling good about themselves.'^ Given that the distinctive life of any one person subjective-life bound up with a on the xalue of is history, subjective wellt)eing culture focuses that uniqueness. Pr(wisions and activities have to acknowledge the author of personal experience. (To exercise superior, external authority to ity people what their subjective-lives ought to be away their uniqueness - thereby culture is all like tell to diminish or take is undermining what subjective wellbeing about.) In accord with the authority of personal experience, the ethic of unique subjectivity pervades subjective wellbeing culture as a whole. The health club chain Fitness 'Be yourself only slogan, First's better' says a very great deal; Sainsbury's in effect rewrites the Shakespearian 'To thine own self be true' as 'Be good to yourself. C>ultural provisions or activities cater for the value attached to having the freedom to be touch with, or true to, subjective-life as a evocative nature of subjective what to feel (a photo of life a car in source of significance. Hence the advertising, promising feelings but not combined with just one word, 'desire'); own path. Begin your journey www.timberland.com'; hence the emphasis on the unique - or personal ized - to cater for the unique. And, thinking of other regions of wellbeing hence the Timberiand slogan, 'Follow your at culture, hence the importance attached by hospices to encouraging per- sonal relationships to help enable the terminally 'live ill to enrich their lives, to with death'; hence the care taken to respond to the personal needs of the elderly in subjectivized rehabilitation wards; and hence the importance in many educational circles. we may conclude, has to do with the cultiand is ultimately focused on feeling good about attached to 'learning from experience' Subjective wellbeing culture, vation of 'good' feelings, oneself But that is not to deny another major characteristic, namely the importance attached to relationships, albeit subjectively role-based relationships, lo transform one's bathroom based rather than into a personalized spa or to experience one's garden as a tranquil haven or one's car as a vehicle of desire involves the cultivation of 'objects'. ally The activities and provisions a of subjective relationship with those wellbeing culture tvpic- promise to work 'through' the person, offering to enable people to
86 Bringing the Sacred to Life 'feel good about themselves' by way of a better relationship with their own and subjective experiences. For Sainsbury's, food does not just serve to make you feel better by satisfying your appetite - it has to do with inner life 'Making life you smell nice holiday is For the Body Shop, scent does not simply make taste better'. not just it serves as 'the scent of your soul'. For the 'amazing things w^hich mind'. Holistic themes are La Source, a good time - it enables you to experience happen when you introduce your body to your in evidence. And by no means infrequently, the about having a 'whole' includes a spiritual dimension. At least in Britain, the expression 'mind- body-spirit' (or something akin to it) has become widely adopted - by book shops, newspapers and magazines, for example. It is difficult to which does not cater for the spiritual dimension seek it. Products - such as those found in the wellbeing zones of major stores in Britain - link health, relaxation or find a fitness centre or spa of wellbeing for those who beauty with 'inner' dimensions ('the truth of self^, your And 'energy^' or 'spirit'). who you spiritualit}^ also are', 'your natural enters into the holistic discourses and practices found in mainstream professions - including teach- ing and nursing.^ In recent decades, subjectivized wellbeing culture has developed into a major sphere of provision and activitx^ Comparing the situation in the USA between 1957 and 1976, Joseph Veroff et al. (1981) concluded that 'there has been a shift from a socially integrated paradigm for structuring well- more personal or individuated paradigm for structuring well-being'. They write of 'the diminution of role standards as the basis for adjustment', 'increased focus on self-expressiveness and self-direction in being to social life' a and of 'a shift of concern from to interpersonal intimacy' (p. 529). More social organizational integration recently, Inglehart (1997) con- cludes that 'Increasingly, the publics of advanced industrial societies have come to emphasize qualit)^ of life concerns' (p. 36). Suffice it to say, for present purposes, that everything under discussion has grown, or has been developed, since the 1950s, with the most rapid growth occuring most recently.^ Subjective wellbeing culture in particular: the ^new a^e of wellbein^^ The next home step of our within the argument more general is to show that the holistic milieu has its culture of subjective wellbeing whilst also being a relatively distinctive or specialized variant of the more widespread culture. For if this is true, growth could well ow^e a considerable amount to
87 Bringing the Sacred to Life more the specialized variant appealing to those who are already involved with the more general. Looking first at what the holistic milieu has in common widespread culture of subjective wellbeing, the key lies with tlie more with the value which both ascribe to the cultivation or nurturing of subjectivities. Both thus share the 'logic of the unique' - they pay attention to and respect the unique, and provide the opportunity for participants to exercise their authorit)' to 'be' unique or 'turn into' themselves by finding their own of their basis do with deal to Chapter One, the in To illustrate Dudley (if of Kendal has holistic milieu the cultivation of subjective-life. prise to find that 'wellbeing' very similar to paths on the developing the quality of subjective-life. subjectivities whilst As we have seen own experience; they enable people to remain true to their a great thus comes as no sur- It often referred to - and in ways which are is not identical with) usage within the more general culture. by reference to advertising brochures, homeopathist Maggie 'restoration of health offers and well being'; reiki master Lucy Trufkruyer indicates that her practice 'energises, relaxes, and promotes a Adam w rites feeling of wellbeing'; kinesiologist Fiona Improved levels. Less stress'; fitness. Greater Ruth Francis flexibility. advertises of 'Higher energ)^ Clearer thinking. Better sleep. 'Therapeutic Massage for tension, stress, and increased well-being'; and rebirther Bernadette Riley notes the 'direct connection between mental and physical well-being and the openness of the breathing'. Further USA, Scandinavia and the sites, books, own interviews articles, for example), primary material (brochures, magazines, paint (elsewhere in Britain, the Netherlands, afield much same the picture. that best-selling 'wellbeing' books, listed by amazon.com, frequently have quest for quality of Inspirations for life titles which for example). person in the world of subjective-life established 'The Chopra Centre more general common is spirituality offer teristics noteworthy link spiritual practices And spirituality Tojja. and the Exercises and perhaps the best- known - Deepak Chopra - has fact that much of the holistic milieu and culture of subjective wellbeing have a great deal in mind the point made earlier that subjective -life by no means absent in the more general world of wellbeing. to bear in is However, the on also is www.amazon.co.uk or www. for Well Being'. Another way of emphasizing the the It (Anton Simmha's Ashtanjja Well-Bein^f^ web- publications and our 'listings'), scholarly more holistic milieu generally. of the activities does not simply replicate provisions that are One of the most important on offer in the milieu is distinguishing characthat they are of an
88 Bringing the Sacred to Life - something that 'intensive', facc-to-iace relational nature for example, when people Second, these relational found elsewhere is not in evidence, read in private about spirituality and wellbeing. activities are of a more specialized kind than those wellbeing culture. in subjective When holistic spiritualities of life are drawn upon by schools or businesses, for example, it is w ithin the context of achieving broader institutional aims ('the spiritual, moral, cultural, mental and physical development of pupils ety', according to the 1988 Education Reform Act; becoming a more effective New Age manager, according to personal subjective-life per And se. subjective wellbeing. In course, spirituality many is 'Ohm the is more widespread tioners culture, And of which at all (the self-help literature in other only mentioned in passing - or just hinted at (as with by Olay' advert, 'Holistic beauty from head to soul. Feel beautiful and out. Experience Ohm'). In the inside more general culture of adopts the psychological frame of reference, for example). quarters, spiritualit)' quality of considerably much of the more quarters of the not to be found is on nurturing the is third, spiritualit)^ than in in the hoUstic milieu school and of soci- business consultants or trainers). In the holistic milieu, however, the focus prominent at the holistic milieu, by contrast, consider their activities to be of spiritual significance, and all ticipants are at least offered the practi- par- all opportunity of 'going deeper' to explore and experience the spiritual dimension of the holistic mind-body-spirit dynamic. 'The deeper the better' captures the general sentiment. The path from general subjective wellbeing culture Above all, to the holistic then, the holistic milieu offers a 'new age of wellbeing', and more widespread represents a relatively distinctive manifestation of the ture with to milieu which it is so closely connected. So do with the growth of growth of the we now holistic activities, the cul- explore what this has argument being that the owes a great deal to the fact that it caters for go further along the path towards subjective wellbeing. Although subjective wellbeing culture in general might have much to offer, the holistic milieu in particular provides a way of deepening the quest. The those holistic milieu who want to fact that the latter has relatively easy for ally, much in common with the former means that people to step into the more specialized. the fact that holistic themes (including holistic More it is specific- spiritualit)^) are found within the broader culture means that the culture can serve to 'prime' people for the activities of the holistic milieu. At the same time, however, the relatively specialized nature of the holistic milieu contributes to its
89 Bringing the Sacred to Life appeal and allows to capture a niche market it owes holistic milieu a great deal to want to pursue the quest as is who success in attracting people its for subjective wellbeing more of the same are neither just by offering more than sum, the appeal and the growth of the available elsewhere in the culture. In by way of activities which those on offer more nor too generally, different or strange. An excellent illustration of the priming process that the virons, most popular activities of the is provided by the holistic milieu in Kendal and en- and no doubt elsewhere, include yoga, massage (including Indian head massage), aromatherapy, homeopathy and reflexology. For these ities fact are also among most popular the in subjective activ- wellbeing culture in on general: the books, the articles, the high street products, the references TV chat shows, the literature for teachers and parents children, the literature on spirituality qualit}^ and so on. Those of their subjective lives (or and spirituality and nursing or counselling, first-hand involvement whilst at a spa, improving the on a taste of ways of seelcing the lives of others) are become amount about them. And relatively short step to move into the more specialized realm milieu: the step from seeing yoga on TV to trying out thus likely to encounter these provisions or activities (and others), familiar with them, perhaps learn then but a it is of the holistic a considerable beginners' yoga at a leisure centre; from reading about reflexology in the Daily Mail or in Boots' Health and Beauty magazine to trying from selecting aromatherapy products oneself; fOr use in the it out for bathroom having an aromatherapy massage; from having an Indian head massage beauty salon to going to an Indian head massage that massage specialist; to at a from reading works by way of 'energy' to rejuvenating the body by going along to a one-to-one practitioner; from reading about what celebrities are doing to seeing more on if it works for oneself (See Heelas and Especially for the considerable or life force' 2003, for number of people who believe in a 'spirit (40 per cent, according to a finding reported in the chapter, p. 73), it is by no means difficult to move along much last the path from the wider culture of subjective wellbeing into the holistic milieu ing Seel, the priming process.) itself Address- the same wellbeing and 'ill-being' issues as those addressed by wellbeing culture at large (see below for fiarther discussion), the milieu is in tune with the broader culture. Those conversant with the broader culture are thus unlikely to dismiss the milieu as counter-cultural, strange or deviant. Furthermore, those who might be considering becoming actively volved need not be put off by the spirituality of the milieu. The in- fact that
90 Bringing the Sacred to Life do not impose spirituality on tliose who are not inclined to for them means that it is perfectly possible to be active in the milieu without having to 'go deeper' into the spiritual dimension/ The practitioners see if it fear works of 'indoctrination', particular in lessened by virtue of the fact that those with regard to emotions, who might also is be inclined to enter the do not have to face the hurdle of encountering doctrinal belief systems; do not have to malce commitments to life-as teachings, telling them what they ought to believe, what they ought to do, what they must sacrifice; do not have to face the prospect of being preached at or judged. Unlike 'religion', we were told on a number of occasions, 'spirituality is without the baggage'. As in subjective wellbeing culture more generally, the pra£fmatic individualism of holistic milieu activities means that what matters is finding out 'what works' by way of the truth of one's experience, not obeying what others take to be the truth whatever the holistic milieu particularities It of one's might be experiences might have to say.^ life from the more general subjective wellbeing a short step culture to the holistic milieu, but a step not the same as practising it is. To read about reflexology with a reflexologist. But the it fact that there step surely contributes to the appeal - and thus growth - of the milieu. is is a holistic For by virtue of providing something 'more' than can be found elsewhere in subjective wellbeing culture, the milieu stands out from the crowd. What is on offer are 'inner solutions' for path to subjective wellbeing: holistic activities which nurturing of unique subjectivities; going further along the are specifically focused activities on the which provide the op- portunity for sustained, intensive or focused practice; activities which enable participants to establish close relationships with practitioners ways of are experienced with the caters for those who want to spii-ituality. go deeper who In short, the holistic milieu in their exploration of what works in experience. Evidence Charting what would appear to be the obvious path for people to follow to enter the holistic milieu cant numbers have jective wellbeing culture that many of is one thing. Demonstrating that actually followed the path is another. We signifi- from the more general sub- concentrate first on the evidence those attracted to the milieu are looking for subjective well- being, whether or not they have been involved with subjective wellbeing culture. We then consider whether there is any evidence to show that prior
Bringing the Sacred to Life 91 contact with subjective wellbeing culture in particular has had a role to play. Questionnaire research amongst those active in the holistic milieu in Kendal and environs shows the importance for these participants of the quest to improve the quality of subjective-life. Provided with a list of reasons for originally trying the activity in which they had been involved during the past seven days (or the most significant of these activities if they more than one), respondents were asked to rank them in order of importance. The percentages of those selecting our various options as their first choice are shown in Figure 4.1. (See www.kendalproject.org.uk for more detailed results regarding Question 3 of the holistic had participated in milieu questionnaire.) 25 20 23.2 19.4 15.2 Bc 15 13.9 13.5 0) o 0) Q_ 10 7.6 6.3 5.5 5.1 3.8 3.4 0.8 i 1 %o \— w W O <D 0) CC CD 1 C/D Q. c o w a3 CL (/) 0) _c o c O O Q. O CD o Q. D CD CO o o "3 C o 0) -o C c o o c: CO E CO o o SZ -a o E E o c CD CL Q. CO 0) 13 w c E 1- o tf) "cO c o o E I— CO E c 0) E OJ Q. E o o o Figure 4.1 Reasons for involvement
92 Bringing the Sacred to Life Concentrating on the replies, 'health and of the options, where first five fitness' and 'stress relief are subjective wellbeing culture. For in most of the pretty clearly to do with find answer to another of the questions we 'how would you describe your asked, namely we state of health these days?', approaching three quarters reply 'very good' or 'good', which suggests numbers that large enced health and 2001, Fuller, ill - p. 102). fiirther enhancing the quality of experi- than curing or even preventing Regarding 'bodily pain or illness', 'How would you our question, in response to health these on are intent fitness rather illness (cf few are seriously describe your state of only 3 per cent answer 'poor', none reporting 'very days.>', poor'. (Respective figures for the general population are 6 and 2 per cent (Heald, 2000).) For many, what matters is dealing with relatively minor common) complaints (backaches being one of the most to obtain a sense of wellbeing, rather than the instrumental, raw necessity of staying and 'looking for personal growth', for 'looking for spiritual growth' ual growth could have more to do with the quest than with wellbeing per se; with, say, developing one's the quality of experience. of the those milieu who is as wellbeing on (an many of the activities communicated emphasis that it prioritize spiritual or personal we saw in know is to highly likely that most growth as their reason for that 'growth' concerns subjective-life. Fur- Chapter One, under 10 per cent say that 'overcoming the ego', which intent fact that so be interested in participating by way of advertising having become involved thermore, spirit- for 'truth' (for example) market than with enhancing for the job word of mouth) means material and of those As and personal growth could have more to do skills However, the emphasize who might alive. is liberating themselves spirituality a strong indication that only a few are from 'ego-attachments', including well- being desires. Many of those attracted to the holistic milieu, it is apparent, are motivated by the search for subjective wellbeing: an interpretation of questionnaire evidence which very difficult to see is buttressed why many should be by the argument that attracted unless they it is were interested in improving the quality of their subjective-lives. Quite simply, given the importance of subjective wellbeing within the holistic milieu, it quite naturally tends to attract people with appropriate interests or concerns. Thus because far it we have provided has attracted people quality of their subjectivities.^ evidence that the holistic milieu has grown who are looking for We now ways of improving the have to consider the question: is
Bringing the Sacred to Life there any evidence t±iat prior contact with subjective wellbeing culture has played an important role? Although possible that is it subscribe to subjective beliefs and values but have with the culture have been attracted, many people that enter the milieu by widespread provisions and its comes ture, it is little For some people who or no acquaintance highly and increasingly likely way of prior activities. participation in some of as the latter proliferate, it be- increasingly difficult to avoid contact with subjective wellbeing cul- and unlikely that people with their quality more likely to milieu than those who become primed are for of subjective- and are likely to turn to subjective wellbeing culture, they are would want a subjectivized orientation So those looking to improve to avoid contact. life 93 in doing so involvement with the holistic not engaged with the more general culture of wellbeing. Looking at the socio- cultural characteristics of those who have become out during the Kendal Project active within the milieu, interviews carried show that the great majority of those who referred to their employment had been, or currently were, involved with professions having to do with wellbeing culture, and in which one could expect to find subjective-wellbeing values in evidence. Job descriptions include: needs teacher', 'special 'art teacher', 'college lecturer', 'psychiatric nurse', 'social worker in child abuse', 'adult education', 'primary school teacher', 'head teacher', 'nurse', worker', 'care 'lecturer and in art 'working with abused children', 'educational therapist', and design', 'religious education 'environment agency 'ecologist', Many advisor'. are person- centred or expressive careers of this variety, because infer, life. officer', (or have been) active in it is reasonable to of the value they attach to improving the quality of Furthermore, interview material also provides evidence of downsizing. Although we cannot provide an exact emerged from the ethnography is of who have moved from reasonably figure, the picture which has numbers within the which lefi: them little time for themselves, to work, often of a part-time nature, which provides greater opportunities for the development of subjective-life (see milieu significant well paid careers, below). As for educational background, returns from the questionnaire distrib- uted to the holistic milieu show that 57 per cent have a university or college degree, a percentage which is way above the national average of 20 when most obtained their qualifi- per cent at the time (20 or 30 years ago) cations. level And as Inglehart's (1997) survey research shows, the higher the of educational attainment the greater the likelihood of a shift of em-
94 Bringing the Sacred to Life from seeking value by way of achievement phasis seeldng value by way thereby being likely to world to in the material of what subjective-life has to offer - and, we can add, be involved with aspects of subjective wellbeing culture including the holistic milieu. Together with the key consideration that a significant number of those attracted to the holistic milieu have been, or are, active in wellbeing careers where they will have acquired considerable experience of what in nurturing subjective-life, subjective wellbeing culture populated by women. This suggests that women are to encounter the messages, provisions and activities them for milieu what the holistic milieu has to offer. predominantly populated by is subjective wellbeing culture has (The role played by gender had women The is more is involved predominantly likely than men which serve to prime fact that the holistic also serves to indicate that a role to play in stimulating interest. explored in considerably greater depth in the is next section.) Thus the evidence as to date strongly suggests that the subjective turn, manifest in subjective wellbeing culture, explains of the has And holistic milieu. grown during it is the growth surely not a coincidence that the milieu those exactly much of decades which have also witnessed the development, indeed the fully-fledged establishment, of the subjective wellbeing culture, cultural 'industry'. Holistic spirituality engages and provides the opportunity for people to see deeper into what it is if with this they can go to be themselves, thus enhancing the quality of their lives.^^ Revisiting the Subjectivization Thesis: The Growth of the HoUstic MiUeu and the Significance of Gender and Age The gender puzzle According to our questionnaire survey, 80 per cent of those holistic milieu active in the of Kendal and environs are female; 78 per cent of groups are women; 80 per cent of one-to-one practitioners are The conclusion is obvious: much of the growth of associational, led or facilitated by women. holistic spiritualities participate. We of Why should life is this due to the be the fact that women have decided to case.> are immediately faced with a puzzle. We have been arguing that the subjective turn plays a key role in explaining the growth of the holistic
95 Bringing the Sacred to Life milieu. Most generally, the subjective turn Houtman and 'the granting Peter Mascini (2002) call invokes the turn to what Dick 'moral individualism' - namely of a moral primacy to individual liberty' (p. 459). The person serves as the locus of moral authority, with value being attached to staying true to oneself rather than Houtman and Mascini also succumbing to outside agency. However, 'We know say, as of no research demonstrating gender differences with respect to [moral] individualism' (p. 464).^^ Hence our puzzle - if indeed the gender ratio is 50:50 among subjectivized gauged by moral autonomy, how selves as the ratio of the holistic milieu is 80:20 we are in favour to explain the fact that of women.> Revisitinff the subjectivization thesis The answer must lie with the fact that the subjective turn involves not one but two modes of moral individualism or autonomous selfhood. One is more characteristic of men, which means they are not likely to be attracted to the associational activities of subjective wellbeing culture in general or the holistic milieu in particular. which means they Though are much more the subjective turn tiated process, we must is The other likely to largely involves women, be attracted to these spheres. so often discussed as a single and undifferen- therefore revisit and refine it in the light of our empirial findings. Most comprehensively, and by definition, the subjective turn is the turn to the autonomous self It is a turn away from being told what or how to be yourself to having the freedom to be yourself. To be, or become, oneself obviously entails that one assumes - by way of culture and/or experience that one has a self to be and become; you cannot be autonomous without having what Lionel Trilling (1974) refers to as the 'internal space' from act (p. 24). Since the autonomous self cannot be a life-as self, it must be based not on external obligation but on what one 'is' - one's own unique subjective-life. So one acts on the basis of an intuition that all is not well with a situation, or on the inner promptings of one's conscience, or which to the realization that a relationship is having a negative effect on one's sense of wellbeing, the sense one gets that another person is in distress, and so on. But the direction that its autonomous subjective-life basis can vary. be thought of in terms of a Our may take as it extends out beyond findings suggest that this variation can spectrum between two poles. At one extreme
96 iies Bringing the Sacred to Life what we will call many subjectivism, with who tries individuated subjectivism and at the other relational intermediate positions in between. Every person to live by the authority of subjective-life rather than, or together with, external guidance or dictation can be located somewhere along this spectrum. The position of the individuated subjectivist is well described by Clifford Geertz (1984) when he writes of 'The Western conception of the person a bounded, unique, more or universe, a less as integrated motivational and cognitive dynamic center of awareness, emotion, judgement, and action organized into a distinctive whole and set contrastively both against other such wholes and against its social and natural background' end of the spectrum of the subjective turn, the with the experience of the self entity. Typically, subjective- life is 'voice (p. 126). At this of the unique' catered for by going outside oneself to find external solutions, rather than by going deeper into one's inner The quality of subjective-life feeling successfial is lies operating as a (relatively) self-contained life. enhanced by addressing the problem of not enough, of not having enough pleasurable experiences, of not having achieved all one might achieve, and so on. Subjectivities are catered for by going out into the world to procure the commodities (a new house) or success (promotion) which serve desire, happiness or content- ment. (Bellah et al. (1985), in the footsteps of Durkheim, refer to position as 'utilitarian individualism'.) developed by way of atomized self as unique and distinct. The emphasis is on (self-reliant, self-sufficient) Competition is likely to this subjective -life agency, on the be a more important theme than the connections of personal relationships, and there are obvious links between this mode of selfliood, possessive individualism, and entrepreneurial capitalism. At the other end of the spectrum the mode. The commitment to autonomous subjective turn takes a relational subjective-life and the cultivation of the unique remains, but with an emphasis on the relational and going y^//^ development autonomously pursued - though deeper. Steven Lukes (1973) writes that 'The very idea of logically implies that the clearly its course development can be substantially assisted by providing the appropriate conditions and encouragements' point is is (p. 136; our emphasis). Although the often neglected in the literature on the subjective turn, as cated by the fact that the term 'expressive individualism* this connection (see, for example, Bellah et al., is is indi- often used in 1985), Lukes reminds us that other people can have an important role to play. One can, of course, seek to cultivate one's subjective-life by oneself. Hermits aside, though, it is
Brinf^in/^ surely the t.isc th.u the euh iv.u ion of subjective life eontexl of persouil eneoiiiKers: 'talking things visilinji, a therapist, counsellor or human 97 tho Sacred to Life besl lakes pl.ue in the lhrou}i,h' vvilh Iriend; a resource specialist; reading biog raphies or autobiographies; viewing close relationships on TV; rellecting on one's relationshi|^ with one's children or parents; discussing bad or gooti personality cjualities with pupils iiulividuated ism is alone (let life as) modes ol" subjective associated with the tendency to^^r; deeper, oneseh by tliscussing one's anger with a jealousy with a lover, for example. relational mode of the unique, autonomy or moral relational subjectiv life, one finds out more about 1^'inally, it must be emphasized need nol^ individualism. Since imply a that the diminution of no one person has the another, the more variegated the rel.uional as unlike close fiiend or by dealing with subjective-life selfhood same relationships And primary school, and so on. at the life more unicjue the 'me' becomes - with the "voice of the uniciue' speaking accordingly. Recalling the words of (^arson McCAillers, the Introduction to this volume, relational subjectivity ol nie' developing one's to one's life, own subjective life, cited at the is all be/coming end of about 'the wc oneself, relating ihroujjh one's relationships. In this context interdependence goes together with independence.'^ Previously (1991) calls volume we have tended in this 'the massive subjective turn of most general sense, its the subjective life as which modern culture' (p. 26) having to do with the turn to autonomy is in .nui entailed. Prompted by our research we must now nuance this usage more therel')y findings and the gender puzzle, precisely. to refer to what (liarles Taylor Taylor completes the sentence above by speaking of the subjective turn as being towards 'a new form of inwardness, in which we come to think of ourselves as beings with inner depths' (p. 26). Without disagreeing, we note go all the way to such 'depths' we would argue, relational subjectivism), or remain more individuated and externally orientated form of sub that the subjective turn can (typically involving, at the level of a jcctivism (often dismissive of the deeper subjective turn). out our understanding of the turn in this way, we have By broadening therefore distin- guished between two modes or aspects of autonomous personhood: individuated subjectivism, where the strong tendency is to be externally orientated, seeking indirect solutions (material, etc.) to cater for subjectivelife, and ing more directly as we shall now And puzzle. where the tendency is towards concentraton the exploration of the intricacies of the inner life. relational subjectivism, see, this distinction enables us to tackle the gender
98 Bringing the Sacred to Life Relationality women Given that both men and are equally subjectivizcd in the general autonomous/moral individualism sense, we have to explain why women are more likely than men to be attracted to the holistic milieu and subjective wellbeing culture. So let us apply our distinction individuated forms of subjective-life women tic men than milieu. and relational are attracted to subjective wellbeing culture The key and the holis- more women than men tend and conversely that more men than to solving the puzzle to emphasize relational subjective-life, women - between - to the puzzle of explaining why more is that tend to emphasize the individuated or distinct variant. Accordingly, since subjective wellbeing culture and the holistic milieu is so relational, their women provisions or activities attract subjectively orientated (in particular) who seek to develop their subjective-lives through associational encounters. And since much of subjective wellbeing culture and the holistic milieu in toto emphasize 'inner' relationality, their provisions or activities are considerably appeal to those less likely to men (in particular) who seek to develop their subjective-lives by going out into the world to achieve and compete whilst retaining their own boundaries and sense of being high percentage of women In order to substantiate these points in greater detail, the re-emphasize is Hence in control. the in the milieu. first thing to the strongly relational nature of the holistic milieu. In answer to the (single response) question 'Which of the following best description of your core beliefs about spirituality.^', 21 the is per cent of respondents to the holistic milieu questionnaire used in the Kendal Project answered 'Spirituality 'Spirituality is love'; is being a decent and caring person'; 20 per cent and 10 per cent 'Spirituality is healing oneself and others'. In other words, over half associate spirituality with relationality. What is more, in response to another question ('Do you beheve in any of the following.^'), 82 per cent expressed belief in 'some sort of spirit or force that pervades all that lives'. Recalling Chapter that practitioners in the holistic milieu doubt elsewhere - are very is it is also clear of Kendal and environs - and no much concerned cal^ egalitarian, trusting, holistic matters One, with developing close, recipro- relationships with their participants. What intimate disclosure, the encounters of what Giddens (1992) the 'pure relationship'. What life calls is growing oneself through the exWhether it be practitioners, one-to-one matters periences of associational activities. or group participants, the important thing is to share, express, care and to
99 Bringing the Sacred to Life go beyond the The conventions. mension at 'the distinct' as that spiritual which all life Granted that the milieu are (basically) roles, rules understood and as the di- women? More is strongly relational, what this exactly, is is the evidence to key factor in explaining the predomin- a what is the evidence that more women than seek to develop their subjective-lives through relationships - and so more likely to turn to relational, holistic milieu source of evidence women men than is activities.^ An important Many more provided by subjective wellbeing culture. are active in this culture, with sions, or participating in activities, significantly tions is life -as connects, and where the individual realizes her or support our argument that ance of dimension marked out by nature in relationship with the 'whole'. his true men is Of particular of a relational kind. more women than men are active in where subjective wellbeing values primary school teaching and many encountering human provi- note, person -centred occupa- important - nursing, caring, are resource development, for example. Research carried out by Thomas, NichoU and Coleman (2001) on associational CAM activities shows that the female-male ratio is 60:40 in favour of women (with over 70 per cent of 'over the counter' sales being to women). (See also Wootton and Sparber, 2001.) Jackie Stacey (2000) reports that 67 per cent of those purchasing 'healing and self- improvement/awareness' literature are women (p. 117). Debra Gimlin, in her Body Work. Beauty and Self-Ima^e in American Culture (2002) finds women to be preponderant, with (for instance) 90 per cent of both students and instructors of aerobics being female In their study of the (p. 51). beauty salon, Ursula Sharma and Paula Black (1999) find there are virtually no men - women - for to be adopting an increasingly 'therapeutic' dimension, encounters within the salon providing the opportunity for dis- Our own relatively informal women outnumber men in fitness and health few men indeed are to be found in holistic spas. cussing personal issues, especially relationships. research centres, indicates that and that very Likewise, content analysis indicates that there are vastly more articles in magazines and newspapers dwelling on subjective wellbeing for than on subjective wellbeing for men. More generally, Paul women Ray and Sherry Anderson (2000) report that there are twice as many women as men amongst the 24 million 'core cultural creatives' (people greatly concerned with quality of life issues) in the USA, with 91 per creatives affirming that 'helping other people' ant' is 'very or extremely import- and 89 per cent believing that 'every person has (p. 15). cent of core cultural a unique gift to offer'
Plate 1 Plate 2 The main street of Kendal. Private collection. The Kendal Project team: Benjamin Seel, Bronislaw Szerszynski, Linda Karin Tusting and Paul Heelas (with Dent (near Kendal), also illustrates the a building that was once a chapel and Abby Day, second to left). spiritual revolution in action: is now Woodhead, This photograph, taken the team stand in in front of part of a meditation centre. Private collection.
Plate 4 Informal relationality: inside Willow Creek outskirts of Plate 5 Community Church, a 'seeker church' Chicago - a flourishing congregation of experiential difference. Private Rainbow Cottage, a holistic on the collection. centre on the outskirts of Kendal. Private collection.
Plate Church attenders 6 at the parish church in Kendal. Private collection. The WemnoHiind Gazette, S<'ptemb<;r 28, 2001 Plate 7 SOOTMWG: Holistic contact: practitioner Linda UrKte Mc<*»rv«y flMng « client message Cottage. EiKlmoof. «t McCarvey of Rainbow Cottage with researcher Seel, c) The Westmoreland Gazette. Benjamin
Plate 8 A Life-as religion, clearly stated S(^e place is by an advert in the USA. Private collection. WHAT ARE HOLISTIC an informative on-going support group to help nnen and women grov^ and heal through the pain of sexual, emotional and relational THERAPIES The experiences, past Christian therapists provide an and Biblical truth same sex issues, in may This our include physical traumas, illnesses and accidents, and environmental factors as well as and unresolved emotional integrative teaching of emphasizing growth ail and present, contribute to our current state of health. Book study along w'lih periodic presentations by licensed pertaining to approach of natural therapies recognises that struggles. psychological holistic ? stress issues. Such experiences sometimes get 'locked up* into the body's tissues. healthy relating patterns with oneself, others These patterns of stored traumas and and God. stresses can restrict the easy functioning and Small group interaction will also body's normal may problems over the give rise to years. facilitate healing and growth through The effect may be physical, such as gracious, supportive pain, migraine or digestive disorders, or relationships. emotional such as anxiety and depression. The right holistic therapy for you can help restore your well-being. Plate 9 truth': 'Psychological and Biblical the discourse of a congregation of experiential difference. Creek Association. ( Willow Plate 10 The unique, the holistic, and wellbeing: craniosacral therapy, Kendal. © Adam Rubinstein R.C.S.T, Kendal.
o pri 1CU Lfi o <U bjO n3 -1— E E >> -t-j <D -(-> Q. o © o So rsi n3 c o LU! issi an, o cu Q- f5 =5 erm CL x: o 1
14 A holistic shop overlooking the mill upmarket wellbeing zone. Private collection. Plate at Saltaire - a mill which has evolved into an

Body Touching the & Soul Spirit of Well being Saturday, 22 I May 2004 lam - 3pm at St Mary's Church, Aylesbury An opportunity to experience energy for Well being and health Demonstrations of Tai Chi, and Circle Dance Sign up: enrolling for new classes Experience meditation relaxation, head and shoulders massage and aromatherapy Exhibitions and display of the life of St Mary's Fairly traded coffee, tea and snacks. Further details: phone Plate 17 The two worlds meet: parish in the south of England. ( spiritual Tim Higgins 424276 or 437641 wellbeing enters the congregational domain Tim Higgins. in a
100 Bringing the Sacred to Life Cutting a we long story short, what CAM, person-centred occupations, find is whether we look that at those health and fitness activities which involve self-expression (as provided by Fitness First, for example), or the self- development which encourages literature through gardening, cooking or interior design, those active in subjective well- like we of me'. And being culture are by no means unfamiliar with 'the those attaching importance are 'relational' activities predominantly women, since to the relational path to experiential wellbeing it makes perfect sense that those who turn to the associational activities of the holistic milieu are also predominantly women. Conversely, it makes equal sense to conclude that an important reason why significantly fewer men are active in the milieu is that fewer are accustomed ive many bounded, private by what an intercon- are threatened nected 'we' might do to the 'me' Durham path to subject- to, or value, the intimate, expressive, relational wellbeing - indeed, that as a (relatively) protected, guarded, Thomas In the words of Calvin Mercer and entity. (1999), 'people with a masculine orientation are too agentic, differentiating, and self- become engulfed in the mystical experi- more women than men are involved with sub- analytical to ence' (p. 180).^^ Having established that jective wellbeing culture, and so are more attracted by, holistic milieu activities, still leaves open the should be more men we might fascinating question of why likely to fall at the relational jectivism than the individuated end, jective likely to come leave it across, at that. should be: this and be But that why women end of the spectrum of sub- and hence be more attracted to sub- wellbeing culture, and the holistic milieu, in greater numbers than (thus contributing substantially to the growth of the milieu). attempting to give anything like a fiall Without response to this question, some key considerations. Most have to do with deeply entrenched labour. On the basis of what must surely be we can identify and divisions of most comprehensive review cultural values the of relevant large-scale surveys to date, Geert Hofstede (2001) concludes that 'almost universally such as relationships, men attach 279). On women attach more importance to social goals helping others, and the physical environment, and more importance to ego goals such as career and the basis of their survey carried out in the money' (p. USA, Joseph Veroff et al. (1981) find that 'women orient their behavior and self-defmition toward other people more than men do' (p. 128), and note that 'more men than people' (p. women give positive 125) and that differentiations women 'hold more of the internal self from other aspirations for
Bringing the Sacred to Life 101 and Franccsca Cancian (1987) writes of the 'opposition of masculine freedom to develop oneself vs. feminine attachment to others' identity' (p. 127); continuing, (p. 6), tionships, Vomen are expected to be responsible for close rela- and men to be independent and preoccupied with work' (pp. 10- 11). Citing Carol Gilligan's (1982) research on the psychological develop- ment of men and women, she agrees that from the male tive, 'development itself comes to be identified with cultural perspec- attachments appear to be developmental impediments', and emphasize attachment Subjective in their personal wellbeing culture development' women aside, As noted above, they Even when for finds in the case the in of secretaries, whether close tamily 'caring' professions. Rosemary Adkins Lisa Hochschild (1983) for in the tourist industry, Arlie home women prime have not part of the 'job description', is and Margaretha Jarvinen (1993) In the to find themselves taking responsibility for this, as still (1989) women esses, outnumber men still 'Women they interact in \'oluntary or paid work. care for subjective wellbeing women may Pringle whom that (p. S). continue responsibility for the subjective wellbeing of others, and friends or those with and separation, for women (1995) air host- the sex industry. in continue to have more responsibility for childcare than men, whether they are full-time mothers or working mothers. Julia Brannen and Peter Moss's (1991) study of 250 dual-earner households after the birth of a first child finds that it is women rather than men who become the 'managers' of the new lifestyle and take prime responsibility for (1989) study of dual-earner parents in found that domestic work was shared in only 18 per cent of households, and that 'most women still did most of the work' (p. 20). childcare. Similarly, Hochschild's the USA Women more also take spouse and other close Leonard (1992) responsibility for the subjective wellbeing Husbands more than 1 kin. find that aside, ('hristine in 10 adult of their Delphy and Diana women in Britain have someone other than a child who 'depends on them for some sort of care', and that the number rises for women over 40 (pp. 228-36). Micaela di Leonardo (1987) explores how women also take responsibility for maintaining kin relationships between households by maintenance telephone and calls, ritual celebration of ties, way of including all tative these activities' (pp. 442-3). Robert evidence visits, letters, presents and cards to kin; the organisation of holiday gatherings; the creation of quasi-kin relationships on 'the conception, to American boys and . . . the mental refiection Putnam (2000) supplies quanti support these observations, adding that girls in 'Although the 1990s used computers almost equally, boys
102 Bringing the Sacred to Life were more likely to use them to play games; girls more to email friends' (p. 95). women not simply that It is find themselves with primary responsibility^ for the wellbeing of those close to them, but that they tend to take responsibility of the whole person - body, mind and sometimes for care workplaces, this is In spirit. becoming more formalized and recognized, some as in schools Chapter Three pp. 71-2), but in general women's primary responsibility of care for mind and body is culturally expected, even though and hospitals it is given less it in her famous essay on why male academics to cultivate 'disembodied reason', men Women are more likely to and sprucing more able than spend after the bodies in order to turn 'houses into spirit are undertake a majority of what Hochschild (1983) concerned, calls far organic imme- in order to nourish bodies, (Delphy and Leonard, 1992). Where mind and also hill spend time looking of children and other dependents, cooking cleaning, purchasing are characteristically time caring for 'the particularities of persons in their diacy' (p. 66). As Dorothy Smith cultural validation (Hochschild, 2003). little (1974) puts women (see and homes' women the 'emotional labour' required to maintain subjective wellbeing, whether in comforting children, supporting and chatting with them good about feel (sexually) (1988) find that even Given that more jective wellbeing that they are who women spend more time 'feeding' the they are talking to men. than men are concerned with the personal sub- of others in their everyday more holistic milieu. when women men and making themselves. Sally Cline and Dale Spender in conversation interchange, especially friends, or flattering likely to lives, it is not surprising to find enter subjective wellbeing culture and/or the Quite simply, subjective wellbeing culture caters for those already value being caring and expressive, being a person through who appreciate the value of improving the quality of subjective-life - rather than concentrating on improving the quality of reciprocal relationships, life by way of autonomous, individuated and competitive agency in the world. Goin£f deeper Thus far our exploration of the 'gender puzzle' has worked from the most specific (the holistic milieu), through subjective wellbeing culture, to the most general (the culture at large). It is time to paths from the most general into the milieu. reverse the order, to trace
103 Bringing the Sacred to Life woman Consider a young centred job like teachings about were), she is leaving school to start a career in a person- Even women's 'calling' to care for members of the other if she is home nurses once as a (perhaps helping her mother care for family), at school (Collins, 1997) and during leisure that that entails with regard to the value of going 'deeper' all into friendships. Being primed in this may view many others (as be already embedded in personal relationships likely to key source of significance - at time, with no longer motivated by Christian nursing. nursing as way to value the care of others, she an attractive option because of the opportunities it person care'. But as the years roll by, disillusionment may The mission statement of the ward might be about 'wellbeing', but the reality of the ward is that there is simply not enough time to talk with patients about their subjective wellbeing concerns. The 'iron cage' of buroffers for 'whole set in. eaucracy and targets dominates become more authentic Looking '.> So what can be done to 'go deeper and life. for more opportunity to improve quality of life, looking for greater recognition of what she has to contribute, looking for a more congenial space to care for her own subjective wellbeing as well as that of others, the nurse begins to engage with holistic milieu activities one-evening-a week basis. Her intention may be cing her contribution to the workplace and alleviate the cage, aspects of her working environment. fiirther. Or holistic milieu (We some time life-as, iron become a holistic sixth who are already as a 'learning' participant, she decides to part-time in nursing, or perhaps give restrictive life more estimate that about a sixth of those active in the of Kendal and environs aim to join the practitioners.) After a nurse might not go any she might join the ranks of those seeking to milieu practitioner. from the Our on to explore ways of enhan- it up altogether, in go order to escape by setting up an outlet offering some form of body- mind- spirituality provision in the holistic milieu. Evidence from the Kendal Project, particularly interviews which provided life-histories, suggest that our nurse into the holistic milieu issues (care may route they take, and the holistic from unusual. wellbeing. related pathway in other profes- which have been found to ride rough- women often assume in the home set- enter the holistic milieu by a domestic route. Whatever it is likely that miUeu will those who enter subjective wellbeing culture be seeking not only to continue or deepen responsibility of care for others, but also to devote own A of self and others). Alternatively, given the responsibility for holistic care that ting, they far may be from other forms of work, sions besides the caring professions, shod over wellbeing is Women who more a attention to their have been devoted to 'giving out' for many
104 Bringing the Sacred to Life years (caring for the family, caring for the subjective wcllbcing is home) may feel that their own by duties or obligations, or neglected, restricteci, perhaps by an individuated husband or by thoughtless teenagers. (Interestingly, the first usage recorded by the Oxford En0lish Dictionary runs, 'Man did but from the well-being of this They may for self, feel that the time has take', dated 1613.) to balance care for others with care and to seek greater 'harmony' or not been able, to care for their woman from life come They have forgotten, The time comes when in their lives. own wellbeing. complemented by 'taking in'. Women - most especially those who are not dominated by life-as roles and who thus appreciate what subjective -life relationality can offer - accordingly turn to where supgiving out needs to be port can be found. According to account, this many of the women who turn to holistic milieu activities are primarily concerned with caring for their ive wellbeing (of body, mind and spirit). The own subject- value of caring for others is by no means absent in the milieu, practitioners in particular attaching great importance to But this. a considerable and elsewhere suggests that care for the matters, in this regard, is amount of evidence from Kendal self is at least as important. What engaging with activities which enable one to address the problem of the 'drained-out' self - by being cared for, touched and listened to; by exploring ways of cultivating a sense of being recog- nized, valued, affirmed or esteemed; by cultivating a sense of being what one has to As offer as a unique person. for the evidence, the reader will recall characteristic from Chapter One that the language of the milieu of Kendal and environs makes frequent reference to the attention paid to 'your true nature', 'the essence of the person' and the 'deep inner self. is The theme of 'integration' and encountered, the implication being that also lives 'centring' dispersed by way of looking after a diverse array of concerns can achieve a better 'balance' and 'harmony' of responsibilities and be re-integrated. Likewise, there is strong emphasis on what low energy levels 'health and is and 'blocked' fitness' is offered by energies. way of easing As we saw stress, fatigue, earlier in this a chapter, the single most important reason given for current participation in the activities of the holistic milieu, with 'stress relief being third. The significance of bodily issues as a reason for being active in the holistic milieu should not be underestimated (see the 'Age' subsection, below, for further discussion), though holistic context it is it is also important to note that in a not apt to completely separate bodily concerns from other dimensions of health and wellbeing. In her research amongst those
105 Bringing the Sacred to Life (20 miles to the south of Kendal), active in holistic wcllbeing in Lancaster Eeva Sointu (2004) argues that what holistic milieu taken more women 'recognition', with body, is experience above mind and seriously than in other spheres of their personal concern that in the concerns being spirit life. all These are issues of not be taken seriously by a husband, that can may perhaps not be voiced to colleagues, which might be dismissed as trivial or untreatable by a GP, but which can be heard and recognized by a (normally female) practitioner or fellow-participant. In the process one's sense of oneself grows, as does one's self-esteem and ability to face, deal with, understand and 'manage' one's Whether the emphasis subjectivities. with relationships, lies one's spouse or one's friends, or issues pital, with patients in as more specifically a hos- focused on one's personal subjective wellbeing, as with feeling in tune with oneself, or both in tandem, the paths to the ing on have one thing in ended) question of the are the three by common: relationality. In answer to the (open- most important problems facing you, 'What would you say personally, these days.>', relationships. It is not just that self being dealt with in a relational context, they are also being placed in a framework that seeks to and spirit, and between relationships which and complete demanding full which we have been dwell- holistic milieu questionnaire, most recurrent topic concerns far the issues are holistic milieu self between body, mind restore healthy relation and others. Help is offered in dealing with are currently hindering the experiencing integrated - relationships that are too of oneself restrictive as or to allow one to creatively develop one's unique gifts and the range of what one has to offer by way of oneself. Linda McGarvey speaks for many in the holistic milieu of Kendal and environs when she refers to people seeking 'the journey towards wholeness'; 'people are find- ing out who what their life they really are, and not who they've been taught to be or experiences have taught them'; participants are finding out who we can be'; potential of who they 'fully people want 'to connect with are'. In short, the mode of subjectivism cultivated in the holistic milieu enable who they are and the relational many autonomous participants to more deeply what they already know to be the case - that they have more to offer, both with regard to themselves and to others - than is explore allowed expression in everyday, relational and other, spheres of life. Drawing our exploration of the role played by gender to a close, there two remaining topics to address. First, although the hoHstic milieu are attracts women seeking greater depth in their lives and relationships, Kendal Project findings do not support the view that those attracted are
106 Bringing the Sacred to Life unhappy with especially their everyday lives forms of 'deprivation'. Questionnaire home rate their satisfaction with their most satisfied, the mean of results nor suffering from significant show 80 per cent where 10 is that almost between 8 and 10, life comparing with the national mean of 7.9 8.1 (Heald, 2000); that 71 per cent say their health Very good' or 'good' is compared with the national figure of 70 per cent (Heald, 2000); that around 80 per cent of those in employment rate their level of work satisfaction at 6 to 10 on the and that 51 per cent 54 per cent drawn fied is scale of work satisfaction (10 being most satisfied); - very close to Heald's (2000) figure of are married The conclusion for Britain. (See also note 9, p. 167.) that the holistic milieu appeals to those with their lives to believe that ciently dissatisfied to believe such humility ('my life is not as good as is The second topic involves looking at why men only comprise some 20 per life') men to enter. As we have already likely to be individu- thus might well be dismissive of the intimate, disclosing relationality of the majority of holistic milieu activities. ideals of masculinity to which many tively clear As one in charge, men autonomy and competitive holistic practitioner told us and this is spirit achieve.^'. subjective wellbeing, but they desire, in the cultivation may and even more It find to achieve subjective well- with a smile, 'Men do something they can't be nothing tangible to need and The aspire involve maintaining rela- male postgraduates commented, 'Why should there's self- boundaries between self and others, and going out in the world to exercise their being. both have the cent of the milieu in Kendal and with a subjective -life bent are more women, and ('1 the other side of the coin, namely environs, and around the same percentage elsewhere. ated than suffi- desirable. It takes could be') and confidence potential to be a better person/1 deserve a better suggested, to be are sufficiently satis- they are worth improving, but improvement it who is it in charge of!' men men do not that difficult to of subjective wellbeing (just as men women). As when not desire acknowledge are to be As one of our enter the milieu difficult to explicitly ask for reluctant to visit the doctor than are like their or offer help somewhat more holistic milieu practi- Logan put it, 'I'm sorry to say it, but women are more open than men. They talk about intimate things more. Men are more guarded and protective of their views. They tend to talk more about things like sport'. Furthermore, the masculine ideal of autonomy and self-sufficiency tioner Tessa may explain why it is relatively common to hear men (and sometimes women) dismissing subjective wellbeing culture and the holistic milieu as 'narcissistic', 'pampering', and 'touchy- feely'. Equally, the attachment of
107 Bringing the Sacred to Life many men common to the ideal of 'rational' cluster 'unprofessional', autonomy may be the cause of another of negative comments about the 'not qualified', 'flaky', 'irrational', 'unscientific', 'mumbo-jumbo', 'intangible' nature of the holistic milieu. Age Not only is the gender profile of the holistic milieu of Kendal and environs significantly different from the general population, so too Seventy three per cent of all is the age profile. those active in the holistic milieu of Kendal aged 45 and over, with 55 per cent of all participants aged between 40 and 59 - in Kendal as a whole, only 12 per cent fall into the and environs latter are age range. Forty women per cent of five all those active in the milieu are aged between 40 and 60, with the equivalent figure for males being just 10 per cent.^^ Furthermore, the majority of participants have not been involved prior to mid- life. This 15 per cent of respondents to the twenties and thirties; it is is holistic milieu questionnaire are in their even more strongly indicated by the around 40 per cent of practitioners (who been involved indicated by the fact that under are much more in the milieu for longer periods than most fact that likely to have participants) have only been practising for up to four years. In addition, given the growth of the milieu during the 1990s (when profile, it how^ are it tripled in size), and given the age many must have entered during mid-life. So 'mid-life factor' - why the majority of partici- stands to reason that we to explain the pants only enter the holistic milieu in mid-life? much systematic evidence as we would like, numbers of those active in the milieu - most obviously practitioners (around one sixth of participants) and those clients and group members who are most involved (around another sixth) in that Although we do not have it is as clear that a considerable many of them are intending to become practitioners in the future downsized or downshifted."^^ Accordingly, downshifting can shed light on the mid-life let us see if - have the literature on issue. According to Clive Hamilton's (2003) research, '25 per cent of British 30-59 have downshifi:ed over the last ten years', the average adults aged reduction in income being 40 per cent (pp. vii, viii). ('Downshifi:ers' are defined as those who agree with the question, 'In the last ten years have you voluntarily made a long-term change in your planned retirement, which has resulted in you earning lifestyle, less other than money.>' (p. vii)).
108 Bringing the Sacred to Life Figures arc much our age puzzle the same for the and forties family' - 37.5 per cent of just are 19 per cent of those much more significant with regard to is that the primary reason given for downshifting by people is in their thirties USA. What that they is want to spend 'more time with age range give this answer, compared with this making likely to say (25 per cent, this important reason for downshifting overall) that is Only 9 per cent of those 'healthier lifestyle'. What people in their fifties (p. 20). in their fifties this the second most they are seeking a in their thirties and forties give this response (p. 20) The which emerges picture and the flilfilment of family is life of younger adults prioritizing relationality (and perhaps friendship networks and of older adults prioritizing health. This the younger are much more likely to of older people have very probably is as well), not so surprising, given that be raising families, whilst the children left home (in Kendal and environs, for example, only 19 per cent of respondents to the holistic milieu questionnaire report they have children aged under 18 living in their household, compared with the national figure of 35 per cent (Heald, 2000)). And of course, the older one becomes, the more health concerns are likely to loom large. Applying to explain this younger parents (whether relationalities sisted from 'mid-life factor', the likelihood is that single or married) will be too involved with the and/or friendship networks that may have perstudent days, to feel that they would benefit from explor- of family their the life, ing their subjective-lives fiirther by entering the holistic milieu. In addition, and bearing forties in mind who now feel that also the numbers of women go out to work, it is in their twenties, thirties also highly likely that they have the time to add another sphere of few and women activities to their constant round of work and home. (See Hochschild, 1997, on the 'time and Hochschild, 2003, p. 2 on the point that in the USA in 2000 close to 70 per cent of married women worked for pay, compared to 40 per bind'; cent in 1950 and less than a home of 1900.) However, as the family dimingoing off to college or university or leaving fifth in ishes in size, with teenagers to get a job elsewhere, relational Ufe at significance. And children later in later forties and life for many than in the past, fifties. All of home diminishes as a source parents who, these days, are tending to have this may coincide with entering their which conspires to make the motivation to home to find ways of improving the quality of relational much stronger. For women sympathetic to relational subject- look beyond the subjective-life ive-life values, the holistic milieu beckons. With more time and freedom to
109 Bringing the Sacred to Life look beyond the home, and accumulated experiences on which to draw and reflect, it>^ they of their may enter into holistic activities in order to improve the qual- lives and More relationships. specifically, some might well be seeking to reactivate the relationality which they nostalgically recall from the times at college or university, before they got swamped by family and work. As we saw Kcndalians involved with the holistic earlier in this chapter, milieu refer to 'health and fitness' concerns as their primary reason for originally volved. A embarking on the activities with which they are currently separate (open-ended) question enquiring about the lems facing them also shows that health and This very fitness are in- main prob- important concerns. much matches Hamilton's (2003) finding that health is prioriwho downsize and who are aged between 50 and 60. Re- tized by those sponses to our open question make 'illness' is the operative word it very clear that 'health' rather than in this context. (As 'very good' or 'good' health.) Given noted above, most report their age, it is not surprising that more aware of 'ageing' than younger do something about it. Whilst specific ailments like fatigue, a bad back, headaches and so on may prompt people to enter the milieu, care for the 'whole person' is likely to become a more these 'later mid-lifers' should be people, and more concerned to pressing concern - not least because the participants to think and more act in a 'spirit' of the milieu encourages holistic way. And that they are in the cultivation of should mean the best possible shape to stay 'young' longer - to weather the whole person, with the energy flowing through the the storms which inevitably Further research lie self, ahead. required in order to probe deeper into the 'mid-life is factor'. Interviews carried out during the Kendal Project suggest further hypotheses that could be tested. It could be argued, for example, that takes time to accumulate the life-experiences (the divorce, the sense of fragmentation holistic milieu from running a home and going relationships, the which can second half of on how life I am') which come to the fore is 'People says, had not a a dress who to 'work things out'. Or that it is left as home, largely in the become aware of the limits of life, of 'time importance of making the most of what is left that people running out', of the ('life arise out to work, the 'unresolved' issues about emerging sense of 'who one gets older and has more time (with the teenagers having etc.) to reflect it which may take one to the As an informant from nearby Lancaster themselves in holistic activities - they've probably rehearsal'). find journey to get to that point . . . and they've probably developed some
110 Bringing the Sacred to Life women For self- awareness'. in particular, may it take until mid-life to rid themselves of the widespread cultural belief that their happiness comes from 'outside' (by way of the 'knight in shining armour', the romance, the perfect family, the beautiful house) and to realize that they need to take responsibility for their argued that own takes time to it happiness (Langford, 1999). become disillusioned by could also be It what various forms of have to offer, including mainstream professions (not 'life-as' wellbeing professions), and to reach the point where one up with bureaucratic willing to put least caring no longer is restrictions ('I finally realized that I Then again it could be argued that for demands of work and family it is not until couldn't influence the system'). many women who juggle the mid-life that they have the opportunity^ (the larly if money, and the time, particu- they have taken early retirement,^^ to explore aspects of their per- sonal lives which have not been catered for by work and home life - perhaps self-esteem, perhaps a desire to reactivate the relationality of their youth, perhaps simply a desire to Finally, live a 'richer' life.^^ what of people who have yet to reach 30 years of Inglehart's (1997) survey findings indicate, younger people to value subjective-life than older people (and see 2002, that many younger people and value subjective-life schools. Lynch, expect Houtman and As likely Mascini, it young people highly (see, for example, Collins, activities aged between 20 and 30). This What we this orientation, 1997 on one might to find the basic values of the holistic milieu congen- Kendal and environs (where only research. are deeply involved in relational 2002 on clubbing). Given and to be more involved with ial, age.> more 465). Research from a more ethnographic point of view supports p. judgement the are than just over 1 to be the case in another issue which requires further is can hypothesize we found per cent of participants are is that a great many pre-30s (not just in Kendal, of course, but more generally) have ample relationality by way of the mobile phone, the love affairs, clubs and bars, the personalized in the extensive friendship networks, the work groups. such regards, which means there is little Subjective -life if milieu to serve as a source of relational significance. Health as good as (typical, for and the it is and is and full holistic likely to be ever going to be. In addition, very long working hours desire to keep little the limits of Seel, rich example, of work in finance, media or advertising industries), ships, leaves very finally, is any need for the 2003 up with all the friends and forge intimate relation- time to become involved with holistic 'life' have not yet made themselves for further discussion.) activities. felt. And (See Heelas
Bringing the Sacred to Life The Decline of Congregational 1 1 Activities The argument in general now Turning the to the congregational domain, our task show to is that growth of on the decline of congregational that can help explain the same dynamic of subjectivization the holistic milieu can also shed light activities. As we have seen to the of Chapter One, when we move from the in congregational domain we move holistic milieu into a very different world: a world God religion rather than subjective-life spirituality; of praising life-as rather than delving into the your own who resist thing'. Such self; religion of 'doing your duty' rather than 'doing is likely to hold the subjective turn than for those more appeal far who go for those along with it. It speaks their language, meets their expectations, and reinforces their values. It offers shape, order and ive teachings. It helps way of meaning to life by way of clear and highly direct- people go beyond what they would otherwise be by clearly defined, externally laid-down roles and duties that are not only socially approved but divinely sanctioned. By way of preaching, teaching and ritual, ively life-as religion offers assistance in fulfilling roles more effect- and indwelling them more completely - becoming, for example, a better mother, a more devoted more Godly disciple, a father, a more obedient child, a Christian more closely conformed to Christ, or more selflessly devoted to the task of serving humankind. Life-as religion also appeals in terms wider contexts of stabilit)^ roles, and life. that wives should congregational level of what of the it can deliver in terms of the family, for through conformity to externally security sometimes of At the a hierarchical nature (as obey life it their husbands, when laid biblical and children down it offers rules teaching their parents). and insists Within can sanctify hierarchies of leadership and control, as well as supporting the roles of those responsible for vices example, more 'mundane' ser- of care and maintenance (running the Sunday School, cleaning the church). Aid within civil and national life, life-as religion promises to re- inforce or reintroduce clearer roles, responsibilities and regulations (keep- ing Sunday special, supporting the nuclear family, upholding respect for those in authority, sanctifying 'the American So long as these tasks are flourish. In die way of life' and so widely approved of, on). life-as religion is likely to 1950s, for example, following the trauma of world war and
112 Bringing the Sacred to Life faced by the fear of cold war, a conservative West which sought security in the roles mood took hold and values of the traditional in the home, community, bureaucracy and workplace. Church attendance grew. Within a single generation, however, the mood changed again, as significant numbers of the baby As boom generation reacted against the values of their parents. subjective values moved from the counter-culture to mainstream culture in the decades that followed the 'revolution' of the life-as values and the institutions that upheld so approval of sixties, them also waned. In the process, hierarchically structured forms of voluntary association that had been popular ship (Hall, until the 1999). 1960s suffered Political a massive decline in active working men's parties, women's organizations like the Women's Institute or and so on simply lost their appeal for generations their lives in their roles and own unique ways offices (the clubs, member- traditional the Mothers' Union that wished to live rather than slotting into pre-existing most important of which were often reserved for men). Why should the churches be immune? Since there to think they have been, our argument in same process that helps explain these other is what follows social no good reason is that the very changes also helps explain the decline of Christian congregations. In a nutshell, our argument that churches no longer and chapels have suffered because many people is are simply willing to submit to the roles, duties, rituals, traditions, offices and expectations which these institutions impose. In support of this argument, we begin by marshalling evidence which indicates that the con- domain continues to be populated by those who favour lifefailed to widen its appeal to those more influenced by the subjective turn. We go on to show that it is no coincidence that the decline of the congregational domain has coincided exactly with the period during which the subjective turn has been gathering cultural momentum - and in which other forms of life-as voluntary association have also been declining. And we look in some detail at the explanations for leaving which are offered by those who have turned their backs on the congregational gregational as, and has domain. Without dismissing the importance of other causes of congregational decline, our argument is thus that subjectivization is a, if not the^ major cause of such secularization in the post-war period. We show that the sub- jectivization thesis can help explain secularization as well as sacralization, and we conclude by indicating how fortunes of different t}^pes it can also help explain the varying of congregation.
Bringing the Sacred to Life 1 1 The picture today We have shown that the growth of the holistic milieu can be explained in To show that the to show that it we need opposite is true for the congregational domain, has failed to attract this growing constituency. Above all, we need to show terms of success in attracting subjectivized selves. its who by demonstrating that those this predominantly of remain active within the domain are a life-as disposition, far more likely to display higher authority than the authority of the unique inner In Chapter One we support for life. established that the cultural expressions of the con- domain of Kendal (preaching, worship and so on) display a characteristic commitment to the higher authority of a common good. Now we need to ask whether this commitment is shared by the majority of congregational members. Our interviews suggest that it is. With the exception of some members of congregations of experiential humanity, most congregational members speak of the good life in terms of faithfulness, following, fitting in, being respectful, doing one's duty, serving others, and remaining obedient to God, scripture and the church. The following comments from Kendal are typical of many others we might cite: T think what gregational we wanted [for our children] was a basic grounding in the principles of and wrong, for right but that linked to starters, and wrong. The idea being that Roman couple from the mind his, is totally to that . . . absolutes, life, (female it . . I . God, giving him your is what we free will believe that God We in your image. X you know. Generation a reference point and bending your God says, . . . ' (a will to T am it live is, in a we can't compromwe think .You're . Life go to church because the sad thing ....>' is world that doesn't have constantly trying to make Now (female Community Church). T I've that people been brought up to now feel . you know' (an elder from Parr think it, Lord of Jesus which means doing what he wants rather than what member of New to church... gion of right a Christian sense them Catholic church). 'Bending your heart and your Street Evangelical Church). that give we're not going to adapt things to suit what not making my would the only true offering that you can give' (another couple from the same church). Tf this ise it I I want!' would and I'm used to so like a fish out of water coming [turning to the interviewer], what about your member of Holy When reli- Trinity Anglican church). Questionnaire research in the congregational domain confirmed picture. say asked, for example, 'What is this the highest authority in your
114 Bringing the Sacred to Life life?' 91 per cent of respondents replied 'God', 'the church' or whilst just 7 per cent replied 'Your own 'scripture', reason or judgement' and 2 when per cent 'Your intuition or feelings'. Similarly, asked 'What is most important to you?' 70 per cent replied 'Serving God' or 'Deepening my relationship with Christ', 15 per cent 'Loving fellow humans', with just 9 per cent my happiness in saying 'Spiritual and 6 per cent growth' 'Finding (Such responses contrast starkly with the more 'subby those within the holistic milieu - see Chapter life'. jectivized' responses given One.) What we research discovered in Kendal by confirmed is way of in-depth and largely qualitative opposite end of the methodological and geo- at the graphical scale by national and international surveys of religion and values. surveys In his extensive of value commitments, for example, Shalom Schwartz finds evidence of a strong correlation between life-as values and Schwartz and Huismans' (1995) study of religious believers life-as religion. and attenders from five countries uncovers their consistently different strong orientation to values of 'traditionalism' (submission of self to tran- scendent authorities toward persons with and past whom ideas) one is and 'conformit\^' (subordination in current interaction). The authors conclude that 'the overall pattern of consistent religiosity-value correlations suggests that valuing certainty, self-restraint, and submission to superior external verities inclines people to also Farias, England forthcoming, on the become more life-as profile of religious' (p. 105). (See his sample of Catholics in (p. 11)). Schwartz's discovery of a strong correlation between 'conformist' values and religion is confirmed by Ronald Inglehart's analyses of successive rounds of the World Values and European Values Surveys. Inglehart finds more likely to attend church and adhere to norms than post-materialists. For example, a survey of six European nations in 1970 showed that 38 per cent of materialists 'attend at least weekly', compared to 11 per cent of post- materialists (Inglehart, 1977, p. 89). Analysis of a larger range of surveys of both European and World values administered between 1980 and 1986 leads Inglehart (1990) that materialists are significantly (life-as) religious to the conclusion that 'in every country studied. Materialists are substantially more likely than Postmaterialists to adhere to traditional Judaeo- Christian norms' (p. 185).^^ Such findings domain in the are further USA supported by studies of the congregational which probe die nature of Extensive research by affiliation and disaffiliation. Dean Hoge (1974, 1979), David Roozen (1977
Bringing the Sacred to Life research cited in Hoge and Roozen, 1979, pp. 59-61), and 115 Hoge and Roozen (1979) uncovers a strong and continuing correlation between conservative, life-as value commitments and church affiliation during the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s. See also Hoge, Johnson and Luidens (1994) on generalized 'a of lack interest' mainstream religion in by 'boomers' Wade Clark Roof's (2002) study of genercontemporary congregational cultures finds that 'the 176). Jackson Carroll and (p. ational diversity in churched population is the unchurched across and post-boomers]' low on more conventional and all three generations (p. 81). Phillip his 'personal autonomy Hammond pre-boomers, boomers (1992) discovers that those much more likely to be involved who are high (pp. 68-9). In add- index' are with congregational religion than those amongst returnees ition, research traditional- minded than [i.e. domain finds that more to do with the attraction values. Thus Hoge, McGuire and to the congregational the reasons they give for returning have far of life-as than of more subjectivized Stratman (1981) find that only 18 per cent of Catholic returnees USA come back 'in in the search of an answer to spiritual needs', whilst 55 per cent return because they have children they want to be reared as Catholics, 8 per cent because they were influenced by a spouse or relative, and 14 per cent out of a feeling of guilt (p. 139).^^ domain is largely populated by those who are committed to living by way of conformity to higher authority rather than forging their own unique, experientially grounded life paths, the opposite side of the coin is of course that a strong commitment to subjective-life If the congregational values is likely to correlate negatively with congregational involvement. Schwartz and Huismans (1995) note a negative correlation between osity size and the cluster of 'Stimulation and Self- Direction values' that change and following one's independent judgements wherever they lead' (p. 92), also writing that 'valuing expression inclines people to data from 43 become countries, Inglehart et openness to change and less religious' (p. al. high score on his 'Personal Autonomy related to parish involvement' (p. 66). Netherlands, Dick strong Houtman and correlation between moral primacy to individual Hammond (1992) finds that a and negatively Drawing on survey data from the Index' is 'strongly Peter Mascini (2002) find that there is of a 'individualization' liberty') ('the granting and non- participation within the con- gregational domain. Since they also find that individualization ate free self- 105). Summarizing (1998) find fewer post- materialists than materialists attending services (V147). a religi- 'empha- may correl- not only with non- religiosity, but alternatively with involvement in
1 1 6 Bringing the Sacred to Life subjective-life spirituality, they conclude that, 'a process of individualization has seriously undermined the moral basis of the Christian tradition . . [and] caused the decline of the Christian churches since the 1960s and the rise New Age of the There tional is and nonreligiosity during the same period' (p. 468). therefore considerable evidence to suggest that the congrega- domain continues to be populated thetic to the values more sympathetic of life-as, and that it largely by those who are sympa- has failed to attract or retain those to the subjective turn. Since the numbers of subjectively orientated selves has been growing for several generations now, this failure of appeal this is almost certainly a significant cause of decline. In order to test hypothesis further, to see whether there we need widen our to historical perspective in order evidence of correlation between the gathering pace is of subjectivization since the 1950s and the increasing rate of congregational decline over the same period. The picture over time When we members of Kendal congregations what had changed commented: 'Women don't wear hats anymore'. Further questioning revealed the abandonment of hat- wearing especially but not exclusively in church - to be a symbol of more farreaching change. Change from a time when society was organized in a more orderly and role-governed fashion to a time when 'anything goes'. Change from a time when people 'knew their place' in the social hierarchy most asked older in their lifetimes, they often and expended considerable not least effort in defending by way of dress and religious which gender roles the deference of were more women to tinctions. Change, 1950s that prized capitalist society Change from carefully distinguished men in society when churches and stability from the and security to the advanced we imagined the flexibility life -path had a social dis- agricultural -industrial society of today that values personal Earlier in this chapter was more clergy and were able to legitimate and reinforce in short, place, a time in and demarcated, and home, church and widely accepted. Change from a time central role in society and marking out that affiliation. of the industrial, late and change. of a nurse who enters the holistic milieu during mid- life. If she had been born in the 1930s rather than the 1950s (or later), her story She would likely might have been rather at home, in and/or Sunday School to which her parents took have been socialized into Christian values school, and in the church different.
Bringing the Sacred to Life Her her. faith, idealism desire for a career and nursing, since she found the caring, self- sacrificial of the nurse to be strongly endorsed women contrast, other careers for portance of their of her own 1 1 led her into and other- regarding in Christian circles and role literature (by tended to be frowned on, and the im- taking up domestic and not roles 'stealing' jobs from male breadwinners received new emphasis in the immediate post-war When she met the man of her dreams she gave up work in order to years). raise her children, taking them to church that they her parents had taken her, so as might find comfort and inspiration in religion as she herself done. By mid-life she had become a respected and popular local had member of her community, spending her spare time running the Mothers' Union and loomed large in her life: the church, the beret she wore as a schoolgirl, the nursing gaining her qualifications, the veil she wore to get leading a Girl Guide pack. Hats have always hat she still wears to cap she wore after when married, the hat she wears lutely refiises to she is ships wear a hat, a 'rebel': she shares her and is affectionate 'Guiding'. Her daughter, however, absoas well. Not that and has given up churchgoing and mother's belief in the importance of relation- caring. But she lives her life in a way was that unimaginable for her mother, and she has no desire to inhabit many of the roles that have given though they tionality had meaning and dignity to her mother's are united its basis life. For by their relational orientation, the daughter's in subjective-life values, al- rela- whilst her mother's is grounded in the guidance of life-as roles. According to the social historian Galium Brown (2001), Christianity in the 1950s - and for a century before - became so closely bound up with the defence of 'traditional', 'feminine' roles for tion of the 1960s proved the single Christian Britain'. Women women that the sexual revolu- most important cause of of the baby boom 'the death of generation and after threw out the baby of churchgoing together with the bathwater of traditional gender roles. The keys to understanding secularization in Britain, Brown argues, are consequently 'the simultaneous de-pietisation of femininity and the defeminisation of piety from the 1960s' (p. 192). One does not have to accept Brown's exclusive focus on disillusionment with traditional gender roles to accept his wider point: that the rejection of life-as, and particularly of roles of defence and subordination, has been a major cause of disaffiliation from the congregational Christianity that supported these roles. one looks to the biographies and autobiographies of the generation that lived through the upheavals of the sixties, one can see just how farIf reaching the rejection of 'straight', 'square', 'established' society really was
1 1 8 Bringing the Sacred to Life - and why all the churches. changed the institutions and roles The bound up with men 'revolution' affected their attitudes to church as well. Watts's tellingly titled autobiography In the young Alan 'felt as To as physically sick' at the sight women, and has one example, Alan cite just My Own Way suffered, not least it much (1973), of upper-class recalls how ladies in fiir coats and hats seated at the front of church and how, despite his later ordination as an Anglican priest, he gradually came to find Christianity's entire 'life -denying' and God; that is in favour of 'atheism in the name of the realization that ordinary everyday what the Hindus than which there call is His solution role -reinforcing stance intolerable. was to abandon Christianity altogether sat-chit-ananda^ and which no whicher'" (p. life and consciousness I translate as is "the which 116). Survey evidence supports the impression that the counter- cultural turn of the 1960s has led directly to congregational decline. Since young people, rather than already socialized adults, tend to be most exposed to and most influenced by new levels of congregational cultural currents, disaffiliation we would expect to find that amongst those who were coming of age in the 1960s - and thus coming under the influence of subjective -life values - were unusually high. Robert confirms these expectations at Wuthnow's research in the 1970s By using surveys to compare every point. the behaviours and attitudes of the generation unit exposed to countercultural values with those of previous generations, he finds not only that between 1959 and 1971 the proportion of those aged 21 to 34 attending church weekly declined 27 points, compared to 14 points for persons aged over 35, but that this difference between generations differences found prior to the 1960s, thus suggesting is 'a greater than the cohort difference attributable to events having taken place during the 1960s' (Wuthnow, 1976, pp. 856-8). What is more, he finds that even rather crude measurements of counter- cultural involvement indicate that such involvement accounts for most of the differences in religiosity between the generations in question. (For more on in Hammond, 1992, for 'the relatively sharp reversal of trends the impact of the example pp. 7-8.) Wuthnow's (1976) discovery that sixties, see organized religious commitment seems explicable only in part, as a consequence, of the more general countercultural unrest that preceded and companied it' (p. religious attitudes ac- is confirmed by Roof's (1993) later study of the and behaviours of the baby boom generation. Using a 854) large range of items to test counter- cultural subjective involvement, includ- ing reliance on inner authority. Roof finds such involvement to be the
Bringing the Sacred to Life single best predictor He disaffiliation (see of congregational Figure 4.2 below). of indicators of traditional also finds that a large set 1 1 theistic belief diminish with exposure to the counter-culture, including picture of belief in the devil, gational attitude to meditation (pp. 123-5). This and (negative) research demonstrates that young people's detachment from the congre- domain has not only continued since the sixties but has intensified, with their religious commitment declining steadily over time. more, young people have been leaving the churches younger baby boomers (p. and grow chiefly Research in the the congregational were not for the if it an earlier and is earlier 155). The alienation of young people from be so serious for the churches at What from 21 for older baby boomers age, the average age for defection falling to 18 for God, domain might not fact that churches survive by recruiting the children of churchgoers (Hirst, 2003). USA confirms since the sixties has that the chief cause of congregational decline been not adult defection, but the failure to retain the (Hadaway and Marler, 1993). The hope when they were young might boost numbers by children of existing churchgoers that baby boomers returning when who left: they get older has not been with a smaller propor- fulfilled, becoming a 'returnee' in later life The widening and deepening subjectivization tion of each generation of 'dropouts' (Marler and Roozen, 1993). 17% 30% ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ 39% 17% Low Exposure to High Exposure 60s to Regular Attenders S 60s Irregular Attenders Non-Attenders Figure 4.2 Exposure to ation of Seekers by sixties Wade and level of religious Clark Roof, permission of HarperCollins Publishers p. Inc. 170. (c) attendance 1993 by in Wade early 20s. From A Gener- Clark Roof. Reprinted by
120 Bringing the Sacred to Life of each successive cohort of voung people since the 1960s (Inglehart, 1997 appears to be a key cause of congregational decline. Reasons for leavin£f x\nother w ay of testing the influence of subjectivization decline is church or chapel. Hoge and Roozen's (1979) decline finds that commitment factor in disaffiliation than by the at survey-based study of church to values that are perceived to be incompat- with those of the congregational domain ible fact that 'Belief in 96 per on congregational by considering the reasons people give for ceasing to attend is God loss or a universal cent, as reported by Gallup high for man\' decades, despite important in this regard, much more important a is of belief Their finding falls the spirit' in confirmed is USA (currently and Jones (2000, p. 177) has been in attendance. But which values are and does in-depth research amongst 'dropouts' suggest that subjective -life values ha\e a particularly important role to play.' In 1978 the Princeton Religion Research Center's survey of the churched American reported that, say, "when I going to church"' unchurched UK behave by the church' to personal (p. 51). T was stopped and Leslie What both studies suggest is how to commit- that autonomy, independence, and freedom play an important from the congregational domain. As Catholic explains in Hoge et al.'s people aren't going to more" ... 108). Individuals minds are likely to react badly to being had had it' (p. determined to forge their o\\'n, older people to being told my own life a male Roman (1981) study of dropouts, '[one day] just said to myself, "these ted to 'living likely to I of being told tired role in disaffiliation I most my own, church leavers found that 37 per cent of sample agreed with the statement, ment are the 14). Twent}^ years later Philip Richter (p. Francis's (1998) study of their The grew up and started making decisions on Un- who tell Like me what to making up I do any- their own Young people who are independent identities may be as hostile as w hat to preached think, feel in m\' ow^n w^ay'. at. and do, and Some just decide for themseh es, others cease to believe that there just as commit- want to be able to is any truth besides Hoge, Johnson and Luidens's (1994) study of mainline and ex-mainline boomers puts it, 'The church is wrong when it says "This is absolutely the truth". .although you might personal truth. As a female dropout in . know it within yourself, it's not something provable' (p. 157).
121 Bringing the Sacred to Life domain seem to be rational, own minds in their own individuated subjectivists who way; their motto might be Thomas Paine's 'my mind is my church'. But there are probably as many, if not more, who leave because they do not like Some of those who leave the congregational want to the way church makes them nothing very much at all, experience of church as make their In some cases, feel. it is simply that they except perhaps 'bored'. People may feel describe their 'dead', with 'dull', 'cold', 'formal', 'unexciting', attendance 'having nothing to offer me'. 'What's the point in going.>', some of our students respond when we 'you don't get anything out of meaningless'. it, it ask why they don't attend church, my simply does not touch it's life, that few church services offer the strongly affective, It is clear intense experiences which young people can find elsewhere, whether by way of relationships, music, movies, clubs and so on. Studies from the UK suggest that young people today are more likely to find meaning, orientation and value whether cases, in such experiences than ecclesiastical in life -as orientated institutions, or otherwise (Collins, 1997; Lynch, 2002). In other church dropouts report that church makes them feel positively contributing to subjective 'ill-being' rather than wellbeing. This larly common when tional standards. church ... I had people Thus a gay feel bad, particu- judged and found wanting by congrega- man comments this feeling that is I that, was hiding 'whenever a part I went into of myself (Hoge et a al., 1981, pp. 41-2).^^ A middle-aged defector from a congregation of humanity in Kendal recalls, 'As I walked out of the church door I said to myself: that's the last time I'm going in there to be we interviewed explained comments made about her private female dropout 'bitchy' on her wedding day despite wanted to do my own thing: 'living in I made to feel guilty'. And that she left church because life sin' a of and her desire to wear white with her boyfriend: wasn't having anyone telling 'I just me what to do'. It is not simply that some people find that congregational involvement does not improve their wellbeing and quality of life - though 75 per cent of those questioned by the Princeton Religion Research Center say they would welcome 'more emphasis on self expression' in churches and syna- gogues (1988, p. 13) and 51 per cent of Richter and Francis' respondents agree that 'The church failed to connect with the rest of my life' (1998, p. 51). People also complain about congregational life failing to meet spiritual needs. To cite the Princeton Religion Research Center's findings again, six in ten of the gogues have unchurched agree that 'most churches and syna- lost the real spiritual part of religion', and one in five 'want
122 Bringing the Sacred to Life deeper meaning than I found in the church or synagogue' (1978, Similarly, Richter and Francis (1998) find that 45 per cent agree spiritual pp. 8, 15). that 'People have God 41 per cent that 'I them so churches within aren't really necessary', my own wanted to follow and without spiritual quest, religious institutions' (p. 51). Interviews the same story. tell and nearby, we spoke to one of personal and spiritual mean 1 issues it! is not it's enough time woman spiritual. who contrasted the lack . . . that was the start of ... 1 my was 'I didn't see about dogma, all my found it in a personal journey.' of the same age talked about her formation It life- to address your self-esteem didn't find any help in the churches ... 1 boarding school, and remarked, being couple of examples from Kendal her forties in support group: 'A one hour service on a really Twelve Step Programme Another cite a support she found in church with the changing experience of joining Sunday.^ To woman in an Anglican Christian upbringing as Something outside me. beliefs. There was nothing that ever touched me'. Her confirmation service proved to be her 'unconfirmation', for she felt nothing throughout the course of when 'that and experienced nothing supposedly life-changing this began Transcendental Meditation many years I found the 1 A vidual.' spirituality I wanted . . middle-aged female Anglican . ritual. 'It later', was only she explained, the spirituality within each indi- lay official quoted by Richter and Francis's (1998) study tells of 'a gradual process of getting angry' with the church before leaving, 'getting in touch with a spiritualit}^' and learning to own She contrasts her think she (p. would [ever] presume to say, 42). Another female dropout God following really is much more feminine sort of 'most deeply in yourself (pp. 18, 31, 47). rebellion with the loyalty of her mother: '1 don't live "And what about me comments, 'Following what the whole reason for my in all my of this" ' heart and leaving was about' (p. 43). Of course, these are not the only reasons for leaving the congregational domain. Studies of disaffiliation often uncover other areas of dissatisfaction, many having man to do with 'local' factors such as a falling out with a clergy- or a lack of rapport with other congregational members. Other factors probably include increased choice of options for the use of leisure time, and increased pressure on time, demands of both due to its career and a especially for growing perceived tendency to give ment with a God who also play a role. It is women coping with the family. Disillusionment with religion rise to violent conflict, and disillusion- allows 'bad things to happen to good people' may highly likely that several reasons combine together to
123 Bringing the Sacred to Life lead individual finally to decide to cease attending church or chapel. ail More research is needed to build up a fuller picture. But the sorts of comments we have cited above stand out as having a central importance, and confirm that commitment to subjective-life values - whether individuated or relational, rational or affective - is often a key element in an indi- vidual's decision to cease attending church. Counter-evidence As well as and argument amassing evidence that supports the subjectivization important to consider what might count against thesis, Most important it. it is in this body of literature that suggests that 'strict' and 'conservative' churches are growing rather than declining, and that it is their life-as strictness and conservatism that causes them to grow. This case is made most powerfully in Dean Kelley's Why Conservative Churches are Growing regard is the ([1972] 1995), and has been restated by Laurence lannaccone (1994), Roger Finke and Rodney as the category of what Kelley close to what we (1992) and Stark and Finke (2000). Insofar Stai'k calls 'strict religion' might be thought to be are calling 'life-as religion', this seems to contradict the subjectivization thesis. The latter leads us to expect that life-as religion will decline as the subjective turn takes hold, whereas Kelley can be read to be claiming that life-as religion has been doing well'since the seventies. The contradiction may not be as great as it seems. For one thing, never suggested that the subjective turn characterizes the culture, nor that individuals are powerless to resist it. It is we have whole of Western highly likely that pockets of life-as culture will persist, that certain varieties of Christianity will form such pockets, that Christianity can and will be effectively mobilized in Durtheimian fashion to support threatened forms of Ufe-as traditional may do resist gender well, roles), becoming and that under such circumstances a 'haven' or Counter-culture for those the subjective turn of the wider culture. This likely in a country as large as the difference are able to shelter their own making television channels (for example, (with United States, outcome is wish to particularly where congregations of from the subjective turn within home Christianity^ who a sub-culture of schooling. Christian universities. Christian and so on). In all these respects we can agree with Kelley, Stark and others regarding the relative success of 'conservative' religion since the seventies, especially in the with them, however, is USA. The point at which we part company the point at which they suggest that conservative
124 Bringing the Sacred to Life religion may come more than a minority position in tiie societies. As Christian Smith's (1998) to occupy and culture of subjectivized society recent study of American evangelicalism indicates, the 'protesting' counter-cultural of such congregations status size is nor shed their 'beleaguered' We likely to energize and sustain them, whilst not expand greatly also ensuring that they will if at all beyond their current status. also believe that the Kelley thesis fails to differentiate sufficiently be- tween what we have been experiential difference. As we have seen have demonstrated greater have also seen, the not albeit calling religions vitality of difference and religions of in the previous chapter, the latter more latter are significantly subjectivized than the former, as subjectivized as holistic spirituality. studies suggest, the appears to lie not so As a growing number of success of congregations of experiential difference much in their strictness, as in their ability to normative strictness with attention to and reconstruction of inner ton, 1982; Shibley, 1996; Miller, 1997; Griffith, 199 7; Mark Shibley (1996) puts those that fare best it do so needs of individuals' we than the former since the seventies. As in his combine lives (Tip- Tamney, 2002). As study of Southern Baptist congregations, 'precisely because they attend to the therapeutic (p. 137); as one of our students puts it, such congre- gations are attractive to subjectivized selves because 'the self becomes im- portant to God'; as a convert from congregation explained, al., 1981, 'strict' p. 121). Since congregations is 'I Roman was looking for variety That life. we have been arguing life flow. . . ' is (Hoge et that the relative success of actually the success of congregations in overarching framework of theistic authority healing, cultivation Catholicism to a charismatic which an combined with concern for the and enrichment of subjective -life, the fortunes of this of congregation confirm rather than disconfirm the subjectivization claim and thesis (though not the spiritual revolution claim ).^^ The subjectivization thesis: explaining the general fortunes of the congregational domain To sum up this and varied discussion of congregational decline, our argument in general has been that the congregational domain's failure to retain or tract subjective -life orientated selves has cline. on a significant cause of its de- This stands in stark contrast to the success of holistic forms of spirituality, ize been at- which have proliferated because they have been able to the wider - and growing - cultural demand capital- for subjective wellbcing.
125 Bringing the Sacred to Life Further support for the subjectivization thesis arises from the fact that it makes perfect sense of the varied fortunes within the congregational domain which were uncovered ing momentum in the previous chapter. of the subjective turn and the quest for personal wellbeing, the subjectivization thesis humanity predict that congregations of would be faring worst, since they offer will would predict Given the increas- by way of subjective wellbeing. least they offer to enhance subjective wellbeing by reconstructing inner as And through conformity to God's laws. and tions of experiential difference due to best, are would it experiential it may have As we have seen borne out by the in a direct lives predict that congrega- humanity be faring will of personal their abilit)^ to bring the sacred within the realm experience, where being.^^ It that congregations of difference will be faring better insofar impact on subjective -life and well- Chapter Three (pp. 60-7) all these predictions facts. Conclusion Madeleine Bunting (1996) writes, 'People are turning inside themselves for answers rather than looking to external religions which people have to into rather than finding control over all other people we tell them what life, to spiritual do or fit them. People are taking more and health, rather than believe' (p. 3). letting Not many people would say 'yes' to ' . every what aspects of their fits Thomas Carlyle's question in his 1840 lecOn Heroes, Hero- Worship and the Heroic in History. does not true man feel that he is himself made higher by doing reverence to these days tures something which is really live are . . above him?'. For the pressing values of the culture in which along the lines of 'Life is not made for you; you have to make own ways of being and fialfilling yourself. In the words of Zygmunt Bauman (2000), 'Needing to become what one is is the feature of modern living' (p. 32). And in the words of it' or 'Take responsibility for finding your Gordon Allport (1962), what matters is 'the ri£iht of every individual to work out his own philosophy of life to find his personal niche in creation, as best he can. His freedom to do so will be greater if he sees clearh' the forces of culture and conformit)^ that invite him to be content with a merely second-hand and therefore for him, with an immature religion' (pp. vii-viii; The our emphases). basic premise of the subjectivization thesis ever-increasing numbers of people having come is perfectly simple. to value what With subjectix e-lifc
126 Bringing the Sacred to Life has to offer, the tendency is for forms of associational sacred within to be doing well. For enced by way of relationships) when of who you as lying at the heart the sacred, or spirituality, is experi- coming from 'You' (not least or constrain who you are. How are, as can hardly dictate it activity that locate the on you when it is experienced to be your true numbers of people having faith in life-as values, the trend is for forms of associational activity, where the sacred operates from without, to be in overall decline. For religion which tells you what to believe and how to behave is out of tune with a culture which believes that can spirituality impose a life life.> By it is up to us to seek out appropriate answers contrast, with ever-declining other source who I really and serves tell me how to live my life, am and what I may become.^ when only I can How can any know from In short, subjective-life contemporary core values, reflects for ourselves. inside spiritualit}^ in particular those associated with going deeper into Trilling's 'internal space' in order to iive ouf of one's life. The thrust of life-as religion, potentially anarchic This is and on the other hand, life-as religion Prime Minister, Lord Melbourne, is religion is moved come allowed to invade the sphere of private We Queen Victoria's reported to have complained, hearing an evangelical sermon, that 'Things have when better'. can change and that some import- ant changes in a subjectivized direction can be observed. first to rein in the of 'being yourself only 'selfish' possibilities not to deny that is afi:er to a prett}^ pass Times have life'. have seen that those forms of congregational reli- gion which have done most to cater for the enhancement of 'private life' certainly on. are faring significantly better than others, thereby lending further support to the subjectivization thesis - but not going so far as to support the spiritual revolution claim. Although we have been concentrating on the gregational domain holistic milieu and the con- in this chapter, the subjectivization thesis can also be used to help explain changes that are underway beyond these two associational heartlands. There is a clear link, for example, between the trend to- wards more subjectivized (child-centred) teaching (patient- centred) caring in the spirituality in these spheres. (This to play, tings, most obviously whereas more NHS, and is the growth of subjective -life that inclusive spirituality works in multicultural set- exclusivistic life-as religion runs into the difficulty faith.) There in the general culture, of beliefs of a non-theistic, inner variety of not are also prett)^ clear between the increasing popularity of subjective-life mind- body-spirit provisions larity primary schools, and not to deny that other factors have a role being able to cater for a diverse spread of links in values, the shift to and the increasing popu- among the population.
127 Bringing the Sacred to Life In this we have concentrated on • providing chapter support the siibjectivization thesis measure to the USA). is is We in evidence. example, where the subjective turn religion some when only of explanatory value is are not for one to moment relevant to the situation in sub-Saharan Africa, for is it it Clearly, the thesis and where the subjective turn suggesting that as evidence applies to Britain (and in flourishing, where scarcely in evidence, is and where there much more are life -as pressing needs than the cultivation of unique subjectivities - most especially sustaining life -itself. One thing we have not concentrated on the subjective turn has gathered pace at a sixties - when decline. At in this chapter the fact that is time - during and since the overall associational involvement with the sacred has least in Britain, and almost certainly in the USA, been in the growth of the holistic milieu has not compensated for the decline of the congregational domain. The 'massive subjective turn of modern culture', thus it appears, has resulted in the secularization of the associational territory as a whole. In a volume devoted to exploring the decline of the growth of subjective-life spirituality, we cannot subjective turn and significance, or lack religion is enter into the compli- a causal link of significance, of other developments (such ing pressures on the time available to women who go as increas- out to work and run the home). (For ingenious and pioneering theoretical and empirical on such much matters, see Houtman and Mascini, 2002 - rival theory of change, namely rationalization; see also Yves Lambert, 1999 for a programmatic statement. )^^ Here selves to just one probably that the constituency. We holistic likely to alienate those - especially many men - seek to develop the quality of their subjective-lives by acting as indi- does not seem to have attracted it which they were not exercised a raised. who ^ few decades the milieu people; and, we can continue to support the The simple add, life- fact that the holistic milieu wider appeal can thus greatly help explain growth has not been able to compensate decline.^ last many younger has not appealed to elderly people as values in its limit our- have noted that the intimate and personally relational viduated selves in the world; that during the has we main reason for overall secularization is milieu has - to date - attracted a relatively small point: that the concerns of the milieu are that work research which does to confirm the subjectivization thesis, and which has the added ad- vantage of testing a who and between the - and thereby establishing the cated matter of establishing whether there overall secularization life -as for congregational why domain
128 Bringing the Sacred to Life We draw chapter to a close with an argument which this research agenda for the future. Although the subjective turn ably a major feature of the cultural landscape in capacities. One one to drive as life-as think sets a unquestion- is which we dwell, a great emerged in the regulation and control with forceful life-as deal supports the contention that another major feature has form of 'new' versions of we can think of the technologies of surveillance (which force a good motorist, for example) or the auditing, monitoring, and the public performance inspecting, the performance-related pay tables, which impose themselves within the modern workplace, and require one to work as the institution into any in a more details, demands it is world of 'meet them or meaning that we have thereby serving to life-as if one is to be successful. perfectly clear that else . . . ' we spend of targeting in highly regulated ways - targets, the process to channel our efforts instil a very effective, because apparently self-chosen, dimension to significant parts of many peoples' Our culture hand those is lives. experiencing a fundamental clash of values: on the one associated with the cultivation of unique subjectivities, other those associated with the iron cage of having to In some spheres, acute. In others this clash, Without going a great deal of time like it public-sector teaching or nursing, the clash may be better 'managed' on the live the targeted-life. may be But given the prevalence of and given the preference on the part of increasing numbers of people for finding the freedom, the opportunity to be and become themselves, it is likely that many will use their 'free' their standard/ized, in effect regimented^ associational forms work life If they engage with much more likely to be than with role -enforcing Seeking to escape from externally imposed targets elsewhere in their lives, they will sacred. lives. of the sacred, they are therefore involved with freedom -loving spiritualities of life-as religion. time to seek liberation from not want more of the same in the sphere of the
Chapter Five Looking to the Future ... it will who can keep alive and cultivate into a fuller perfecwho will be able to enjoy the abundance when it be those people tion the art of life itself, comes. (John Maynard Keynes, 'Economic Possibilities for our Grandchil- dren', 1931, p. 368) [England] do. We is littered with people who used to go to church but no longer could well bleed to death. The tide is running out. At the present rate of change we are one generation from extinction. (Peter p. Brierley, 2000, 236) Does the future belong to the holistic miUeu.> And is there any reason why the congregational domain should not decline to the 3 or 4 per cent regular attendance level chapter we it has reached in, for example, Svv^eden.> In this consider whether the trajectories of growth and decline have found in Britain will be sustained in the future. that the growth of the holistic milieu will 'top Or whether we likely off and even turn into decUne of the congregational domain decline, whilst the it is will 'bottom out', and perhaps turn into growth. We argue that the future of associational forms of the sacred in Britain depends on the future of and the ways in 'the massive subjective turn which reHgions and of modern culture', spiritualities relate to it. Since explained developments to date by reference to this cultural turn, sense to treat at it as the key to unlocking the future. So some of the reasons we think subjective turn is going to basis for prediction. well happen to the persist, if we begin by looking embedded not intensify - thereby providing then go on to look in greater detail holistic milieu at pull things together to reflect larger than the congregational a what could and the congregational domain we ing about a spiritual revolution. makes that the long-standing, deeply become future. Finally, milieu will We we have it in the on whether the holistic domain - thereby bring-
130 Looking to the Future The Cultural Momentum Factor From an empirical point of view, the force of the subjective turn is clearly seen in the fact that institution after institution has shifted from emphasizing formations life-as as the primary source of significance to catering for Examples have already been provided: the development of subjective -life. child-centred education, managerial-centred soft capitalism, patient-centred health care - of subjective wellbeing culture in many forms. Indeed, it is difficult to think of institutions which have not moved some way towards paying more attention to how people experience their own personal and lives, it is all its of an institution which has life-as - the institu- virtually impossible to think gone against the grain to become more focused on tional to shift being clearly linked with a subjective-life shift in self- understanding. From current a is more explanatory point of view, the momentum of this cultural bound up with that of other major developments which, like subjectivization we now itself, We live. when it is coming to life had when it a central role in shaping the world in which might think of the process of and more forms of credibility have had presented it as pluralization. any particular form loses the The authority which a religion has existed alone. truth', for example, 'the With more co-exist, is undermined when other religious 'truths' enter the picture; and so people turn to their sub- Or we might jective-lives for a 'deeper truth'. think of the 'democratic revolution' and the closely allied development of the ethic of humanity. By emphasizing the value of equality, and the importance of respecting how to live out their own lives, these developments generate reactions against life-as systems - or meta-narratives - which violate equality and which do not respect the unique subjectivethe freedom of others to decide life. Or we can recall the process of autonomization, whereby people come to think of themselves as sovereign agents, and aim to enrich the quality of their subjective -lives by going out into the world powerfial or successfijl the process whereby (for who people in order to feel Then again, we might think of example). perceive themselves to be locked into anonymous 'iron cages' of procedures, rules and regulations turn to their private, personal lives to find meaning, satisfaction and significance.^ 'Suppose that a hundred years hence', John Maynard Keynes (1931) wrote some 70 years ago, 'we are all of us, on average, eight times better
Looking to the Future off in the economic sense than we he con- are today' (p. 365). 'Thus', man tinues, 'for the first time since his creation 131 be faced with his will real, permanent problem - how to use his freedom from pressing economic cares, how to occupy the leisure, which science and compound interest will have won him, to live wisely and agreeably and well' (p. 367). For a large his proportion of the population of the West, Keynes's predictions about creased affluence and 'the art of come itself coming into in- prominence have true. Greater prosperity has provided the resources required for the of subjective wellbeing (patient-centred nursing cultivation neither is of people it life child-centred education). who feel that there It has is meant an increase must be more to life not cheap, number in the And than wealth- creation. more time wellbeing. Thus in has allowed growing numbers of 'post-materialists' to devote and energy to concerns which go beyond material number of spiritual Kendal, a considerable devote more of their lives to practitioners have downsized to the pursuit of quality of life; in Britain, Hamilton (2003) reports an estimated 1.7 million downshifting in 1997, 2.6 million 2002 in (p. 11); on an World Values evidence of the connection between economic international scale, Inglehart's (1997) surveys provide detailed development and the attention paid to subjective wellbeing.^ This brief foray into some of the dynamics of modern times enables conclude that the massive subjective turn we a integral to the world in us to which Short of radical change - such as would be brought long lasting collapse of the standard of living, for example - it is currently about by is live. highly unlikely that the quest for 'qualit)^ of life' will not remain firmly on the agenda for the foreseeable future. What life are the implications for the future spirituality cessarily) In Chapter Four .> performs life-as religion And has to offer. The the result why Hence the ain is that since life-as religion (ne- who is is exacerbated by the fact that the decline of the congregational this basis likely to is have life-as undermines the significance of what situation cannot authorize the cultivation of unique, personal that the subjective turn reason we argued functions and appeals to those requirements, the subjective turn as religion of life-as religion and subjective- domain life- life-as subjectivities. to date. Given not going to go away, we see absolutely no undermining process should not continue in the future. of our prediction that the congregational domain continue to decline, even though, may 'bottom out'. Chapter Four we also argued that as we shall in Brit- argue later in this chapter, decline In since subjective-life spirituality per- forms subjective-life jobs, the subjective turn means that holistic activities
132 Looking to the Future can benefit from the increasing number of people who never-ending task of improving the Looking to the qualit)' of their own subjective-lives. future, so long as value continues to be attached to the development, cultivation and exploration of subjective-life, and so long subjectivized culture extols the virtues of wellbeing, there is suppose that the future of subjective-life secure. happened to date is likely to reason to suppose that enced Hence as on the are dwelling spiritualities continue to happen activities is as every reason to What in the future; there has is no (such as yoga) which are currently experi- 'working' will not be experienced as 'doing the job' in the future. the basis of our prediction that the holistic milieu of Britain we to stay, even though, as shall argue, growth is slow likely to here is down somewhat. Holistic Milieu Scenarios Having discussed what underpins our detail at first at how predictions, we now look the holistic milieu of Britain could fare in the future. two storms that appear to be brewing and which could some in We look result in the milieu going into decline.^ The Hast £fasp of the The first sixties^ scenario possible storm concerns the age profile of those involved in the holistic milieu. Kendal Project research shows that 48 per cent of the ual practitioners operating at the time of our study were aged between 45 and 54, 23 per cent were older, 30 per cent younger. cohort, 17 per cent were aged between their thirties, and just 1.3 per cent group members and one-to-one spirit- Of this younger 40 and 44, 11 per cent were were under 30. clients are much It is not as in though younger, with almost three-quarters of those active in the holistic milieu being over 45 years old. Given that much the same age UK, it profile applies to the holistic milieu of the looks as though few of those currently active in the milieu will still be with us 40 to 50 years from now. Looking more closely at this scenario, there is another consideration to take into account. It goes without saying that the existence of the milieu depends upon people serving came of age during the as spiritual practitioners. 'sixties', that is, Many practitioners during the period between the
133 Looking to the Future mid 1960s and the mid-1970s when tively among younger owe a great deal college or university widespread thus appear to became relapeople. Many would subjecrivc-lif(f spirituality to their first-hand experiences of Sixties Ken Wilber says, 'the new age is a product of the baby boom phenomenon, the "60s" generation' (cited by Rose, 1998, p. 9).) With so much apparently depending on this particular cohort, which is moving into values'. (As old age, the last gasp of the scenario could be pretty bleak. True, 30 sixties' per cent of spiritual practitioners in Kendal are under 45, but only 12 per cent of these are under 40. So which place at a rate will may be it compensate that replenishment for the loss of the not taking is sixties practitioners."^ The declining sacred capital scenario To make matters worse, there According to another storm on the horizon. l^e questionnaire fmding from our study of Kendal's holistic a 58 per cent of the milieu, may largely middle-aged people active the milieu in report that they have been 'brought up with a religious faith' at per cent at school, and 57 per cent at church. (There suppose a much whole.) So home, 54 no reason the same does not apply to the holistic milieu of the to UK seems possible that the growth of the milieu has owed it amount considerable is to the fact that it caters for many who were their lives, but might have something to offer. a already in who became disillusioned with who have retained faith that the possession of 'sacred capital': people tianity earlier in as Chrissacred (Although 57 per cent of those active in the Kendal holistic milieu report that they used to attend church regularly, 80 per cent of this number say that they had stopped attending by the age of 24.) However, younger people today have been brought up where regular church attendance ably fewer is much way of family or school. So correct, the holistic milieu momentum will suffer when is in a society lower, where there are consider- Sunday Schools, and where there Christianity by scenario is is if much less transmission of the declining sacred capital going to run into difficulties. Its there are fewer 'believers' around seeking an alternative to the C^hristian religion of their who are younger days. The cultural transmission scenario (^an it be argued, though, that take the 'last gasp' scenario 'fair first, is more likely to lie ahead.' To good reasons \\)r thinking that weather' there are
134 Looking to the Future on those who came of ag during the sixties. For younger people - too young to have directly experi enced the sixties - are nevertheless growing up in a world where holisti. the future does not depend, at least so critically, become mainstream. So the spirituality has younger people are quite likely to no longer needed sixties are encounter holistic themes by way of al those culturally acceptable, plausible, sometimes positively engaging, pro\ which we have discussed sions Whether it in the last two chapters of this be by way of education- culture, media-culture, purchasing-cul ture, health- culture, production-culture, wellbeing-culture or bination mind- body- spiritualities, learn something about what and perhaps become 'primed' to become when It the time is some com of these, younger people can readily become familiar subjective-life offer i volume is wirl or is engaged with them actively right. i true that in Kendal and environs just 1.3 per cent of all those active' in the milieu were under 30 years of age, with only 27 percent of the number of all those active being younger than 45 and 17 per cent younger than 40. But there evidence elsewhere of younger people showing inter- is est in holistic spiritualities of life. As suggested in Chapter Four simply be that their priorities - relationships, student may making their way in the (or the resources) for being or 'life-issues' life, (p. 110), family it life, world and so on - mean they do not have the time, much which associational participation, are catered for by and that those holistic activities well- have yet to become of concern. So our expectation is that the holistic milieu will attract more participants, including those who will become practitioners, as they enter their mid-lives and have reason to dwell on improving the qualit)^ of their subjective-lives. And after all, 27 per cent of all those involved in the holistic milieu of Kendal and environs are younger than 45, which is not an inconsiderable figure.^ As for the declining religious capital scenario, although religious instruc- tion and education this is might have become less significant (see not to say that Britain has become a society of Chapter Three), atheists. Far the Soul of Britain survey reports that just 8 per cent identify as vinced atheist' (Heald, 2000). not resulted in a world of The atheists encouraged of holistic by, beliefs of a 'a it: con- decline of religious capital, then, has - a world which would make difficult for holistic spiritual practitioners. Instead, the tural renderings from life very development of cul- themes has no doubt encouraged, and been 'life-force' or 'spiritual' variet)^, and has gener ated a 'spiritual capital' which will increasingly take over the role once played by having been brought up in the Christian faith.
135 Looking to the Future Prediction: holistic milieu We therefore predict that the storms will not develop, and that the holistic milieu of the UK will 'New Age' or or alistic' continue to grow. But 'alternative spiritualities', dren, friends, etc.) is likely to is what rate? often claimed, are 'individu- consensus among not sustained or reinforced by way of shared 'plausi- structures'. Beliefs are 'precarious', growth it is 'relativististic', witli 'diffuse' beliefs. participants, beliefs are bilit)^ at With little and transmission to others slow down, argument, our short answer not turn into decline. In response to if it extremely we cannot is a point had somehow been more future would be more promising is speculation. and that the milieu is if transmission were What we do Icnow no more transmission factors in the future than likely to it is Of weak. rule out the possibility that the holistic milieu faster if transmission place, grown - difficult to claim that transmission grown proved. But this would have effective, or that the somehow that is far from being 'consumerist') as is the holistic milieu to be im- growth has taken be adversely affected by has been in the past. holistic as diffuse, individualistic, superficial (or shallowly often claimed. is which course, Furthermore, a considerable amount of evidence shows that the milieu this that the holistic milieu of Kendal, as else- is where, has not only persisted over the years but has makes (chil- 'weak' (see, for example, Bruce, 2002). Accordingly, A recurrent theme of this volume is that characterized by relationality; by the expression and of unique, and thus autonomous, subjective-lives within associsettings. With so much sharing going on - especially in the highly cultivation ational intimate, disclosing encounters of one-to-one activities, activities also take place holistic between practitioners - themes like it is 'subtle energy' (for example) are great majority of participants of Kendal which not surprising to fmd that key and environs found among the (see Chapter One). Indeed, although 45 per cent do not experience their current activity being of spiritual significance, 90 per cent believe in from being superficially involved, milieu, especially practitioners, to subjective-life spirituality. In activity (see And Chapter Two, as far we found many of those active in the be deeply embedded in the activities of Kendal and environs, 30 per cent of weekly participation are by people one spirituality. who acts of more than on average all those are currently practising p. 40). In addition, currently active in the milieu have been involved with six of the activities comprising the milieu today (see Appendix 3) during the past (that is, prior
136 Looking to the Future two or three, but rarely more, activities they had been attending during the week when the holistic milieu questionnaire was distributed).^ What is more, many more also meditate or practise yoga (for example) at home, with the questionnaire showing that 55 per cent medito the one, sometimes home, 46 per cent tate at and many practise yoga, also read relevant litera- ture (60 per cent reading 'spiritual or religious (not specifically Christian) books or magazines'). comes It no as surprise, then, to find that cent of the participants in the Kendal holistic milieu report that their offspring share their ities - not an especially high figure, parental transmission (alone) Even interest in holistic milieu activ- but high enough to indicate that not without importance.'^ is is no reason that the holistic milieu will continue to 1980s and the 1990s Britain as a whole). For during this (a rate unlikely, at the rate which it probably is however, did in Kendal t}^pical for period the milieu had a golden 'market With the expansion of opportunity'. grow is fact make any more to think they are going to difference to the fiiture than they have to the past. It in the later 32 per have children argued that there are transmission problems, the if it is still remains that there own who subjective wellbeing culture during the last decade or two, spiritual practitioners have been able to cater for an increase in the number of people interested in associational, holistic, quality of life provisions. Recalling Kendal findings, however, 80 per cent of those active in the milieu are women, 83 than 40, 45 per cent of 60, over half of many work Those all all per cent of participants are all those active are older women aged between 40 and and participants have attended university or college, (or have worked) in people -centred wellbeing professions. attracted, in other words, represent a relatively small sector of the population. Drawing on 2001 census data concerning occupation and educational attainment in 1000 women in England and Wales, there Kendal and environs are likely to in their forties and be around fifties with the kind of cultural capital that makes the holistic milieu an attractive option. So the 45 per cent of those are women in their forties around 30 per cent of have attracted a active in the milieu and this fifties during any given week (numbering 270 number. The milieu, considerable proportion of its in who individuals) represent other words, seems to primary 'market niche' already.^ We might well conclude that growth in the fiature, if growth will expand gradually. After any at this all. means that there will be very In actual fact, we think that slowish be the order of the day. For the market niche all, this is little is likely to not a counter-cultural niche, and the
137 Looking to the Future subjective turn will continue to support rather than threaten wellbeing culture influence. is surely not going to stop developing Holistic it. and growing in College and university educational courses are devoting ever more resources to preparing students for person- centred careers in the caring and human resource development professions, for example, which will surely continue to proliferate. It is true that unless the milieu broadens appeal by gender, age, educational background or occupation its not continue to expand at the same rate as it is too much the 'some sort of spirit or life force' variety, for But grow it will. During the There last 30 it and too many to weekly participation in the milieu years to take in a little beliefs of do otherwise. of Britain has grown to volve 1.6 per cent of the population during a given week. continuing, but possibly slowing might has during the recent past. in the culture, years, the holistic milieu it down somewhat, our in- With growth prediction is that will double in size over the next 40 or 50 more than 3 per cent of the population of the nation.^ Another possibility Even as we write this chapter, however, we keep coming across new evidence - from Britain and more widely - that suggests our prediction for the holistic may be too milieu cautious. Let us mention just a few examples, which suggest that the market niche USA, In the 90,000 in the circulation of the 1998 to 300,000 this increase is due in 2002. is in fact already expanding. To^a Journal has increased from And it would appear to the increasing popularity of yoga that much of among younger people: 25.2 per cent of the 15 million adults practising yoga (an increase of 28.5 per cent on the previous year) are aged betw^een 25 and 34, only slighdy less than the 26.9 per cent aged between 45 and 54 (15.7 per cent being between 35 and 44) (Harris Interactive Service Bureau 2003 survey of 4,000 respondents, tion). (The survey statistically representative of the USA adult popula- also finds that that 25.5 million are very or extremely and that 35.3 million intend to take up yoga during the next 12 months - numbers which presumably include many younger interested in yoga, people.) Then cultural survey, there is which Franz Hollinger and Timothy Smith's (2002) crossfinds that 'most students have such practices' (including 'spiritual and should be added, 'only a healing'): although, tion practises it one or more methods some experiences with techniques' and 'alternative medicine relatively small regularly' (p. 246). (See also propor- Houtman
138 Looking to the Future and Mascini, 2002, the Netherlands. p. )^^^ 464 for the picture regarding In addition, there younger people and some evidence of yoga also is at- more men - 'real men' doing 'athletic yoga' according to John Capouya (2003). Likewise, new men's magazines like Best Life (in the USA) suggest there is a new market amongst men for subjectivized wellbeing culture - which could mean diat the 'niche' on which the holistic tracting milieu can draw set to is expand considerably. Evidence of this sort - and more could be provided - cannot be ignored when considering the among young adults account the fact that GPs are in cities like increasingly tioners (see Chapter Three, p. 72). more to 'orthodox' There are women of the tw^o. - to turn to also clear signs that in add- (such activities increasingly encouraging patients - by cated (tai chi, etc.) becoming London, we have to take into making referrals to CAM practi- Aside from anecdotal evidence of yoga in Britain. popular ition the market niche will also expand possibilit)^ that GPs osteopathy), as no means just mid-life, well-edu- chi or combinations Furthermore, we can note the proliferation of holistic activi- activities like yoga, tai within the educational system (in particular colleges with health, ties or beauty courses, for example), where younger people predo- fitness minate. ment Then there are the (preventative) health projects, such as govern- 'local health where particular, 'healthy living forums', that are being established in inner holistic activities are in evidence. (See al Yafai, centres', example, can be found.) more and more 'soft where And massage reflexology, in addition, there capitalism' wellbeing advice and provisions - companies is and cities, have come no doubting the for fact that are providing healthcare or many of which can readily lead into the We Hindu temples/community centres/societies mind- body- spirituality, with the Gujarat Hindu Societ}^ and temple even offering in 2003 on Shiatsu, body, mind, spirituality dimension (see Roberts and Kelleher, 2004). in Preston, in are across one of the 'Holistic Living', largest in Britain, currently offering popular courses including reiki (specifically aimed at youth) and aromatherapy. The upshot in Britain will is that our prediction that the growth of the holistic milieu be slower than during the 1990s could be wrong. The developments highlighted here mean that growth may continue at a high rate - high enough to bring about a spiritual revolution. Currently, though, the milieu caters largely to the relatively small have described. Since evidence of expansion beyond extensive, we remain content for now this market niche we niche with the prediction above. is not yet
Looking to the Future Congregational Though Domain the holistic milieu, it Scenarios momentum the continuing 139 bodes of the subjective turn bodes well for domain. Insofar for the congregational ill as the latter remains predominantly in the business of supporting and secular- precarious - but izing life -as three main scenarios to be considered. roles, its future is how precarious? There are The continuing decline scenario Strong support for the scenario of continuing decline comes from the existing trend data for Christianity in Britain. Decline has no tained for over a century with now been sus- significant reversals, save a short period growth between 1945 and 1965. According to the most of reliable sources, congregational membership shrank from 33 per cent of the population in in 1930 to 24 per cent in 1960, followed by swifter 24 per cent in 1960 to 12 per cent in 2000. Figures for typical Sunday attendance show the same pattern: from 19 per cent of the population in 1903 to 15 per cent in 1951 to 12 per cent in 1979 to lOper cent in 1989 and 8 per cent in 2000.^^ If we step even further back in time to 1851 when Mann carried out his famous census of Religious Worship in England and Wales (1854), the percentage of the population attending church on census Sunday was around 39 per cent, although this may fall to about 24 per cent if those who attended two or more times are only 1900 to 29 per cent decline from counted once (Gill, 1993). Overall the picture is one of gradual decline both membership and attendance between 1851 and 1960, with 'blip' of growth in a short 1950s, followed by accelerated decline from the in the 1960s to the present. With the rate of decline of the nominations will few decades 2031 . . . British be close behind' (p. Methodism in mind, Bruce (2003) in show England speeded up Britain will have will die 61). But there scenario for the churches. Brierley's surveys congregational domain in from now, Christianity forecasts that, 'three decades largely disappeared ... In last is and other de- an even worse that the decline of the in the 1990s. In the first 10-year period covered by his surveys (1979-1989) church attendance dropped 1.8 per cent. In dropped 2.4 per cent, that the second is, nine-year period (1989-1998) it 0.6 per cent more. If this rate of decline were
140 Looking to the Future to continue, then in the next nine-year period (to 2007) the drop could be by a further 3 per cent, and in the following nine years (to 2016) by 3.6 per cent. By that time only 0.9 per cent of the English population would be attending church (Brierley, 2000, p. 28). still unsound to make such a forecast on the basis of a single nine-year period, there are some good reasons for thinking that this scenario of accelerated decline - perhaps to near zero Even though may be file it would be statistically reasons concern the demographic pro- The most important likely. of the congregational domain, and transmission (2000) issues. Brierley two decades of the twentieth century the age profile of congregations has changed, with the average age climbing and the proportion of young people declining. The average age of a churchgoer is now higher than the average age in the population, and the number of young notes that in the last people, under age 19, attending church has halved in the 25 per cent of all churchgoers (p. 20 last years to 95). In Kendal our headcount revealed 17 per cent of congregational attenders were under 18 (25 per cent of the UK population as a whole is under 19) (Brierley, 2001, p. 4.3). And of these, 12 per cent were babies and children and 5 per cent adolescents. that This would suggest that a significant and growing proportion of the dren of churchgoers cease to attend that this haemorrhage When decline. is a as soon they are able to as if, and the current (older) generations of churchgoers die out, Of course the holistic milieu, the congregational like so, major and accelerating cause of congregational there will be very few people to take their place. fatal do chil- by people joining it in later life, but there happening on anything approaching is this need not be domain can be sustained no evidence that this is a significant scale. Nor should this be surprising, for unless the general culture can 'prime' people to enter an associational heartland entry route likely who is when are that the - of the as in the case holistic milieu - the only by way of socialization within that heartland (which is real most The fact that the numbers way is shrinking so fast, and parents bring children to church). being successfiilly socialized in this general culture does little to reinforce Christian beliefs, adds weight to the scenario of accelerating decline. It can also be argued that congregational decline begets decline. Belief may seem less plausible group worshipping when there are fewer in a building designed for the 'collective effervescence' experienced in a who share it. ence can readily be of the 'empty crowd' (to paraphrase The quality of the worship may fall, as A shrinking many more cannot generate larger assembly. The experi- anyone who Gill, 2003). has tried to sing
Looking to the Future 141 The 'cost' unaccompanied hymns to tape-recorded organ music will become higher on fewer shoulders, and as the jobs of attending gation fall may have congregation For is all An older energy or enthusiasm for evangelism. And where the aver- become as finances stretched. are unlikely to be attracted to congregations young people age age less will testify. necessary to maintain a congre- higher than their own. far these reasons, the scenario of the continued decline of the con- domain gregational as whole must be taken a Attendance seriously. in Sweden where considerably lower level, there is no Great Britain continues to plummet, and attendance has already fallen to a in countries like evidence of overall bottoming out.^^ The hottoming-out scenario Even though the congregational domain as a whole is declining, we have noted in earlier chapters that some forms of congregation have been able to buck the general trend, even gregation will exhibit sufficient even to grow.> Could in Britain. the years ahead to hold their vitality in And if they do, will this be that some forms of con- it whole from declining to zero and lead instead to attendance retaining religion; levels.^ There are three main ways who and attracting people life-as religion, their those predominantly congregations will who be who value able to sacralize and which may be more widely. There may be made. most strengthen will life-as subjective-life or likely that by their contemporary attendance figures by seek externally authorized frame- succeed if they are able to stabilize, forms of life which significant numbers find felt attractive, to be unsupported or under threat in the culture are a congregations roles, duties of life-as life-as profile, it is works of meaning and value. They and could happen: by value the authoritative approach of who First, this are attracted to the securitv^ retaining or attracting individuals dignify which in in overall but also seek some subjective enhancement. Retaining and attracting Given bottoming out a by attracting those with an orientation towards retaining and attracting individuals own, or prevent the congregational domain as a number of may continue and obligations, such areas in which such life-as provision to play a role in upholding 'social' as the role of 'good citizen' and 'good
142 Looking to the Future neighbour' and international at local, civic, national level. Churches may provide the spaces where people can gather for civic or national celebrations or after disasters, and serve as the point at which 'society' can hold up an ideal image of itself, affirm core values and reinforce its identity (thus per cent of the population identified as 'Christian' in the 2001, even though few attend church as the place in societ)^ where people 'distant other', including those in of welfare and 'social capital' on behalf of the developing countries. They can think of and act in also serve as rallying points for the local - 72 census of Congregations may serve regularly). still need UK community, perhaps visiting the elderly, as providers looking after the be- reaved, caring for the socially marginal and so on. Second, congregations may continue to support a particular vision of the ideal family, its and the domestic and sexual roles continued health and wellbeing. There this provision if a significant values' based which may be portion of society continues to demand for feel that 'family around the preservation of heterosexual marriage, the nuclear undermined by family and differentiated gender roles are being developments such cultural are seen as essential to increasing as a climbing divorce social rate, co- habitation, ing support for homosexual unions and increased tolerance of and grow- new forms identity. Those who wish to uphold more clearly men and women, husbands and wives, parents and chilto congregations for support. Many churches, both Protest- of sexual relationship and defined roles for dren, may turn ant and Catholic, currently appear to be catering for such upholding traditional gender roles as demand by God-given, condemning homosexual campaigning on behalf of the nuclear family and offering activity, a wide array of family- orientated provisions. may continue more strictly goods. By way of teaching, worship, example and institu- Third, congregations religio- cultural tional reinforcement they roles, bring to supply a range of may continue to support and reinforce religious people into meaningfial contact with a transcendent God, pre- serve connection with a 2,000 year old tradition of life and thought, and bring externally defined meaning, structure and purpose to individual lives in the process. Which of fijture, these functions are likely to be the and which forms of congregation demand for them.> will most important in the be best equipped to meet Given their established humanitarian emphasis, congre- gations of humanity are best placed to uphold social and civic fiinctions. However, these are the very fimctions for which demand seems to be declining (Putnam, 2000). In any case, congregations can continue to
143 Looking to the Future and civic more regular attenders - as we carry out their social or in English villages, where ftinctions without'necessarily attracting see in the many want Church of Sweden, for example, the church to remain as a focus of community, but few have the time to support it. (Similarly, even baptism and marriage remains, for 'occasional offices' like any this if demand does not help raise regular attendance levels.) By two contrast, there is less The congregations benefit are congregations of difference most prescriptive comport themselves sexuality) and subjective turn will argued that God. Of course tradition rather than rely how Christians should (particularly with regard to it could be argued that the in these areas, but it can equally be congregations that hinction as safe havens and counter- cultural refuges for those in one another undermine demand will benefit it best placed to and experiential difference, which and detailed teachings on in relation to in relation to for the other namely support for family values and provi- sion of strictly religio-cultural goods. offer the demand evidence of a slowdown in areas of life-as provision, on their who prefer to be guided by authoritative own subjective resources. What is more, upholding family values and supplying religio-cultural goods, the only real competition such congregations currently face life-as religion such as is from other forms of orthodox Judaism and Islam, and there are often cultural barriers to entering such religions. Consequently, if congregations of difference demand a and experiential difference do benefit from continuing for the supply of these Hfe-as services, this bottoming out of overall congregational could help bring about decline. Attracting those who value unique subjective-life Since the subjective turn has very considerable way in momentum, which attendance could be boosted would be able to attract those who if an alternative congregations were wish to cultivate their subjective-lives. Given that they are the most likely of all types of congregation to encour- age and resource unique subjectivities, and to authorize and facilitate en- counter with the sacred in the depths of personal experience, congregations of experiential humanity have the greatest potential in there are two this regard. serious stumbling blocks in the way. First, However, many such congre- gations retain a high moral tone centred around selfless support of humanitarian values, which is likely to commitments should be freely be off-putting for those who feel that value chosen rather than externally imposed. The emphasis placed by many Unitarians and Quakers on the importance of
144 Looking to the Future 'community' and, even more importantly, of humanitarian peace') causes of universal applicability, may and ('justice who are seeking own unique ways. alienate those to explore their personal and spiritual depths in their Second, subjectivized Christian congregations face serious competition from the holistic milieu. Unless congregations of experiential humanity can offer something unic]uely appealing to spiritual sulijective-life orientated more depth, the latter are more likely to follow the from subjective wellbeing culture into the holistic milieu. life direct route Even to into their activities, they currently constitute such a small proportion of the total congregational domain (around 5 per cent that this congre- if some who seek gations of experiential humanity can succeed in diverting develop inner selves seeking would be Kendal) in bottoming out of unlikely to be able to bring about a attendance in the congregational domain as a whole. Given the lack of attention they currently pay to the cultivation of unique subjective-lives, congregations of humanity seem be able to attract those who However, our research in much wish to encounter the sacred Kendal revealed that a 'in those congregations have fact that these who my own to way'. few subjective -life orien- may be tated souls are 'clinging on' in such congregations. This of the less likely indicative at least the potential to appeal to seek personally meaningful forms of spirituality. For one thing, the relative lack of didacticism in such congregations compared to congre- gations of difference and experiential difference gives participants a measure of freedom to think their spiritual paths - even if it own thoughts and means pursue their 'letting the service ing a lot of what goes on' (as one Anglican in Kendal put thing, these congregations have the strongest liturgical itions, ritual a which can be compatible and symbol own it). and 'ignor- For another ritual are open-textured and non-dogmatic enough to provide growth of Eastern Orthodox)^ in Britain (It is is cathedrals seems to witness to the same phenomenon.) own its many congrega- Finally, of humanity have the potential to appeal to those subjective-life because they contain within their highly due to attracting 'cultured' inner-directed selves; strong attendance levels at tions trad- witli subjective-life spirituality insofar as point of focus for individual meditation and spiritual growth. likely that the rapid personal wash over' and who value historic traditions the and legacies of subjectivized forms of Christianity, most notably in ascetic and mystical traditions which hold out the ideal of union with God traces through the indwelling of the Holy Spirit (Woodhead, 2004). How^ever, apart from a few limited spheres (spiritual retreats, spiritual literature, conferences and workshops on Christian meditation) there is, as yet, no
145 Looking to the Future of humaniU' of congregations evidence attracting subjective-life orientated selves in anything like the own necessary to halt their domain change would be that current controversies communion might wing of the church free tion by reclaiming followers, more to de\'elop in a how and making it central to its life who those 'saved' only t}^pes spirituality for its and organization.) - difference and experiential difference.> on own their is life? subjective resources than of congregation continue to insist that through surrender (of mind, body and God who the leave a Might To date evidence that such congregations are able to appeal prefer to rely guidance. Both ent little might like might they be able to attract or retain those seeking to cultivate inner we have found this subjectivized direc- a heritage of experiential Christian What of congregations of ould be that churches in 'broad' lead eventually to schism that Anglican 'liberal' numbers that of the congregational (A very speculative scenario about a whole. as mind decline, never of constituency a made known above all in Christ spirit) and on external the individual is to the transcend- and both in scripture, types of congregation are united in opposition to 'secular modernit)^', in- cluding subjective and humanist values (Marsden, 1991). tions of experiential difference 'within', by way of direct experience of God Holy Spirit. This lends much greater potential and who wish to encounter to attract as congregations of experiential difference those in the who is encountered not only from 'without', but in teaching that the sacred can be from Where congrega- go further than congregations of difference seek subjective satisfaction the sacred depths of personal experience. At present, however, such congrega- tions insist that inner experience of the sacred must be checked and validated by the 'higher' external authorit)^ of scripture and of authorized interpreters of scripture (pastors and elders). To duty, based on biblical than congregations of a greater extent humanity and experiential humanit\^ they preach norms. Unless this strict codes of morality' and changes, even congregations of experiential difference are unlikely to attract those of a subjectivized disposition, unless the latter are in the process subjective- life values 'conversion' and looking of becoming disillusioned with for stronger normative frameworks. A would be needed. Retaining and attracting work of life-as roles The conclusion domain is more to those which we who are likely to attract seek subjective drawn those is who enhancement in a frame- that whilst the congregational retain a commitment to life-as
146 Looking to the Future than to subjective-life, congregations of experiential difference have an advantage over other forms of congregation attract who also wish to They seem both who not only those resist cater to it may be they in that depths of inner experience. in the encounter the sacred to have secured a competitive edge by virtue of the fact that they the subjective turn by offering clear normative guidance framework of and roles, obligations who What Spirit. want duties, but also to be healed, stimulated, enhanced, with the Holy and families subjective-lives. how good They want to the Lord Given the lives. make a difference to the quality the presence of God, to 'taste societ)^, of their and see' to experience 'his blessings' in every aspect of their is, 'joy' 'feel' long for a more 'wholesome' stable, ordered, hierarchical, respectful, family-based, their religion to that they is - from tradespeople who to administrators to solicitors to businesspeople - who want their subjective means, in more concrete terms, this seek a clear and transformed through contact are likely to attract 'respectable' individuals but and by offering intense personal experience of the sacred. As such, experiential congregations of difference can appeal to those lives able to seek the sacred in external obligation, but those they have themselves experienced through being 'born again', they are likely to be active in trying to convert others so that they too may experience the richness of a lived 'in the Lord' life and in everyday, moment-to-moment, deeply subjective relationship with him. As regards the future, the key question is whether there will be enough such people around in the future to allow difference to stabilize or grow, the congregational domain the children of those who the faith of the parents. more thoroughly and as a in congregations of experiential doing so slow down the decline of whole. This depends, in part, on whether currently attend will be effectively socialized into The danger is subjectivized forms of that they will be attracted by the life on offer in the culture than by the regulated subjective satisfactions available in congregations of experiential difference. Another danger is that charismatic enthusiasm wanes as intense experience cannot be sustained, and so leads to congregational decline. In down in Kendal and in England growth rates as a whole there is gregation since the 1990s (Percy, 2003; Brierley, 2000, On the other hand, religious validation it is likely that those who is p. 54). seek clear moral and of traditional family values (amongst other things) continue to be attracted to what Christianity has to the subjective turn evidence of a slow- of the more 'charismatic' forms of evangelical con- is likely to 'out there' to think that prime even those it who offer. And will given that believe that the truth should also be experienced within, and
147 Looking to the Future harnessed to the healing and enhancement of 'subjective-life, predict that congregations of experiential difference are likely we would to grow at the expense of 'drier', less experiential and subjectively focused forms of congregation (both congregations of humanity and of difference). In support, there the USA is clear evidence that the successfiil attracting people 'new paradigm churches' in (see Chapter 3 pp. 63-4), and they have done so by have grown away from congregations of difference and congregations of humanity (Perrin, Kennedy and Miller, 1997). We also note that congre- gations of experiential difference are often extremely active in evangelical endeavour (for example the Alpha Course), and that they are often more successful than other forms of congregation in offering strong educational provision at the congregational level - which may help socialize and retain young people. We will therefore think likely that it congregations of experiential difference be able to sustain their current levels of attendance. In support. Greater London, Berkshire and Surrey - affluent 'home counties' where many congregations of experiential difference are located - are the only counties in England that experienced static rather than declining attend- ance levels between 1989 and 1998 (Brierley, 2001, such congregations will England, evangelicalism 1998 2000, (Brierley, At worst, probably suffer only very gradual decline (in whole declined by 3 per cent between 1989 and as a p. 51)). In either case, the relative vitality of congre- gations of experiential difference means that they may well be able to prevent congregational 'decline to zero', and make the bottoming-out overall scenario more likely - for such congregations constitute tion of the congregational domain as a p. a sizeable propor- whole. (Currently, evangelicalism makes up 37 per cent of the congregational domain 2000, p. 2.15). in England 67); in Kendal, congregations of experiential difference (Brierley, make up 21 per cent of the congregational domain, whilst congregations of difference make up 18 per cent.) The revival scenario The final scenario holds bottoming-out scenarios tional Christianity are that both the continuing decline and the too pessimistic about the future of congrega- and that Christianity will stage a revival, just as it has in the past. This seems unlikely, since previous revivals, like that stimulated by Methodism in the eighteenth century, took place in populations where
148 Looking to the Future Christian capital was high. still Some suggest that the 'secular' West will be reconverted by missionaries from overseas. However, that missionaries would have any success hard to believe it is in converting the denizens of a widely subjectivized culture which has actively rejected associational forms of Christianity. Still others argue that people will and illusory rewards of an return to the churches to (Chapter Four), however, suggests that sick of the shallow culture and 'materialist' the spiritual gap in their much more quality- of- life values, are and 'individualistic' fill grow lives. The evidence 'post- materialists', likely to with their be attracted to the holistic milieu than the congregational domain. Prediction: congregational domain Drawing our discussion of congregational scenarios to a close, we find no strong evidence to support the more optimistic scenarios, some evidence to support the most pessimistic scenario of a decline to (near) zero, but the greater weight of evidence supporting the bottoming- out scenario - with the domain being supported by the relative vitality of experiential congregations of difference. More of the precisely, overall congregational decline to continue for the next life -as we would we would expect 25 to 30 years attendance at congregations of humanity shrinks to around population or below, but spirituality 1 as per cent of the expect attendance at congregations of experiential difference to remain fairly steady, thus leading to a levelling out of the congregational domain 2030. This prediction is at around 3 per cent of the population by based on religions of humanity continuing to de- cline at the same rate (around 50 per cent) as over the last two decades, and on attendance at congregations of experiential difference remaining fairly steady, or declining very gentiy, over the next three decades. The Spiritual Revolution: Past, Present and Future Some hundred years ago, Durkheim drew a distinction between 'a religion handed down by tradition' and 'a free, private, optional religion, fashioned according to one's own needs and understanding' (cited in Pickering, 1975, p. 96). Writing at much the same time, William James, Simmel, Troeltsch and others drew similar distinctions. itualities They too thought that spir of life were a growing force, so they would not be surprised by the
149 Looking to the Future extent to which the spiritual revolution has developed since their time, nor about our predictions. Arguing that the sacred gravitates towards ultimate value to affirm, enhance, validate and express that value, they reflected all on the significance that was coming to be placed on subjective -life. As Simmel (1997) put it so vividly, 'This emotional reality - which we can claimonly call life - makes itself increasingly felt in its formless strength our existence' value of ing inalienable rights as the true meaning or (p. 24). . And as it progresses, the turn to subjective life . . draws the sacred within. Following the lead of these giants of the past, we have argued in this volume that a major cultural development - 'the massive subjective turn of modern culture' - has served to and to undermine life -as fuel the religion. growth of subjective-life To summarize our spirituality findings concerning the situation in Great Britain today, around 4,600,000 are active in the congregational domain on a typical Sunday, and around 900,000 in the holistic milieu during a typical week. This means that the claim that a ual revolution has taken place strated that a and sixties, major and shift is still ftiU-blown revolution, already occurred. what is we have noted When as a few 'mini-revolutions' that have a is taken to include 'cultural canopy', including the cultures its validity is been possible to quantify the growth of it fifties cannot be described the spiritual revolution claim education, healthcare and wellbeing, Had it spirit- we have demon- has occurred in the sacred landscape since the continuing. Even though happening within the is exaggerated. Nevertheless, within and on the fringes of congregational of considerably enhanced. subjective-life spirituality activit)^, particularly in small we might have found additional evidence to support the claim. Looking to the future, much suggests that the cultivation of subjective- groups, life is going to remain of central importance and attain increasing cultural significance. Having considered the most forms of the sacred in this chapter, likely scenarios for associational we have concluded that the holistic milieu will continue to grow, albeit at a slower rate than in recent years, to perhaps double its size during the next 40 or 50 years. concluded that although the congregational domain a third of its current size by 2030, decline relative vitality is We have also will decline to likely to around be stemmed by the of experiential religions of difference. Pulling these two we predict that in 40 or so years time the congredomain and holistic milieu of Britain will have become much the same size. Between 3 and 4 per cent of the population will be active in each conclusions together, gational during a typical week. As to whether a after that - spiritual revolution will take place well, predicting the future has its limits.
150 Looking to the Future In any case, this volume does not stand or prediction. Predictions are fun. mind on More fall with the accuracy of current trends and their longer term significance. It may - as will religions happen of difference processes operate. if the holistic milieu widens fail its be, for 40 or 50 instance, that the spiritual revolution will take place in the next years its importantly, they serve to focus the appeal, if experiential to halt overall congregational decline, or if both The main purpose of the volume has not been to foretell the future, but to study the tectonic shifts currently underway in the sacred landscape. We have demonstrated that unique change, and we have this ities change. As learn are living more about the we will learn of religion and their hands. through of values, beliefs, experiences, activis currently more about what may happen spirituality are a period and explain the nature of and general outlook of the generation that maturity, fate we we tried to characterize next. concerned, the future is So coming to far as the very much in
Appendices Appendix 1: Strategies (1 The Kendal Project: Summary of Research October 2000-30 June 2002) Why Kendal> Once we had decided to undertake a locality study, we had not have been Kendal but, for the following reasons, it to select a town. It need was. The chosen locality was within easy reach of our homes and workplace, and we had some prior knowledge of the town and usefiil contacts within it. Size. With its population of just under 28,000 Kendal was the right size to research with the resources at our disposal. Our feasibility study showed it had enough churches, chapels and 'alternative' forms of spiritual practice to make it possible to Practicality. test the spiritual revolution claim. Boundedness. Kendal is a fairly self-contained town. With the nearest other towns being 10-25 miles away (Windermere, Penrith, Lancaster), the majority of people could be expected to conduct much of their religious or spiritual lives within or near the town rather than travelling elsewhere. Homo£ieneity. Kendal has been interesting have as it less made in no own significant ethnic right to study a things considerably was, and since communities. Whilst more it would have would also more complex. Since we were treading new ground we had limited time and resources, we were happy to have one its complicating factor. multi-cultural town, it
152 Appendices Division of Labour We knew from our feasibility study in Kendal (research carried out by Margaret Stelfox during 1998) that the main forms of associationai sacred one of two fell termed into We 'holistic'). the same magnitude. activity oriented to the we categories: congregational or 'alternative' (which later also knew We therefore divided our research and researchers roughly two equally between these that the task of studying each 'heartlands'. one was of roughly Linda Woodhead and research associate Karin Tusting took responsibility for the congregational domain, Paul Heelas, Bronislaw Szerszynski and research associate Benjamin Seel for the holistic milieu. meetings were held on a regular, typically weekly, Team basis. Sequence of Tasks 1 Mapping the associationai activities Certain tasks had an obvious priority in the Project, most obviously the identification of all examples of associationai activity that could be relevant (see Chapter for details of how this was done). Each was prepared, either on the basis of a 2 Follow-up research of the associationai By at least and about a data sheet it activities all the 25 congregations in Kendal had visited at least once. All the holistic milieu had been interviewed listed or a telephone interview. the time the Kendal Project had ended, been was activity visit Two group and one-to-one practitioners once, and approximately 60 per cent of the holistic milieu groups had been studied at first hand. 3 Longitudinal research Initial archival research into how the numbers involved in the congregational domain of Kendal had changed over time was carried out by Margaret Stelfox during the feasibility study. carried out Detailed study of the attendance records of four congregations was by Abby Day and Rosemary Mingins. The longitudinal picture of the holistic milieu was methods oudined in built up during the course of the Project by way of the three Chapter Two (pp. 42-5). 4 Identifying and researching representative case studies Selection of representative examples of the main types of activity of the two heartlands took place The three holistic and Yoga at Kendal a characteristic of each commencement of were Rainbow Cottage, Infinite few months after the the Project. case studies selected Chi, Leisure Centre. Four congregational case studies were Tai
153 Appendices New Life Community Church, selected: Holy Trinity (ATiglican) Church, Parr Street Evangelical Church and the Unitarian Chapel. Case study research continued until the end of the Project. The full-time researchers. Seel and Tusting, were responsible which was for this research, 5 out by way of participant observation and as fieldwork notes, the latter as full interview were both semi-structured and unstructured, usually took transcriptions. Interviews homes and place in people's 200 chiefly carried The former was recorded interview. lasted for between one and two hours. In total around case study interviews were carried out. Counting The congregational domain was counted of counting in the methods employed holistic milieu first, took place over Chapter are outlined in more complicated business more extended period. The whilst the Two (pp. a 33-40). 6 Questionnaires The design and Project, distribution of questionnaires was deliberately left to the when we had a better idea disconfirm, and could see who would to those tional tic still end of the needed to find out and confirm/ best to frame our questions (in language appropriate complete them). The two questionnaires - for the congrega- domain and the common how of what we holistic milieu questions, but differed - were designed in tandem and had some somewhat in nature and purpose. Whilst the holis- questionnaire was designed to provide information about the milieu as a whole, the main purpose of the congregational questionnaire was to provide information about the four main and results We varieties can be found distributed at of Christianity in Kendal. Copies of the questionnaires www.kendalproject.org.uk. 516 copies of the congregational domain questionnaire to the four case study churches as well as the Roman Catholic Church; 187 were completed and returned (almost entirely by post), a response rate of 36 per cent. Administration of more complicated. In order to handle the fact that we could not make direct conof one-to-one practitioners (in particular), we distributed the ques- the hoHstic questionnaire was confidentiality/anonymity considerations meant that tact with clients tionnaire to with all all spiritual spiritual one-to-one practitioners who were happy to help, together group practitioners whose groups were scheduled to meet during our chosen week. Asked to fill one in themselves, practitioners were also asked to give the questionnaire to willing one-to-one clients and group participants or to those who came along during a particular week in November 2001. A pre-paid envelope was enclosed with each questionnaire, respondents being requested to reply within know how many questionnaires were distributed by the we cannot provide a response rate in the normal way. Nevertheless, the we received from 252 individuals make up 42 per cent of the 600 people 10 days. Since we do not practitioners, 252 replies
154 Appendices who we finally determined to be active during a typical week in the life of the holistic milieu. Strategy for Writing the The task of writing Book volume was divided equally between Heelas and Woodhead, this with Heelas taking responsibility for producing drafts of material dealing with the holistic milieu, Woodhead those dealing with the congregational domain, and both working on general conceptual and theoretical themes. After these had been produced, the material went through four the ftirther stages. First, work of the other and made suggestions which emerged from this process each author scrutinized for revision. Second, the agreed draft was sent to all the team members. Third, team comments and suggestions were incorporated and accommodated of the authors. Finally, uniformity and make both authors read through all at the discretion the material in order to ensure final revisions. Appendix 2: The Congregational Domain in Kendal (November 2000) Type of congregation % attenders by (variety of churchgoing congregation religion) in Total Congregation 1 Allhallows (Church of 11 Religion of 15 Religion of 531 Religion of 195 Religion of England) 2 Fellside 3 Holy humanity Methodist humanity Trinity and St George R.C. 4 Holy Trinity (Kendal humanity Parish Church) humanity (Church of England) 5 Sandylands 94 Methodist 6 St George's (Church humanity 110 Religion of 176 Religion of of England) 7 Stricklandgate Methodist Religion of humanity humanity of total Kendal by type
155 Appendices 8 United Reformed 81 Religion of Religion of humanity humanity 19 Religion of 26 Religion of Church 9 Bethel Evangelical difference (independent) 10 Church of Jesus Day (Mormons) difference Christ of Latter Saints 11 Jehovah's Witness, 55% 98 Religion of 62 Religion of 16 Religion of 154 Religion of difference Highgate 12 Jehovah's Witness, difference Parkside 13 Kendal difference Christadelphians 14 Parr Street Evangelical Church difference (ex-Brethren, independent) 15 South Lakes 10 Religion of difference Christadelphians (self-report) 16 Our Lady and Saint Religion of Oswald (Anglo- difference Religion of 18% difference Catholic) 17 Heron Hill Free 29 Church experiential difference (independent) 18 New Life 56 Community Church Army Religion of experiential difference (independent) 19 Salvation Religion of 22 Religion of experiential difference 20 St Thomas's 300 (Church of Religion of experiential England) difference 21 St Thomas's, 58 Religion of Religion of Hallgarth (Church experiential experiential of England church difference difference = 21% plant) 22 Beacon of Light Spiritualist Church 32 Religion of experiential humanity Continued
156 Appendices Appendix 2 Continued Type of Congregation 23 First Total congregation % attenders by (variety of churchgoing congregation religion) in Church of of total Kendal by type Religion of 33 experiential Christ, Scientist humanity 24 Societ)^ 29 of Friends Religion of (Quakers) experiential humanit}^ 45 25 Unitarian Chapel Religion of Religion of experiential experiential humanity humanit)^ Appendix 3: Forms of Holistic Milieu Activities in within Five Miles of Kendal and (Autumn 2001 Number participating Activity Acupressure 12 Acupuncture 5 Alexander technique courses and one-to-one activities Aromatherapy Art therapy/groups 77 97 20 Astrology 36 Buddhist groups 43 CancerCare group 19 Chinese College of Physical Culture group 9 Chiropractice 36 Circle dancing 47 Counselling (Co-counselling/Person-centred counselling) 50 Craniosacral therapy 34 Energ}^ = 6% 2207 Total management workshops 7 Flower essences therapy 54 Foot massage 48
Appendices GrecnSpirit group Healing/Spiritual healing groups and one-to-one 48 34 Herbalism Homeopathy course and one-to-one 88 activities 24 Hypnotherapy Indian head massage course and one-to-one 25 activities 38 group Inter- faith ^ . activities 7 lona group Kinaesiology 13 Massage 89 Meridian therapy 2 Metamorphic technique 9 Naturopathy 2 7 Nutritional therapy Osteopathy 62 Pagan 1 activities 13 Palm readings 3 Play therapy Psychic consultancy 22 Psychotherapy group/Psychosynthesis group 20 Rebirthing 12 Reflexology 79 Reiki group and one- to-one 61 activities 17 Relaxation therapy Sai Baba group • 5 Sea of Faith group 14 Shiatsu 35 3 Spinal touch therapy Tai chi/Chi kung groups 63 Taize singing group 19 Tarot card reading 30 True Vision group 3 Universal Peace dancing group Women Women's 2 group spirituality group Yoga groups The during a 7 128 from the holistic milieu questionnaire (response rate 42 They show the number of respondents who practised each kind of activity particular week in the autumn of 2001 and/or prior to that. Activities figures in the table are per cent). 30 5 Vision therapy Wild 157
158 Appendices other than those indicated as being groups take a one-to-one form. 'One-off events are not included. It one should be borne activity. It must in mind also be that the figures cited here that some respondents were involved in emphasized that the 42 per cent response do not represent the total numbers more than means rate participating in each activity. It should also be noted that when, as is normally the case, Christian -inspired associational activities such as Taize have a life-as orientation (generally taking take place within congregational settings or being affiliated to congregations) they have not been included in the holistic milieu.
Notes Introduction 1 The themes and arguments explored in this volume owe a great deal to the following, together with many other scholars: Bellah et al. (1985), Berger et al. (1974), Durkheim (1971), Gehlen (1980), James (1960), Luckmann (1967, 1990), Simmel (1997), Roof (1993, 1999), Taylor (1989, 1991, 2002), Tipton (1982), Troeltsch (1931) and 2 Wuthnow (1998). For the development of our own thoughts, see for example Heelas (1996, 2002a), Woodhead (2004) and Woodhead and Heelas (2000). This is also why the turn to subjective -life is bound up with an emphasis on the value of individual freedom. The latter is a facilitating rather than a primary value. What is of 'ultimate' value is the unique subjective-self But that self can only be itself - discover express itself, itself, fulfil itself - if it is free from exter- compulsion, control, regulation and intrusion. As Lukes (1973) puts nal, 'The very idea of 5^/^development logically implies that the development autonomously pursued' 3 Our for use of the terms (p. it, is 136). 'life-as religion' and 'subjective-life spiritualit}^' one moment be taken to imply that we are reducing whatever is should not taken to be sacred or ultimate to socio-cultural formations or subjectivities. Life-as Christians believe in a although we God who transcends this world and our experience of And it. use the term 'subjective-life spirituality' because what matters is experience (which can only be subjective), this by no means rules out the fact that this form of spirituality The language is of is also taken to 'spirituality force or energy' (for example). is love, love belong to the very act of being is spirituality' (for alive. example) and 'life
160 4 It Notes to Pages 10-34 must be emphasized that when can flourish 1 this does not rule out the forms of life are present - fact that life-as religion in conservative rural areas or neighbourhoods, for example. in city ethnic Chapter Kendal life-as Distinguishing Religion and Spirituality: Findings from 1 Two See Chapter (p. why 37) for taking place in the environs of Kendal activities are included in the holistic milieu. 2 3 What follows sions. Fieldwork notes have also been taken into consideration. largely based Although participation has roles analysis of some 100 interviews and discus- a if anything to do with dictating how life-as number of participants told us that their holistic served to improve the quality of their See Chapter It on an little ought to be performed, activities 4 is Two for further discussion lives as (for example) teachers. of points summarized in this paragraph. should be borne in mind that although one or two of the Buddhist groups might be relatively tradition-informed, subjective-life We holistic activities. about whether to hand there is faith in this should also point out that we have debated long and hard group inclucie the Baha'i an emphasis on immanent active in the milieu; sized. After they belong to the holistic milieu in that catered for; and participants are typically involved in other is much in the holistic milieu. spiritualit)' on the other hand, the otherness of God deliberation, we have finally On the one and many participants also is are empha- decided not to discuss the Baha'i book. As Baha'i participants number 13 or so people, the figures presented in what follows are not affected in any significant regard. Obviously, the faith were larger in Kendal, with milieu, 5 we would have included Those thinking in tive' or life-as Baha'is in the category of life-as religion. argument that the we holistic milieu actually fimctions in a 'forma- way. Whatever the truth of this argument, our characterization of namely, what participants have to 1 (in particular latter-day descendant, Foucault) will object that the holistic milieu in this chapter has relied Chapter 2 if participants not active in the holistic terms of the legacy of the Frankfurt School Adorno, Fromm, and that are ignoring the many on what we know to be the case: say. Testing the Spiritual Revolution Claim in Kendal The debate has been provoked, has recendy changed its in part, by the fact that the policy for gathering data on its Church of England attendance levels, from counting typical Sunday attendance to counting average weekly attendance during a month. This policy has been criticized, not least because it breaks the
Notes to Pages 35-42 continuity with existing time-series data (Gill, 2()()2). A 61 1 we decided reason to use the measure of typical Sunday attendance rather than average weekly attend- ance was because it would allow us to make comparisons with the existing congregational data. In addition, our purpose was simply to arrive at one reli- able measure of attendance - a measure as close as possible to the 'typical weekly' way in which we planned to measure the incidence of holistic milieu participation. 2 The possibility of our using a longer time-span discussed later in this chapter. is Weekly participation within the congregational domain 9 below) (see note is almost certainly very similar to typical Sunday participation - which (alone) justifies also be our use of a typical weekly time span for the noted that we decided not to include one-off workshops, events in our holistic milieu count - their irregularity been produce difficult to means that estimate, and given that one-off events almost certainly attract active in the holistic milieu, sible) to avoid multiple We it would have been extremely basis questionnaire said about the 'the past seven days' (Ql). 4 Some difficult (if were more rough already not impos- number of individuals involved during a typical of our mapping exercise (which gave us the number of participation in a given week) participants a many events). arrived at the figure for the week on the would have counting (for that would have involved collecting the names of everybody attending 3 or other fairs it weekly figure that was anything more than a should holistic milieu. It and on the basis number of activities they had We likely to fact that multi- across a ciuestionnaire and so 15 respondents to the c]uestionnaire added of participated in during have also taken into account the come acts of what respondents to the fill activities to the list it in. provided in the questionnaire (see Appendix 3), including, for example, channelling, pilates, a and Sufi group, a gathering people, practising what we is of Brahma Kumaris (the described as 'body, mind, latter involving spirit' around 12 meditation). Although are not certain that all these activities are provided by practitioners sider them to be spiritual, who con- or that they take place within Kendal and environs, show it is we had not managed to identify everything of relevance. Given the particular difficulties of tracking down activities in the rural area around Kendal, this is not surprising. (As Heelas knows from very likely that the additions to the list that his life in the Yorkshire Dales, activities in rural areas are, for example, run from converted farmhouses, with no advertising other than word of mouth.) figure of 600 participants 5 Other than New is Life (for Our thus on the conservative side. which we have hard evidence), other congregations that appear to have experienced brief spurts of growth at some point(s) between the 1960s and early 1990s are: the Jehovah's Witnesses (religion of difference). Parr Street (religion of difference), ential difference), difference, and a Heron Hill Free (Church (religion of experi- and St 1 homas's, Hallgarth (another religion of experiential church plant).
1 62 6 Notes to Pages 42-54 Lowendahl (2002) one of the few scholars to have found evidence is Sweden) suggesting that the 'New Age' might be 7 The 55 per cent been determined so 8 Hard data is 62 per cent when the figure rises to week and/or place during the previous as to it is not extremely difficult to obtain - even at all clear activity, or activities, Both these prior to that. took figures have avoid counting acts of multi-participation. many chapel for non-religious reasons, and (in in decline. how one if people go to church or are unlikely to want to talk about could establish whether or not those they attend for religious reasons are 'actually' there for other reasons. should add that the 0.9 per cent was not determined holistic figure this; who say We until the questionnaire research was carried out towards the end of the Kendal Project- which meant tional 9 As that, even if it had been possible, we did not have the opportun- to try and find ways of arriving at a comparable figure for the congrega- ity domain. for shorter time spans, it could be argued that just pation in the holistic milieu by way of as we measured particiwe have the 'typical week', so should gauged congregational domain participation by taking attendance services into account as well as Sunday attendance. because the 'typical weekly' measure means it is of little resources which is We at did not do mid-week this, partly used in other studies (which rarely comparative value), and partly because of the amount of would have had to be devoted to meeting the challenge of avoiding double counting. In any case, our research in Kendal indicated that mid-week attendance also attend it is low, and on Sundays. So even unlikely that figure 10 is we have it would appear if we had adopted would have made arrived largely to involve people who the 'typical week' approach, a significant difference to the 7.9 per cent at. Since 16 per cent of the people active in the holistic milieu are also regular churchgoers, overall associational activity is slightly smaller than the 9.5 per cent total arrived at by simply adding together the 7.9 per cent and 1.6 per cent of the two heartland territories. Evidence for a Spiritual Revolution: Britain and Chapter 3 1 Although no one systematically counted groups and one-to-one Britain during the 'sixties', primary were few activities and secondary of the kind found today. Being literature a 'child USA activities in shows that there of the sixties', Heelas has monitored particular localities (for example Oxford) over the years - the picture is unquestionably one of growth. Mind Body Spirit It can be noted that the Festival for - presenting the kind of activity which we are using to gauge change - was not established numbers practising the until 1977. De Michelis (2004) estimates that two major schools of Postural Yoga have increased by
Notes to Pages 54-59 300 per cent from 1970 (to reach 1 around 120,000'participants by 1992-3); de Michelis also reported research based on Lexis-Nexis findings regarding newspaper articles, 63 namely that there were no on yoga articles in UK 1980, with 2 numbers progressively increasing to 3,675 in 2001 (2004, p. 194). Hadaway, Marler and Chaves (1993) survey academic and popular publications 3 to show how frequently the 40 per cent figure is cited (pp. 741-2). The higher rate of decline indicated by the Yearbook may be a fianction of not fact that all the the same church bodies report in the Yearbook each year, and some of them change their counting methods. The same problems beset the Glenmary data, but we have here relied on Shibley's analysis of the data which attempts to correct these problems (Shibley, 1996), to which we added Roman Catholic numbers drawn from the Glenmary data. 4 Although it is almost certainly the case that polls over-report congregational attendance, surveys could under-report those involved with 'alternative' or 'New Age' spiritualities - the argument being that in the USA the latter activ- do not have the same social or cultural acceptability as the former. Regarding the 20 per cent figure for Kendal, it is certainly unlikely to be ities 5 Among significance to the activity or activities Chapter Two, p. 46). As be so very different from material we have USA show tliat in Kendal or that a participant in Britain USA Britain, the is not primary is readily going to feel at many other countries). True, prosperity or 'how example) are more significant in the USA - but the 'flow' of 'New Age' themes and practices 6 found (or indeed in to' spiritualities (for countries have are currently practising (see collected, together with other publications (including the aca- demic), serve to in the which they for the point that the holistic milieu of the likely to home higher. other considerations, 45 per cent of participants do not attach spiritual much more in is common such that the sales. of the two than not. Additional evidence concerning the greater size of by figures for over-the-counter holistic milieus For the CAM in the USA USA see Astin is provided (1998) and Eisen- berg, Davis, Ettner et al. (1998); for Britain see White and Ernst (2000) and Thomas, NichoU and Coleman (2001). This comparison suggests that CAM could be up to 100 per cent larger in the USA. 7 For evidence regarding the growth of yoga, see the Harris Interactive Service Bureau (2003) findings provided in Chapter Five; see also Ray and Anderson (2000, pp. 328-32), including growth figures from the four million yoga participants in 1990 to the 18 million they report for 1998 (p. 329). Figures for 8 CAM are also included (p. 330); other evidence for the ities is provided below, Whatever the exact in size Chapter Four, note might be, the milieu doubt on the claims of those who ring to the 'New Age' in say that growth of it is it is activ- is surely large enough to cast numerically insignificant. Refer- 1992, Finke and Stark wrote of tion' (p. 244): hardly an eruption, CAM 5. true; but even 'a blip, not an erup- 10 or so years ago, it
1 Notes to Pages 60 -70 64 was probably more than ical a blip. In contrast. Fuller's (2001) account of numer- significance suggests that the percentage could well be closer to 8 per cent we than the lower figure 'a fiill have provided. (Fuller estimates, for example, that 20 per cent of the population can be New Age movement' (p. 99).) This is be sympathetic with the said to also indicated by key finding from a a USA survey which discovers that 7 per cent practise yoga in the active Service Bureau, 2003) - which includes people who (Harris Inter- percentage for the adult population, and a practise yoga alone, but which is nevertheless indi- cative. 9 10 A good ethnographic illustration Women's Aglow movement. is provided by Griffith's (1997) study of the Whilst the Glenmary data indicates steady growth of Roman Catholic numbers USA, Hadaway, Marler and Chaves (1998) and Hadaway and Marler (1998) who relied on the more reliable clergy-reported between 1970 and 2000 in the attendance figures in their study of Catholic attendance in the Archdiocese of San Francisco discovered a drop of almost 50 per cent between in attendance 1961 and 1996. Church participation of Roman Catholics, once much higher than that of Protestants, has dropped over the that of the latter last (Roozen and Hadaway, 1993, 30 years to near parit)^ with p. 252), whilst disaffiliation high and switching to other denominational families is increasing is (Roof and MacKinney, 1987; Hadaway and Marler, 1993). 11 We deliberately avoid the what uct, is consumed and term 'consumer culture' because that which is is implies (1) that relatively trivial as waste prod- and subsequent involvement with the and undemanding. Our objection is purchased need not be consumed in either of these senses simple: (a copy of die Bible or Kant's Critique of Pure Reason^ for example). See Lau (2000) on 'New Age capitalism' in the USA, including strongly holistic-orientated companies like the 13 it absorbed by the consumer - and expelled (2) that the purchasing choice purchased good 12 is Thus the Roman Catholic Aveda Corporation. 'Jesuit Spirituality Centre' (Loyola Hall, Merseyside) offered the following retreats for 2003: 'Rest and Relaxation', 'Spirituality of Aging', 'God of the Senses', 'Changing Direction', 'What ing the Still Point', We May Be', 'Find- '12 Step Spirituality' and 'Sacred 'Celtic Spirituality', Touch'. 14 It is important to add the proviso that this and consolidation by booksellers - although is pardy due to recategorization this in itself is indicative in tliat the mindvbody-spirit category has served as the vehicle for reorganization. In the USA, according to Puttick (2003), 90 million mind-body-spirit books were sold during 1998. 15 The place of 'religion' in the that 'religion' uncritical. still USA media is explored by Silk (1998), has prominence, and that coverage is who finds generally bland and
Notes to Pages 70-73 16 Health and women's magazines in probably more spintiially are more magazines dealing clined than in Britain, and there are inner-life spiritualit\'. USA the 165 There seem to be more of the latter on in- primarily with shopping sale in malls and major bookstores than Christian equivalents. see Zaleski (1997), Dawson and Cowan Hcnnebry (1999j and Haddcn and (2000); on popular culture in the USA, sec Ostwalt (2003), Moore (2003), and the review provided in Relijfious 17 On 18 See, in and the Internet, religion, spirituality Studies Review (1999, 25(1), pp. 3 particular, 1 1 ). Salamon (2000, 2001, 2002); see also and Taylor Bell (forthcoming), Carrette and King (2004), Casey (2000), Hicks (2003) and Mitroff and Denton (1999). On soft capitalism and spirituality', see Thrift (1997) and Heelas (1996, 2002b). In the USA, however, Christianity does seem to be harnessed to 'capitalist' ends more frequently - as book titles like Jesus 19 CEO, The Management Methods of Jesus and See also Best (1996) on education and to spirituality' are now God spirituality. widely available is My CEO indicate. Courses including reference in vocationally orientated colleges (in- cluding Kendal C^ollege), adult education centres and similar institutions. In the USA, there is still serious controversy surrounding prayer in public schools. are more private schools, many of them religious. Likewise, the movement is growing rapidly, especially in conservative evangel- However, there home 20 school ical circles. See Smith (2003) and the review in Religfious Studies Review (1997 23 35-9) for the overall situation (1), pp. The growth of CAiM USA. in the has been discussed earlier in this chapter. For more on spirituality in health care contexts, including nursing, see Gilliat-Ray Harrison and Burnard (1993) and Orchard (2001). Spirituality During the ingly in evidence within the helping professions. is later be noted, the World Health Organization added the word (2003), also increas- 1980s, 'spiritual' can it to its definition of health. 21 In the USA our strong impression revolution in the culture spirituality' has also is grown is that the picture regarding a spiritual both similar and different: similar to become far more visible within in that holistic mainstream cul- ture in the last few decades; different in that Christianity has continued to maintained a high cultural profile over the same period. The way to sustain Christian 'sub-cultures' in a 2002, pp. 220-8 and Chapter Four, 22 The most p. that is USA is also able impossible in Europe (Bruce, 123). pressing research challenge involves fiarther study of the beliefs of the very large number of Westerners who are neither atheists/agnostics nor involved in associational religious or spiritual activities (Heelas, 2002a). 23 FLIsewhere in Europe, their respondents to statement 'There is a Houtman and a Mascini (2002) find that 27 per cent of study carried out in the Netherlands agree with the God who personally occupies himself with every being', 33 per cent agreeing that 'There has to be something like a human higher
166 Notes to Pages 74-86 force that contiols God in 'the 24 life' (p. 462). In Sweden, a third of the population believe within' (Anders Backstrom, personal communication). For further information from the 'being religious/being see for Pargament, Cole Chapter 4 spiritual' literature, example Marler and Hadaway (2002), Scott (2001) and Zinnbauer, et al. (1997). Bringing the Sacred to Life: Explaining Sacralization and Secularization 1 Durkheim (1971) himself very much concentrated on explaining traditional and practices relative to of religion (defined as 'a unified system life -as sacred things, that ence to is beliefs to say, things set apart and forbidden' (p. 47)) by refer- He formations. life-as socio-cultural did not apply his replication ap- proach to explain another form of the sacred which, like so many others of his time, he was acutely aware was a growing force, namely one which consists 'entirely in internal freely 2 by each of us' and subjective states, and which would be constructed (p. 47). See Hall (1999) on voluntary associations; see also and Veroff (1981, et al Putnam (2000, pp. 183-4) p. 537). For an example of the subjectivization of Mulgan (1994) on how personal sources of significance can inform a 'new politics' of 'life values'; Chambers (1997), who defines wellbeing as 'the experience of good quality of life' rather than in terms of 'wealth' (p. 9), addresses the world of development agencies (see also Nussbaum and Glover, politics, see 1996). 3 Regarding one sector of wellbeing publications. Bunting, entitled 'Finding appeal much like The Little Book of Calm: of comforting advice on 4 how to your live the feel -good market with plent)' it's life'. Chapter Three provides more information concerning vizcd) cultural settings. rendering of in a revealing article your inner cook' (2000) writes: 'Cookery books have an More qualit}^-of-life generally. Singer ethics (see (2003) explores wellbeing and emotions concept of eudaimonia ('a complete Baudrillard argues that 'individuals Kleinig, also in human spiritualit)' in (subjecti- (1993) provides a philosophical 1991); and Nussbaum connection with the Aristotelian life'). Regarding cultural no longer compete analysis, for the possession goods, they actualize themselves in consumption, each on his own' of (in Poster, 1988, p. 12); Campbell (2004) explores what he calls the 'emotional ontolog>'' of 'modern consumerism'; and Gimlin (2002) argues that activities like aerobics 'release notions of selftiood from the physical' (p. 50). From primary material, advertisements and products provide a the point of view of good indication of values found in subjective wellbeing culture - you're worth 'personalized jewellery, glassw are. it' and 'Because I'm worth it'; for example, L'Oreal's 'Because
Notes to Pages 86 -92 1 rugs, paintings and a variety of other items using an individual's genetic fingerprint' (Designa Gifts, offering products which could not be 67 DNA much more life' and 'Turn back in time' (Earth Therapeutics skin your dream - change your life' (advert for a motorhome). personalized); 'True to lotion); 'Live 5 A good index of the growth of of complementary and studies Coleman (2001), '8.5% of Nicholl and seen a practitioner for one of the months in the past six etc.] subjective wellbeing culture regarding the et provided by the adult population [of England] had main therapies [acupuncture, homeopathy, six 1993, compared to 10.6% in 1998' in USA, Eisenberg is medicine. According to Thomas, alternative al. (1998) report that 'Use of (p. at least 1 9); of 16 from 33.8% in 1990 to The House of Lords Report (2000) provides a alternative therapies during the previous year increased 42.1% 1997' in 1569). (p. summary of various surveys, includes data concerning the large volume of over- the-counter sales (of herbal medicine, for example), and provides evidence that CAM (largely) belongs to subjective wellbeing culture (Chapter Anderson (2000) provide commercial wellbeing culture in the 6 last century We are If not suggesting that the Kendal who USA, an is Ray and $230 being spent at the end of the sustainability' (p. 329). holistic milieu in toto is simply a wellbeing zone. anything to go by, there are certainly participants within the miheu enlightenment or are seeking which activities estimated of 'lifestyles of health and in the area 1). indicators of the importance of subjective 'truth' most focused on are - but numbers are small, and even the spirituality as an end in itself also ftinction holistically. 7 Recall tiie finding, provided in Chapter Two, that only 55 per cent of those dimension' in connection - they have practised during the previous week. It holistic milieu experience a 'spiritual active in Kendal's with the activity - or activities should also be borne in mind that holistic milieu brochures or websites often uses 'intermediary' terms like 'centredness', 'energy flow' or 'going deeper' terms which suggest that there do not 8 It is more to life than - might appear, but which it explicitly refer to spirituality. noteworthy that access is is facilitated if the holistic milieu of Kendal by the (virtual) absence of life-as is anything to go by, ease of new those which Barker (1999) describes by reference to 'the and certainty in the belief systems', movements unambiguous clarity religious and the 'commitment' which is expected (p. 20). 9 This argument can be refined by showing that particular forms of wellbeing and ill-being are 3 of the of Kendal little holistic significance. As is shown by questionnaire (p. 91 respondents prioritize 'pleasure, enjoyment or ing involved. And only 6.3 per cent refer to the responses to question above), only 7.6 per cent of a treat' as their 'life crises'. together with ethnographic research, also provide littie reason for becom- Questionnaire returns, support for the idea that people become inxohed with the milieu because they have lost faith in the
Notes to Pages 92-94 168 Bcrgcr, Berger and Kellner (1974) were surely correct in argu- modern world. ing that loss of faith in the mainstream played a major role in the development of the counter-cultural 1960s. But belonging culture, the holistic milieu as it does to subjective wellbcing from being counter-cultural - far is a point sup- ported by questionnaire and other findings from Kendal which show that participants are largely with their everyday satisfied www.kendaIproject.org.uk for relevant questionnaire in lives society. (See and see the returns; following section of this chapter 'Revisiting the Subjectivization Thesis'.) 10 The largest tion?', number of those responding amounting to 37 per 34 occupation'; nical to the question 'What cent, say they per cent tioners of Kendal's holistic milieu; the into fall questionnaire, almost certainly including is your occupa- belong to a 'professional or tech- many of of the category 'other' the 95 or so of the practi- and only 7.5 per cent describe themselves as a 'manual worker'. 11 much Findings from Kendal are very in line with those reported from else- where. Roof (1993) writes of the 'highly active seekers' of his baby boomers sample, 'Many have scaled down paying service professions such ing' (p. 81); see also Yankelovich most concerned with many their expectations (1981) and self-fiilfillment activities USA his finding that over half of those Although McGuire's (1988) study of somewhat more diverse array of includes a than are to be found in the holistic milieu of Kendal, McGuire significant that in the lower- work, and counsel- have received some college education with in 'white collar' jobs (pp. 59-61). 'alternative healing' in the and work as teaching, nursing, social it is nevertheless reports that respondents 'are clearly middle-class . . well-educated, social, culturally, and residentially established' (p. 13). Bruce (1996a) writes of 'the university educated middle classes working Houtman and pressive professions: social workers, counsellors...' (p. 218). Mascini (2002) provide evidence regarding levels Harris (2003) poll of yoga participants in the of education USA in the ex- (p. 464). The shows that around 90 per cent have been to college or university, with over 30 per cent being on quite high incomes. Jones (2003) gives data for Ramatha's School of Enlighten- ment, including the fact that 71 per cent are professionals (p. 261); Brown (1997) reports that those involved with channeling 'are well educated and ofi:en (p. affluent' (p. 7). 243), Mercer and tical Frisk (2003) provides educational data for Durham (1999) experiences' (p. 176). See Gallup and Lindsay (1999) educational attainment and 'spiritual growth' in the et al. (1981, p. CAM, (1997, on the (p. link between 79), and Veroff Wootton and Sparber (2001) for a profile of those involved including data on education and income; Sharma (1995, chapter 1) for information concerning a range man USA 101) on the link between education and the cultivation of subjective- life. See with Sweden data for those most likely to have 'mys- p. of countries; and see Kelner and Well- 211) on educational attainment.
Notes to Pages 95-97 12 It is extremely important to note that by the role played tioners - we are not for one moment denying the - most noticeably by holistic milieu holistic milieu practi- development of the more general culture of in contributing to the subjective wellbeing. Holistic milieu practitioners publish that we know upon to called of, 69 1 books (at least 10, have come out of Kendal and environs); practitioners are contribute to the business activities of soft: both capitalism, in the realms of production and (more importantly) advertising and consumption (as consultants, etc.); practitioners are involved in the development of holistic work within them); and so on. Then there is the role played people like Leslie Kenton (one-time editor of tlie health and spas (and indeed by influential beauty section of Harpers and Queen) writing within the mainstream who are also deeply versed in holistic spiritualities. 13 elsewhere. See, for example, much Brown (1997, p. man and 468); Jones (2003); Lowendahl (2002); McGuire Gender findings from Kendal arc very Mascini (2002, p. p. (1995, e.g. p. 35) for with those reported from 95); Frisk (2003, p. 243); Hout- Wootton and Sparber (2001) and Sharma 12); Rose (1998, p. 6); (1988, in line (>AM. The 'Yoga in America' questionnaire carried out by the Harris Interactive Service Bureau (2003) finds that 76.9 per cent of practitioners are 14 It is women. indicative that Inglehart, Basanez difference and Moreno (1998) find a very small between the percentages of males and females holding post- materialist values (V405). See also Mitchell (1983, p. 279). 15 Some excellent illustrations of what we mean by relational subjectivism, inter- fusing the relational with the autonomous, are provided by many of the great Romantics, Lukes (1973), writing that for Wilhelm von Humboldt, for example, the '"true end of development of his powers to [was] the co-existence of man" was human increasingly sion is whole" [but] whose "highest ideal beings", constituted in "a union in which each strives to develop himself from his recendy, consider Cancian's "the highest and most harmonious a consistent own inmost nature"' work (1987), whose general theme (p. 68). is More that couples combine self-development with commitment, and whose conclu- that 'There is plenty of evidence that the interest in personal growth during the seventies was linked to close relationships; intimacy, not isolation, was now a sign of the developed self (p. 9; see also p. 39). regarding the contemporary situation, is (1977), writing that 'The reigning aspiration today personality through experiences of closeness and Another good example, provided by Richard Sennett is to develop individual warmth with others' (p. 259). See also Giddens (1993) and, from a social constructivist point of view, Gergen (1987). Or we might 'When I talk about mean "private". "Personal" is deYou become a person more deeply through think of Brother David Steindl-Rast: a shift to "personal experience", fined in terms of your relations . . I . don't your relations to other persons' (cited by (^.imino and Lattin, 2002, p. 16).
1 70 16 Notes to Pages 98-1 05 Farias (forthcoming) provides a sophisticated social psychological analysis of what he 'New Age', showing calls that what he calls a 'hybrid form of indi- vidualism' emphasizes both the subjective -life of the 'holistic' and 'personal autonomy' 12). This (p. characterized as 'holistic individualism' (p. 13). is Hedges and Beckford on 'Holism, HeaHng and the and their exploration of the theme that 'The true self is not And see atom: 17 It it is especially much only one part of a could be objected interpersonal holistically Age' (2000) an island or an larger whole' (p. 172). point that at this New ... some or Many yoga groups, example, involve individual practice with litde verbal self-disclosure. sponse is movement that bodily is not holistic milieu activities are intimate. for Our highly expressive, communicative, re- self- disclosing, with relationships being established with the practitioner. Further- more, the perception of many men is that yoga groups - predominandy involving women - are contexts which belong to women and where your body is going to be revealed: perhaps clumsy and awkward. in How many men ways which are going to make middle-aged men want feel their bodies to be taken seriously in public.^ 18 As to why there should be a gendered division of labour, debate currently rages between earlier feminist analyses which attributed differences to an early, somewhat passive, process of socialization (e.g. De Beauvoir, 1993; Gilligan, 1982) and more 'post-modern' feminist analyses which place more emphasis on the active and discursive negotiation of sex roles throughout a lifetime (e.g. Stanley and Wise, 1983; Davies, 1989; Butter, 1990). 19 Care for the body may be an obvious place to responsibilities often leave tired than them with less men, and reporting lower 1991). Having someone else take care start, particularly since women's time for themselves than men, more levels of health (Brannen and Moss, of their bodies may be ftiU of signifi- cance for the authorization and enhancement of subjective-life, particularly Adkins (1995) men is right in her observation that women to feel 'limited ownership of their bodies' (p. echoed by Gilligan (2002) and by Young (1990) of 'Throwing Both authors like a Girl'. it are more likely 159). Adkin's point in her if then is apdy tided discussion investigate psychological and other causes of women's limited ownership of their bodies and (in Gilligan's case) of 20 men's limited ownership of emotional vulnerability and relationalit)'. One way of an experimental social conceptualizing the holistic milieu space in which but to give women this are attempting to retain commitment - which threatened institutions of basis. In other words, life-as like many tempt to reconcile the (often) be' and retain commitment correct, then the milieu is is as commitment to relationality, has previously been validated by the church - a new, activities in the holistic more now subjectivizcd milieu represent an culturally divergent imperatives to 'be all I at- can to care and relationality. If this characterization is undertaking what Hochschild (2003) considers to
Notes to Pages 105-121 be the most pressing need of our times, reconciliation between demands of our workplaces, the honour in modern life' (p. 3). 21 tic 'the and the very structure of equality of the sexes, CAM. See www.kendalproject.org.uk for an age profile graph for the holis- milieu of Kendal and environs. Regarding practitioners, many have given up careers which leave time for milieu 23 and The age profile of Kendal is very much in line with England and Wales, the 2001 Census showing (for example) that 19.56 per cent of the population of Kendal are aged between 45 and 59, the equivalent figure for England and Wales being 18.93 per cent. The age profile of the holistic milieu is much the same elsewhere, including the USA: see Heelas and Seel (2003); McGuire (1988, p. 13); Cimino and Lattin (2002, p. 27); Wootton and Sparber (2001) for 22 'care' 171 moving to activities, jobs which enable them little or no to practise for two or three days a week, earning (on average) around £20 an 21 per cent of participants of Kendal and environs are in the holistic milieu hour. retired. 24 Although we do not have the space to explore the here, it is whole implications of the fact (1999) reports that voluntary associations significant that Hall are 'For the fiiU most part. .the preserve of those Thinking back to points raised earlier in this chapter, middle age' in . it is also (p. as a 455). noteworthy that those involved in voluntary associations are increasingly drawn from the ranks of women (p. 435); and much (p. 437); that involvement correlates with level of education that the large majority are middle-class (p. 438). It the same socio-demographic factors are at work as is clear that with regard to holistic milieu participation. Hall himself draws particular attention to the role played by higher levels (1995, chapters 25 of education, especially of 1 Using global data (as from Hofstede, 2001, the idea of trying to see percentage of religion. women 437); see also Sharma are could be a we have toyed with various populations and the some as the amount of life-as many variables correlations, there are too (such as the cultural revolution in China) to Comparing countries such for example), there are cross-cultural correlations between the if 'life-as' selves in Although there tural features, (p. and 3) on complementary medicine. USA much more make this a very usefiil exercise. and, however, which have shared cul- usefiil activit}^ - and one which we hope to pursue in the future. 26 The Princeton Religion Research Center's study of The Unchurched American (1988) finds that less 'I wanted clusive) 'I felt of mine to receive religious training' was an inner need to go back to church' (40 per cent) and inner need to rediscover 27 a child a important reason for returning (23 per cent) than the (somewhat incon- Yip (2000) records thesis, made by my many '1 felt an religious faith' (27 per cent). similar remarks, supportive disaffected gay Christians in the UK. of the subjectivization
Notes to Pages 122-131 172 28 A number of studies which have tested Kelley's thesis by looking for factors growth (or decline) that predict and Hoge, 1981). Studies of church find that dropouts are more Hoge and Roozen, 1979 and leavers in likely to say they Hoge cent) (Richter and Francis, 1998, p. 118; same Hoge (1993) found growth' 29 (p. UK both the left and Perry USA both because their congregation was 'too conservative' (around 33 per cent) than 'too arrive at exactly the with failed to find a significant correlation congregational strictness (see, for example, et (around 7 per liberal' al., 1981, p. Thompson, figures). In a recent study, that 'being theologically liberal was 96 - both Carroll and church a plus for 197). Some congregations of experiential USA, go even ftirther by offering body - perhaps by way of a difference in Britain, and many more in the material prosperity and/or healing of the 'miracle' (see, for example, McGuire, 1988; Percy, 1996; Poloma and Hoelter, 1998). 30 The research of Inglehart and associates argument of alienation this chapter, Ingelhart from materialists to traditional religion is also highly relevant to the general (1997) stating that 'Despite their . . . more apt than the postmaterialists are spend time thinking about the meaning and purpose of Traditional beliefs and the established religious organizations but their adherents, 285; see also 31 The spiritual life. may be . concerns are becoming more widespread' (p. p. why we is in overall decline alone suffices to distance ourselves from those who adopt a homeostatic view with regard to the fortunes of different forms of the sacred - namely that one form of the sacred declines another example. Stark 1985). carry on as . losing 284; and Inglehart, 1990, pp. 187, 192). fact that the associational territory explain relative It will grow to take its as place (see, for trends in Kendal and environs can be added that charted from the 1960s, the 2001 figure of 9.5 per cent for the congregational domain and the holistic milieu will not be matched until ap- proaching the end of the century. Chapter 5 1 The ways Looking to the Future in which these (and other) processes operate the fact that they often clash with one another. The is complex, including literature on the topic huge, with only some of the more important publications being referred to this 2 It is in volume. can readily be argued that the growth of subjective wellbeing culture element of the 'logic' ment of an 'experience economy', where encourages consumer culture - the way it is a key of contemporary capitalism, which has seen the develop- activity. 'experiences' serve as the product that Informed by a long-standing aspect of consumer serves as a Utopian 'castle of romantic dreams' (Campbell,
Notes to Pages 131-136 1987, being 227) - 'inner capitalism' p. on tKe capitalizes fact that subjective well- a never-ending quest (for 'ill-being' can never be eradicated). is other considerations, Among can also be argued that the growth of subjective well- it being culture owes a considerable amount to the widespread view that not - a rehearsal' 173 (relative) loss 'life is heavenly life-to-come contrib- faith in the of uting to the value attached to making the most of in the life here-and-now. A more comprehensive explanation of the development of subjective wellbeing certainly have to take into account the role played would culture Romanticism: its and during the Third Reich (when particular being close to nature); ities (in by German translation, during the nineteenth century, into popular activ- nature was also important, as well as related activities such as homeopathy) (Harrington, 1996). 3 See Heelas and Seel (2003) for more detailed discussion of holistic milieu scenarios. 4 Evidence drawn from a wide variety of sources, too numerous to be cited here, provides support for the ageing cohort scenario in that the age of those partici- pating in various 'new age' activities does indeed increase as one moves through the decades since the 5 sixties. See Heelas and Seel (2003) for some of the evidence of interest - and beliefs - among younger people, and the matter of (some) younger people turning to holistic milieu activities as they or 'last gasp of the tion of Chapter sixties' Four - namely that become The average of six activities pants have not 6 of participants grow older. Evidence against the ageing cohort scenario has also been provided in the 'Age' subsecat least in Kendal, the majority of partici- involved prior to mid-life will also (p. 107). an underestimate in that we is have been going to activities know that a number run outside Kendal and environs - including varieties which are not on offer in the town and environs. Given that many have not been practising for a very long time, the average figure of six indicates a high of embeddedness. level It can be added that one person (the 'record holder') had previously been involved with 33 of the different activities listed in Appendix 3. 7 Regarding shared knowledge, it provided the correct answer to Q31 of the 'What is chi?'. is 90 per cent of respondents significant that holistic milieu questionnaire: namely, See Heelas (1998) for further discussion of the complicated matter of 'individualism' and shared 'beliefs'. It can be added that evidence from the Kendal Project does not provide support fiiseness (or incoherence) fare well in the future. date - meaning that means There is for the that the spiritual aspect no reasons argument of that dif- activities will 90 per cent of respondents currently believe in spirituality (Q9) with 71 per cent stating that spirituality is of important in their (Q12) - will change in the future. And regarding Bruce's (1996b) claim 'the not to suppose that developments to most popular products [of the 'New Age'] are those which are the lives that most
1 74 Notes to Pages secular' (p. 273 1 36-1 48 around 50 per cent of participants ;, most popular the yoga, consider their participation to be of spiritual significance - and there nothing to show that is this figure Q4) questionnaire responses (Q3, growth' being the spiritual becoming involved was higher most frequently fifth in the past. indicate a distinct shift Since 21 p. numbers of people for current activity of respondents to being the most in the ner and Wcllman, 1997, Furthermore, - from 'looking cited reason for originally (More frequently cited reason for being currently involved. 8 in activity, generally, see Kel- 1.) join and leave the milieu, it almost certainly the is case that a higher proportion of the 'market niche' population than indicated by 9 this figure have been involved. If the milieu were to grow at the were to sustain (linear) rate as it has done since the it 1980s and during the 1990s, later same would double in size in around 30 years time; if it the growth seen in Kendal (and elsewhere) during the beginning of the 1970s, it would double around 20 years in size in time. 10 Bearing in mind evidence presented in the that many young hand, and the for the last chapter, it can readily be argued adults, with their subjectivized, relational values stresses of making a career growth of yoga and cognate on the on the one other, provide fertile territory activities. drawn from Wraight and 11 These figures 12 Church of Sweden Research Department for the show that the number attending the main 11.00 am Sunday service of the Church of Sweden is now so small that it would only be a slight exaggeration to state that the only people attending on a regular basis are those employed by the Church itself. A headcount carried out by Heelas in 2002 in the Swedish town of Smedjebacken (population approximately (1999, pp. 12-25) collation of relevant research, including the authoritative data provided by Currie, are Brierley's Gilbert and Horsley (1977). Figures supplied by the period 1998-2002 13 10,000) provides a typical Sunday attendance figure of 100 (1 per cent). when members of such congregations orientate themselves to- Conversely, wards subjective-life they tend to step out of their existing congregations, sometimes into the half-way house of gelical' 14 As movement and/or an for the future a much more subjectivized 'post-evan- community (Guest, 2002). of the congregational domain in the USA, the evidence 'alternative worship' suggests that the same scenario will take place, but that bottoming out will take place at a much higher level than in the UK due to the greater vitality of congregations of experiential difference (and possibly the growing subjectivization of congregations of humanity). As to why congregations of difference should be faring better in the there is a much larger to the maintenance of USA, we and more organized constituency life-as experiential suspect the reason in the values and - correspondingly - USA more is that dedicated life-as jobs
Notes to Pages to perform. This seems evident first in roles (membership of congregations good citizenship), and second relation to -national is still 1 and 48-1 50 1 civic values 75 and widely assumed to be a part of in relation to family values (hence the central importance given to these matters by and gender roles many campaigning Christian groups, and the intensity' of Christian concern over issues like abortion and homosexuality^. USA, which seem jectivized values We can also note the continuing 'culture wars' in the to have the effect of both reinforcing and opposing life-as values. highly 'post-materialist' and subjectivized religions of difference do subcultures) than offer enhanced more less well (even society^, it is tlie USA to subis their experiential difference and by way of life-as also a not surprising that 'dry' where they can maintain subjectivized religions of subjective-life in commitment But given that roles. own which
References Adkins, Lisa 1995: Gendered Work: Sexuality, Family ingham, UK: Open University and Labour Market. Buck- the Press. Gordon 1962: The Individual and His Reli£rion. New York: Macmillan. Ammerman, Nancy 1987: Bible Believers: Fundamentalists in the Modern World. Allport, New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Ammerman, Nancy New 1997a: Congregation and Community. Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Ammerman, Nancy 1997b: Golden Rule Christianity: Lived Religion in the Ameri- can Mainstream. In David D. Hall (ed.), Lived Religion in America: Toward a History of Practice. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 196-216. John A. 1998: Why Patients Use Alternative Medicine. Journal for American Medical Association, 279 (19), pp. 1548-53. Astin, Balmer Randall 1996: Grant Us Courage. Travels Alon£[ can Protestantism. Barker, Eileen 1999: Response. Mainstream of Ameri- New York: Oxford University Press. New Religious Movements: Their Incidence In Bryan Wilson and Jamie Cresswell (eds). and the New the Reli£fious and Significance. Movements: Challenge London: Routledge, pp. 15-31. Barna Research Online 2001: Beliefs: General Religious: God. <http://www^barna. = 2>. Bauman, Zygmunt 2000: Liquid Modernity. Cambridge, UK: Polity. Bell, Emma and Scott Taylor forthcoming: 'From Outward Bound to Inward Bound'. The Prophetic Voices of Discursive Practices of Spiritual Management org/cgi-bin/PageCategory.asp.>CategoryID Development. Bellah, Human Relations. Robert N., Madsen, Richard, Sullivan, William M., Swidler, Ann and Tipton, Steven American M. 1985: Habits Life. Berkeley: of the Heart: Individualism University of California Press. and Commitment in
177 References Benson, Paddy and Roberts, John 2002: Counting! Shhp: Attendance Patterns and Pastoral Strate^iy. Cambridge, UK: Grove. Berger, Peter (ed.) 1999: The Desecularization of the World: Resurgent Religion World Politics. and Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center; Grand Rapids, MI: W. B. Eerdmans. Berger, Peter, Berger, Brigitte and Kellner, Hansfried 1974: The Homeless Modernization and Consciousness. Harmondsworth, Best, Ron Bookseller (ed.) Mind: UK: Penguin. 1996: Educatioji, Spirituality and the Whole Child. London: Cassell. 2002: Mind, Body Bradley, Martin B., Green, & Spirit. Jr., Special edition, Norman M., 29 November. Jones, Dale E., Lynn, Mac, McNeil, Lou 1992: Churches and Church Membership in the United States 1990: An Enumeration by Region, State and County Based on Data Reported for 133 Church Groupings. Atlanta, GA: Glenmary Research Center. Brannen, Julia and Moss, Peter 1991: Managing Mothers: Dual Earner Households after Maternity Leave. London: Unwin Hyman. Brierley, Peter 2000: The Tide is Running Out: What the English Church Attendance Survey Reveals. London: Christian Research. Brierley, Peter 2001: (ed.) UK Handbook: Christian Religious Trends 3 (2002-2003). London: Christian Research. Brown, Galium C. 2001: The Death of Christian Britain: Understanding Secularisation 1800-2000. London: Roudedge. Brown, Michael ious Age. F. 1997: Cambridge, JTje Channeling Zone: American Spirituality in an Anx- MA: Harvard University Press. Bruce, Steve 1996a: Religion in the Modern World: Prom Cathedrals to Cults. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bruce, Steve 1996b: Religion in Britain at the Close of the 20th Century: A Chal- lenge to the Silver Lining Perspective. Journal of Contemporary Religion, 11 (3), pp. 261-75. Bruce, Steve 2002: God is Dead: Secularization in the West. Oxford: Blackwell. The Demise of Christianity in Britain. In Grace Davie, Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead (eds), Predicting Religion: Christian, Secular and Alternative Futures. Aldershot, UK: Ashgate, pp. 53-63. Bruce, Steve 2003: Bunting, Madeleine 1996: Shopping for God. The Guardian, 16 December, pp. 2-3. Bunting, Madeleine 2000: Finding Your Inner Cook. The Guardian, 11 December, p. 21. Butler, Judith 1990: Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge. Campbell, Colin 1987: The Romantic Ethic and the Spirit of Modern Consumerism. Oxford: Blackwell. Campbell, Colin 1999: The Easternisation of the West. In Bryan Wilson and Jamie Cresswell (eds). New Routledge, pp. 35-48. Religious Movements: Challenge and Response. London:
178 References Campbell, Colin 2004: I Shop Therefore Know I that I Am: The Metaphysical Basis of Modern Consumerism. In Karin Hkstrom and Helen Brembeck (eds). Elusive Consumption. Oxford: Berg, pp. 27-44. M. 1987: Love in America: Gender and Self-Development. CamUK: Cambridge Universit\' Press. John 2003: Real Men do Yoga. Newnveek, 16 June, pp. 78-9. Cancian, Francesca bridge, CapoLiya, Carrette, Jeremy Relijfion. and King, Richard 2004: Selling Spirituality. The Silent Takeover of London: Routledge. Carroll, Jackson W. and Wacie Clark Roof 2002: Brid^in^ Divided Worlds: Gener- ational Cultures in Congregations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Casey, Catherine 2000: Spirit at Work. Incorporating the at the Working Knowlecige Conference, Sydney, Catholic Communications Office 2003: Jesus Christ: Life. A Christian Reflection New Australia, Age.^ Paper delivered 11-13 December. The Bearer of the Water of on the 'New Age', <http://www.vatican.va/roman_ curia/pontifical_councils/interelg/documents/rc_pc_interelg_doc_20030203_ new- age_en. html > Chambers, Robert 1997: Whose Reality Counts? Putting! the First Last. London: Intermediate Technology. Chaves, Mark and Cavendish, James C. 1994: Church Attendance. Journal for the More Evidence on Scientific Study of U.S. Catholic Relijjion, 33 (4), pp. 376-81. Don Cimino, Richard and Lattin, the New 2002: Shopping for Faith: American Relipfion in Millennium. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Cline, Sally and Spender, Dale 1988: Reflecting Men: At Twice their Natural Size. London: Fontana. Coleman, John Location A., S.J. 1997: Exploding Spiritualities: Their Social Causes, Social and Social Divide. Christian Spirituality Bulletin^ 5 (1), Spring, pp. 9-15. Collins, Sylvia 1997: Young People's Faith in Later Modernity. Guildford, UK: University of Surrey Libary. Cupitt, Don 1999: The New Relifjion of Life in Everyday Speech. London: Currie, Robert, Gilbert, Alan and Horsley, Lee 1977: Churches Patterns of Church Growth in the British Lsles since and SCM. Churchfioers: 1700. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Davie, Grace 2002: Europe: The Exceptional Case. Parameters of Faith in the Modern World. London: Darton Longman and Todd. Bronwyn 1989: Fro£is and Snails and Feminist Tales. Sydney: xAJlen and Unwin. Dawson, Lorne L. and Hennebry, Jenna 1999: New Religions and the Internet: Davies, Recruiting a New Public Space. Journal of Contemporary Religion, pp. 17-39. De Beauvoir, Simone 1993: The Second Sex. London: D. Campbell. 14 (I),
179 References De Michelis, Elizabeth 2004: A History of Modern To/a. London: Continuum. Delphy, Christine and Leonard, Diana 1992: Familiar Exploitation: of Marriage in Contemporary American Societies. Cambridge, UK: Durkheim, Emile [1915]197L The Elementary Forms of the George Allen & A New Analysis Polity. Reli^fious Life. London: Unwin. Eisenberg, David M., Davis, Roger B., Ettner, Susan L., et al. 1998: Trends in Alternative Medicine Use in the United States, 1990-1997. Journal of the American Medical Association, 280 (18), pp. 1569-76. Miguel forthcoming: Farias, New Age Movement. on the Adherence Social-Psychological Study to the of Oxford. sity Field, Clive for A Oxford: Department of Experimental Psychology, Univer- D. 2001: 'The Secularized Sabbath Sunday Observance in Contemporary Opinion Revisited': Polls as Sources Contemporary British Britain. History, 15 (1), pp. 1-20. Finke, Roger and Stark, Rodney 1992: The Churching of America, 1776-1990. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Francis, Leslie J., Lankshear, David W. and Jones, Susan H. 2000: Movement on the Charismatic Local Church Life: A The influence of Comparative Study among Anglican Rural, Urban and Suburban Churches. Journal of Contemporary Religion, 15 (1), pp. 121-30. Liselotte 2003: New Age Engagement and 'Conversion'. Frisk, (eds). New Participants in Sweden. Background, Beliefs, In Mikael Rothstein and Reender Kranenborg Religions in a Postmodern World. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press, pp. 241-55. Fuller, Robert C. 2001: Spiritual, But Not Religious: Understanding Unchurched America. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gallup, Jr., George and Jones, Timothy 2000: The Next American Finding God in Gallup, Jr., the Twenty-First Century. George and Lindsay, D. Michael 1999: Surveying US scape: Trends in Beliefs. Spirituality: Colorado Springs, CO: Victor. the Religious Geertz, Clifford 1984: 'From the Native's Point of View': On the Nature of An- thropological Understanding. In Richard A. Shweder and Robert A. (eds). Land- Harrisburg, PA: Morehouse. LeVine Culture Theory. Essays on Mind, Self and Emotion. Cambridge, Cambridge University Gehlen, Arnold 1980: UK: Press, pp. 123-36. Man in the Age of Technology New York: Columbia Univer- sity Press. Gergen, Kenneth Honess J. 1987: Toward Self as Relationship. In Krysia Yardlcy and Terry (eds). Self and Identity Ixondon: John Wiley Gerth, H. H. and Mills, C. Wright 1977: From & Max Sons, pp. 53-63. Weber Essays in Sociology London: Routledge. Giddens, Anthony 1993: The Transformation of Intimacy Stanford, CA: Standford University Press.
180 Gill, Gill, References Robin 1993: TPje Myth of the Empty Church. London: SPCK. Robin 2002: Changing Worlds: Can The Church London: Con- Respond'^. tinuum. Gill, Gill, Robin 2003: The 'Empty' Church Revisited. Aldershot, Kirk and Robin, Hadaway, C. Marler, UK: Ashgate. Penny Long 1998: Is Religious Belief Declining in Britain? Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion^ 37 (3), pp. 507-16. Gilliat-Ray, Sophie 2003: Nursing, Professionalism, and temporary Religion^ 18 (3), Spirituality^ Gilligan, Carol 1982: In a Different Voice: Psychological Theory opment. Cambridge, MA: Harvard and Women's Devel- University Press. 2002: The Birth of Pleasure: Gilligan, Carol Journal of Con- pp. 335-49. A New Map of Love. London: Chatto and Windus. Gimlin, Debra L. 2002: Body Work. Beauty and Self-image in American Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press. God's Daughters: Evangelical Griffith 1997: Women and the Power of Submission. Berkeley: University of California Press. Gross, Martin 1979: The Psychological Society. New York: Simon and Schuster. Mathew 2002: Negotiating Community: An Ethnographic Study of an Evangelical Church. Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University Library. Hadaway, C. Kirk and Marler, Penny Long 1993: All in the Family: Religious Guest, Mobility in America. Review of Religious Research^ 35 (1), pp. 97-116. Kirk and Marler, Penny Long 1998: Did You Really Go Church This Week? Behind the Poll Data. The Christian Century^ May Hadaway, C. to 6, pp. 472-5. How Many Hadaway, C. Kirk and Marler, Penny Long 2003: Each Week? An Alternative Measurement ISSR 'Reli- Penny Long and Chaves, Mark 1993: Wliat the Polls gion and Generations' Conference, Turin, 21-25 Hadaway, C. Kirk, Marler, Don't Show: A Americans Worship Strategy. Paper presented at July. Closer Looks at U.S. Church Attendance. American Sociological Review, 58 (4), pp. 741-52. Hadaway, C. Kirk, Marler, Church Attendance American Hadden, Penny Long and Chaves, Mark 1998: Over- reporting Demands the Same Verdict. America: Evidence that Sociological Review, Jeffrey K. Research Prospects Hall, in Peter A. 63 (1), pp. 122-30. and Cowan, Douglas E. (eds) 2000: Religion on and Promises. Amsterdam: 1999: Social Capital in the Internet: JAI. Britain. British Journal of Politics, 29, pp. 417-61. Hamilton, Clive 2003: Downshifting in Britain. Happiness. Discussion Paper Hammond, Phillip E. Number A 58. Canberra: Sea-Change in The the Pursuit of Australia Institute. 1992: Religion and Personal Autonomy: The Third Disestab- lishment in America. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press.
181 References German Culture from Harrington, Anne 1996: Reenchanted Science. Holism in Wilhelm II Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. to Hitler. Harris Interactive Service Bureau 2003: Yoga in America. <http://www^.yogajournal. com/ about_press06 1 603 .cfm > Harrison, Judy and Burnard, Philip 1993: Spirituality shot, and Nursin£( Practice. Alder- UK: Avcbury. Heald, Gordon 2000: Soul of Britain. London: The Opinion Research Business. Hedges, Ellie and Beckford, James A. 2000: Holism, Healing and the New Age. In Steven Sutcliffe and Marion Bowman (eds). Beyond New Age: Exploring Alterna- Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, pp. 169-87. tive Spirituality Heelas, Paul 1996: The New A^e Movement. New Age Heelas, Paul 1998: Bruce. Journal of Contemporary Heelas, Paul 2002a: The Linda Woodhead Oxford: Blackwell. Authenticity and Social Roles: Reli^fion., 13 Spiritual Revolution: (2), pp. From A Response to Steve 257-64. 'Religion' to 'Spirituality'. In Modern World. London: Roudedge, (ed.). Religions in the Work Ethics, Soft Capitalism pp. 357-77. Heelas, Paul 2002b: and the 'Turn to Life'. In Paul du Gay and Michael Pryke (eds). Cultural Economy London: Sage, pp. 78-96. Heelas, Paul and Seel, Benjamin 2003: An Ageing New Age? In Grace Davie, Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead Alternative Futures. Aldershot, (eds). Predicting Religion. Christian, Secular UK: Hicks, Douglas A. 2003: Religion in the Workplace: Pluralism, Spirituality, Leadership. Cambridge, Hirst, Rob 2003: UK: Cambridge and University Press. Networks and Personal Beliefs: An Example from Modern Grace Davie, Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead (eds). Predicting Reli- Britain. In gion: Social and Ashgate, pp. 229-47. Secular Christian, and Alternative Futures. Aldershot, UK: Ashgate, pp. 86-94. Hobsbawm, Age of Extremes. London: Abacus. 1983: The Managed Heart: Commercialization of Eric 1995: Hochschild, Arlie R. Feeling. Berkeley and London: University of California Hochschild, Arlie R. 1989: The Second Home. New York: Shift: Working Parents and New York: Home and Home Metropolitan Books. Hochschild, Arlie R. 2003: The Commercialization of Intimate and Work. the Revolution at Viking. Hochschild, Arlie R. 1997: The Time Bind. When Work Becomes Becomes Work. Human Press. Berkeley, Los Angeles and Life. Notes from London: University of California Home Press. Hofstede, Geert 2001: Culture^s Consequences. London: Sage. Hoge, Dean R. 1974: Commitment on Campus: Changes in Religion and Values over Five Decades. Philadelphia: Westminster Press. Hoge, Dean R. 1979: National Contextual Factors Influencing Church Trends. In Dean R. Hoge and David A. Roozen (eds), Understanding Church Growth and Decline 1950-1978. New York: The Pilgrim Press, pp. 94-122.
182 References Hogc, Dean R. with McGuire, Kenneth and Stratman, Bernard F. 1981: Converts, Dropouts, Returnees: A Study of Reli^rious Change Amon£i Catholics. Washington, DC: U.S. Catholic Conference; Hoge, Dean aries: R., New York: Pilgrim Press. Johnson, Benton and Luidens, Donald A. 1994: Vanishin^f Bound- The Religion of Mainline Protestant Baby Boomers. Louisville, KY: Westmin- ster/John Knox Press. Hoge, Dean R. and Roozen, David A. (eds) 1979: Understanding! Church Growth and Decline 1950-1978. New York: The Pilgrim Press. Hollinger, Franz and Smith, Students: A Timothy B. 2002: Religion and Esotericism among Cross-Cultural Comparative Study. Journal of Contemporary Reli- Sion, 17 (2), pp. 229-49. House of Lords 2000: Science and Technology - Sixth Report. <wavw. pari lament. the-stationery-office.co.uk/pa/ ldl99900/ldselect/ldsctech/123/12301 .htm>. Hout, Michael and Greeley, Andrew 1998: What Church Show: Another Look at Officials' Reports Don't Attendance Data. American Sociological Review, 63 (1), pp. 113-19. Houtman, Dick and Peter Mascini 2002: Why do Churches become Empty, While New Age Grows.^ Secularization and Religious Change in the Netherlands. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 41 (3), pp. 455-73. Hunter, James Davison 1987: Evangelicalism: The Coming Generation. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Why lannaccone, Laurence 1994: Sociology, Strict Churches Are Strong. American Journal of (5), pp. 1180-1211. 99 Inglehart 1977: The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles Among Western Publics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University^ Press. Ronald 1990: Culture Inglehart, Shift in Advanced Industrial Society. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Inglehart, and Ronald 1997: Modernization and Postmodernization: Cultural, Economic Change Political in 43 Societies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Inglehart, Ronald, Basanez, Miguel and and Beliefs: A Moreno, Alejandro 1998: Cross-Cultural Sourcebook. Ann Human Values Arbor: Universit}^ of Michigan Press. James, William [1902] 1960: The Varieties of Religious Experience. London: Fontana. Jarvinen, Margaretha 1993: Of Vice and Women: Shades of Prostitution. Oslo: Scan- dinavian University Press. Johnson, Douglas W., Picard, Paul R. and Quinn, Bernard 1974: Churches and Church Membership in the United States 1971: An Enumeration and County Based on Data Reported for 133 Church by Region, State Groupings. Washington, DC: Glenmary Research Center. Jones, Constance A. 2003: Students in Ramtha's School of Enlightenment: file from a Demographic Survey, A Pro- Narrative, and Interview. In Mikael Rothstcin
183 References and Reender Kranenborg (eds), New Religions in a Postmodern World. Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press, pp. 257-85. Jones, Dale E., Doty, Sherri, Grammich, Clifford tions and Membership in the United States 2000: and County Based on Data Reported for 149 et An al. 2000: Religious Congre^ja- Enumeration by Region, State DC: Religious Bodies. Washington, Glenmary Research Center. Dean M. [1972] 1995: Why Conservative Churches Are Growing. Macon, GA: Mercer University Press/Rose. Kelner, Marrijoy and Wellman, Beverly 1997: Health Care and Consumer Choice: Kelley, Medical and Alternative Therapies. Social Science Medicine^ 45 (2), pp. 203-12. Keynes, John Maynard 1931: Essays in Persuasion. London: Macmillan. Kleinig, John 1991: Valuing Life. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Lambert, Yves 1999: Religion in Modernity New as a New Axial Age: Secularization or Religious Forms? Sociology of Religion^ 60 (3), pp. 303-33. Langford, of Love. Wendy 1999: Revolutions of the Heart: Gender, Power and the Dimensions London: Roudedge. Lau, Kimberly 2000: J. New Age Capitalism: Making Money East of Eden. Phila- delphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Leonardo, Micaela Families and the Lindner, Eileen di 1987: The Female World of Cards and Holidays: World of Kinship. Signs., 12 (3), pp. Women, 440-53. New W. 2003: Yearbook of American and Canadian Churches 2003. York: National Council of the Churches of Christ in the U.S.A. Lowendahl, Lena 2002: Med Kroppen som Instrument. Lunds Universitet: Lund Studies in History of Religions. Luckmann, Thomas 1967: The Invisible Religion. London: Collier- Macmillan. Luckmann, Thomas 1990: Shrinking Transcendence, Expanding Religion? logical Analysis (2), pp. Socio- 127-38. Lukes, Steven 1973: Individualism. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Lynch, Gordon 2002: After Religion: 'Generation X' and the Search for Meaning. London: Darton, Longman and Todd. Mann, Horace 1854: Britain, 1851. Marler, Religious Worship in England and Wales, Census of Great London: George Routledge and Co. Penny Long and Hadaway, C. Kirk 1999: Testing the Attendance Gap in a Conservative Church. Sociology of Religion 60 (2), pp. 175-86. Penny Long and Hadaway, C. Kirk 2000: Attendance. In Wade Clark Roof (ed.). Contemporary American Religion^ vol. 1. New York: MacMillan, Marler, pp. 40-2. Marler, itual' Penny Long and Hadaway, C. Kirk 2002: 'Being Religious' or 'Being Spirin America: A Zero-Sum Proposition? Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion A\ (2), pp. 289-300. Marler, Penny and Roozen, David A. 1993: From Church Tradition to Consumer The Gallup Surveys of the Unchurched American. In David A. Roozen Choice:
184 References and Kirk C. Hadaway Abingdon Press, pp. George Marsden, Church and Denominational Growth. Nashville, TN: (eds), 253-77. and Understanding Fundamentalism 1991: Grand Rapids, MI: W. B. McCiillers, Carson 1973: The Member of the Weddin^f. New York: Bantam McGuire, Meredidi, with Kantor, Debra 1988: Ritual Healing New ica. McGuire, Evan^ielicalism. Eerdmans. in Books. Suburban Amer- Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Meredith A Sociological 1997: B. Mapping Contemporary American Spirituality: Perspective. Christian Spirituality Bulletin 5(1), Spring, pp. 1-8. Mercer, Calvin and Durham, Thomas W. 1999: Religious Mysticism and Gender Orientation. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 38 (1), pp. 175-82. Donald Miller, New Mills, E. 1997: Reinventing American Protestanism: Christianity in the Millennium. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Simon and Budd, Sarah 2000: Professional Or£iptnisation of Complementary Medicine in the United Kin^idom 2000. Centre for Complementary Health Studies, University of Exeter. Mitchell, Arnold 1983: TTje Mitroff, Ian 1 Nine American Lifestyles. and Denton, Elizabeth A. 1999: A New York: Spiritual Macmillan. Audit of Corporate America. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Moore, R. Laurence 2003: Touchdown American History. Louisville, Mudie-Smith, Richard (ed.) Mulgan, Geoffrey 1994: Nietzsche, Friedrich [ Jesus: The Mixing of Sacred and Secular in KY: Westminster John Knox. 1904: The Religious Life of London. London: Hodder. Politics in 1883-5] 198 1 an : Antipolitical Age. Cambridge, UK: Polity. Thus Spoke Zarathustra. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin. Norman, Edward 2002: Secularisation. London: Continuum. Nussbaum, Martha C. 2003: Upheavals of Thought: The Intelligence of Emotions. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Nussbaum, Martha and Glover, Jonathan (eds) 1996: Women, Culture, and Development: A Study of Human Capabilities. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Orchard, Helen (ed.) 2001: Spirituality in Health Care Contexts. London: Jessica Kingsley. Ostwalt, Conrad (2003), Secular Steeples: Popular Culture and the Religious Im- agination. Harrisburg, PA: Trinity Press International. Partridge, Chris 2004: Alternative Spiritualities, ment of the West. In James Movements. New York: New Religions and the Re-enchant- R. Lewis (ed.), Oxford Oxford University Handbook of New Religious Press, pp. 39-67. Penning, James M. and Corwin E. Smidt 2002: Evangelicalism: The Next Generation. Percy, Percy, Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic. Martyn 1996; Words, Wonders and Power. London: SPCK. Martyn 2003: A Place at High Table.> Assessing the Future of Charismatic Christianity. In Grace Davie, Paul Heelas and Linda Woodhead (eds). Predicting
185 References Relijfion: Christian, Secular and Alternative Futttfes. Aldershot, UK: Ashgatc, pp. 95-108. Perrin, Robin, D., Kennedy, Paul and Miller, Donald E. 1997: Examining the Sources of Conservative Church Growth: Where are the ments Getting New Move- Evangelical 36 their Numbers.^ Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, (1), pp. 71-80. and Hoge, Dean 1981: Faith Perry, Everett Growth or Decline of in the Priorities of Pastor and Lait\^ as a Factor Presbyterian Congregations. Review of Relijfious Research 22 (3), pp. 221-32. Pickering, W. F. S. 1975: Durkheim on Reli£[ion. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Gay 2003: The Quakers. Towards an Pilgrim, Alternate Ordering. In Grace Davie, Woodhead (eds). Predicting Religion: Christian, Secular and Alternative Forms. Aldershot, UK: Ashgate, pp. 147-58. Poloma, Margaret M. and Hoelter, Lynette F. 1998: The 'Toronto Blessing': A Holistic Model of Healing. Journal for the Scientific Study of Reli^fion, 66, Paul Heelas and Linda pp. 257-71. Poster, Mark (ed.) 1988: Jean Baudrillard: Selected Cambridge, UK: Writin^is. Polity. Presser, Stanley and Stinson, Linda 1998: Data Collection ability Bias in Self- Reported 63 Mode ReHgious Attendance. American and Social Desir- Sociolojjical Review 137-45. (1), pp. Princeton Religion Research Center 1978: The Unchurched American. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Religion Research Center. Princeton Religion Research Center 1988: The Unchurched American Ten Tears Later. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Religion Research Center. Pringle, Rosemary 1989: Secretaries Talk: Sexuality, Power and Work. Sydney: Allen and Unwin. Putnam, Robert D. 2000: Bowlin^i Alone. Puttick, Elizabeth 2003: New Age Paper delivered to the Alternative The Open New York: Simon & Schuster. Publishing: Reflecting or Creating the Trends. Spiritualities University, Milton Keynes, and New Age Studies Conference, 30 May-1 June. Quinn, Bernard, Anderson, Herman, Bradley, Martin, Goetting, Paul and Peggy 1982: Churches and Church Membership Enumeration by Region, State and County Based on Data Reported Bodies. Atlanta, GA: Glenmary Research Center. Ruth 2000: The Cultural Ray, Paul H. and Anderson, Sherry Three Rixcrs Reeves, by 111 Creatives. An Church New York: Press. Thomas New York: Shrivcr, in the United States 1980: C. 1996: Ihe Empty Church: The Suicide of Liberal Christianity Free Press. and Francis, Leslie J. 1998: Gone but not Forjjotten: Church and Returning. London: Darton, Ix)ngman and Todd. Richter, Philip Leavin^j
186 References Rieff, Philip Roberts, 1987: The Triumph of the Therapeutic. London: Chatto and Windus. Kcllehcr, Ellen 2004: Alternative Therapy. US Companies Search Dan and for Radical Ways Cut the to Cost of Employee Healthcare. Financial Spiralling Times, 19 March, p. 11. Wade Clark 1993: A Generation of Seekers: The Spiritual Journeys of the Baby Boom Generation. New York: HarperSanFrancisco. Roof, Wade Clark 1999: Spiritual Marketplace: Baby Boomers and the Remakin£f of Roof, American Roof, Wade Religion. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Clark and McKinney, William 1987: American Mainline Religion: Changing Shape and Future. New Roozen, David A. and C. Kirk Hadaway 1993: TN: Abingdon 1999: Inventing Our Growth. Nashville, Rose, Nikalas bridge, Rose, UK: Cambridge Involved and What Church and Denominational Press. Selves: Psychology, Power and Personhood. Cam- University Press. An 1998: Stuart Its Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Examination Constitutes its of the SpirituaHty. New Age Movement: Who is Journal of Contemporary Religion, 13 (l),pp. 5-22. Rousseau, Jean- Jacques [1781] 1971: The Confessions of Jean-Jacques Rousseau. London: Penguin. Salamon, Karen 2000: No ganisational Holism. In italism. Borders in Business: The Managerial Discourse of OrTimothy Bewes and Jeremy Gilbert (eds). Cultural Cap- London: Lawrence & Wishart, pp. 134-57. Salamon, Karen 2001: 'Going Global from the Inside Out': Spiritual Globalism the Workplace. In Mikael Rothstein (ed.), New Age Religion and in Globalization. Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press, pp. 150-72. Salamon, Karen 2002: Prophets of a Cultural Capitalism: mantic Spiritualism in Business Management. graphic Society, 44, pp 89 - 1 . 1 Folk. An Ethnography Journal of the of Ro- Danish Ethno- 5 Kimon Howland 2000: Seeker Churches: Promoting Traditional Religion in a Non-Traditional Way New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Scott, Robert Owens 2001: Are you Religious or are you Spiritual.^ Spirituality &" Sargeant, Health, Spring Issue, pp. 26-31. Schwartz, Shalom and Huismans, Spike 1995: Value Priorities and Religiosity in Four Western Religions. Social Psychology Quarterly, Sennett, Richard 1977: The Fall of Public 58 (2), pp. 88-107. Man. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Uni- versity Press. Sharma, Ursula 1995: Conplementary Medicine Today: Practitioners and Patients. London: Routledge. Sharma, Ursula and Black, Paula (1999): The Sociology of Pampering: Beauty Therapy as a Form of Work. Working paper. University of Derby: Centre for Social Research.
References Mark Shibley, 187 A. 1996: Resurgent Evangelicalism in the United States: Mappin^f Cultural Change Since 1970. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press. Silk, Mark 1998: Unsecular Media: Making News of Religion and Chicago: University of Illinois in America. Urbana Press. New Simmel, Georg 1997: Essays on Religion. Haven, CT: Yale University Press. UK: Cambridge University Press. Embattled and Thriving. Chicago: Univer- Singer, Peter 1993: Practical Ethics. Cambridge, Smith, Christian 1998: Evangelicalism: sity of Chicago Press. Smith, Christian 2002: Christian America^ What Evangelicals Really Want. Berke^ ley: University of California Press. Smith, Christian (ed.) 2003: The Secular Revolution: Power, Interests the Secularization of American Public and Conflict in Life. Berkeley: University of California Press. Smith, Dorothy E. 1974: Socio lo£rical Inquiry, 44 Women's (1 ), Eeva 2004: The Wellbein£i Soints', Stacey, Jackie Perspective as a Radical Critique of Sociology. pp. 7-13. Society Lancaster: Lancaster Universit}^ Library. 2000: The Global Within: Consuming Nature, Embodying Health. In Sarah Franklin, Celia Lury and Jackie Stacey, Global Nature, Global Culture. London: Sage, pp. 97-145. and Wise, Sue 1983: Breakin£i Out: Feminist Consciousness and Feminist Stanley, Liz Research. Stark, London: Routledge. Rodney 1985: Europe's Receptivity to Religious Movements. In Rodney New York: Paragon House, pp. 301-39. Roger Finke, 2000: Acts Faith: Explaining the Human Side of Stark, Rodney and of Reli£fion. Berkeley: University of California Press. Stark (ed.). Religious Movements. Tamney, Joseph lar, B. 2002: The Resilience of Conservative Religion: The Case of Popu- Conservative Protestant Congregations. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univer- sity Press. Taylor, Charles 1989: Sources of the Self: bridge, UK: Cambridge University The Making of the Modern Identity. Cam- Press. Taylor, Charles 1991: The Ethics of Authenticity Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univer- MA: Harvard Univer- sity Press. Taylor, Charles 2002: Varieties of Reli£[ion Today Cambridge, sity Press. Thomas, K. J., NichoU, J. Complementary Medicine P. in and Coleman, England: A P. 2001: Use and Expenditure on Population Based Survey. Complemen- tary Therapies in Medicine, 9, pp. 2-11. Thompson, Wayne Jackson W. and Hoge, Dean R. 1993: Growth or Roozen and C. Kirk HadChurch and Denominational Growth. Nashville, TN: Abingdon Press, L., Carroll, Decline in Presbyterian Congregations. In David A. away (eds). pp. 188-207. Thrift, Nigel 1997: Soft Capitalism. Cultural Values, 1(1), pp. 29-57.
188 References Tipton, Steven M. 1982: Saved from the Getting! Sixties. Berkeley: University of California Press. Trilling, Lionel 1974: Sincerity and Authenticity. London: Oxford University Press. Troeltsch, Ernst 1931: The Social Teaching of the Christian Churches. London: Allen and Unwin. Veroff, Joseph, A Douvan, Elizabeth and Kulka, Richard 1981: The Inner American: 1957 Self-Portrait from Walter, to New York: 1976. Tony 1996: Developments in Spiritual Basic Books. Care of the Dying. Reltgiion, 26 (4), pp. 353-63. Walter, Tony 2002: tive Medicine., 16 Spirituality in Palliative Care: (2), Warner, R. Stephen 1993: Work Sociological Study of Religion 98 (5), pp. Opportunity or Burden.^ Pallia- pp. 133-140. Progress in in tlie United Toward a New Paradigm for the American Journal of Sociology States. 1044-93. Watts, Alan 1973: In My Own An Autobiography 1915-1965. London: Jona- BBC Survey of Complementary Medicine Use Way. than Cape. White, A. and Ernst, E. 2000: The UK. Complementary Therapies in Medicine., 8, pp. 32-37. Wolffe, John 1994: God and Greater Britain: Religion and National Life in Britain and Ireland, 1843-1945. London and New York: Roudedge. Woodhead, Linda 2004: Introduction to Christianity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge in the University Press. Woodhead, Linda and Heelas, Paul (eds) 2000: Religion in Modern Times: An Interpretive Anthology. Oxford: Blackwell. Woodward, James 1995: Encountering Perspective. London: SCM. Wootton, J. 1. and Theological General Trends and Demographic Groups. Journal of Alterna- and Complementary Wraight, Voices in Pastoral C. and Sparber, A. 2001: Surveys of Complementary and Alternative Medicine. Part tive Illness: Heather and Medicine., Brierley, 7 (2), pp. Peter (eds) 195-208. UK 1999: Christian Handbook, 2000-2001. London: Harper Collins. Andrew 2000: Spirituality and Education. London: Routledge. Wuthnow, Robert 1976 The Consciousness Revolution. Berkeley: Universit\^ of CaliWright, fornia Press. Wuthnow, Robert 1996: Sharing the Journey: Support Groups and Americans New Quest for a Community. London: The Free Press. Wuthnow, Robert 1998: After Heaven. Spirituality in America Since the 1950s. Berkeley: University of California Press. Wuthnow, Robert 2003: All in Sync: How Music and Art are Revitalizing Ameri- can Religion. Berkeley, Los Angeles and London: University of California Press. Yankelovich, Daniel 1981: Yafai, Faisal al New Rules. New York: Random 2003: Failing Health. The Guardian, 23 House. July, pp. 2-3.
References Yip, Andrew K. T.: 2000: Leaving the Church to Keep 'My ences of Non-Heterosexual Christians. In Leslie (eds), and Leaving Joining J. Faith: The Lived Francis and Yaacov Religion: Research Perspectives. 189 ExperiJ. Katz Leominster, UK: Gracewing, pp. 129-45. Young, Iris Philosophy Marion 1990: Throwing and Social Theory. it Like a Girl and Other Esssays in Feminist Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press. Zaleski, Jeff 1997: The Soul of Cyberspace. New York: Zinnbauer, Brian I., Spirituality: (4), pp. J., Pargament, Kenneth HarperCollins. Cole, Brenda et al. 1997: Religion and Unflizzying the Fuzzy. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion., 36 549-64.
Index italics indicate tables and figures; those prefaced by PL Where more than one sequence of endnotes appears on one page, same number are distinguished by the addition of 'a' or 'b'. Note: Page references in indicate plates. notes of the activities, associational 8, 12-13, 25-9, 33, 82-3, 125-6 Ammerman, Nancy Anglicanism see growth 43-5, 47-8, 54 Arnold, Matthew numbers involved 52-8, 135-6 aromatherapy small groups 8, 33-40, 45-8, xii 7, 24, 26, 37, 138, thesis 129 voluntary groups 80, 112, 127 association see activities, associational As tin, John A. 163 n.6 acupressure 156 astrology 26, 43-4, 156 acupuncture 28, 44, 156 authority: Adkins, Lisa 101, 170 n.l9 in Adorno, Theodore 160 n.5 advertising, subjective -life 80, 84-5, 87, 88, 166-7 n.4 affluence, and subjective wellbeing 130-1 congregations of difference 19, 20, 61, 145 in congregations of experiential difference 63, 67, 145 of God-in-humanity 18 in life-as religion 2-5, 6, 10, 13, 14, 15-16, 19-20,22-3,31,81, age and congregational domain 140 and involvement in holistic milieu 107-10, 132-3, 134, 136, 137 Alexander Technique 24, 43-4, 156 Allport, 156 numbers involved 52, 58, 89 art therapy 156 66-7 and subjectivization 61, 65 Church of England Gordon 125 Alpha Course 147 113-15, 141 of subjective experience 11, 17, 28-9, 65-6, 82-3, 85, 87, 95-6, 1 18-19 autonomy 95-7, 105, 115, 120, 130, 135 and men 106-7
Index Bruce, Stev^ 2, 9, 36, 42, 54-5, 72, baby-boomers 135, 139, 165 n.21, 168 n.ll, 115,117-19 and life -as and subjective-life spirituality religion 173-4 n.7 57-8, Baha'i faith 160 n.4b Buddhism 24, 75(5, 160 n.4b number of groups 43, 44 Theravada 28 Balmer, Randall 65 Bunting, Madeleine 125, 166 n.3 112, 132-3 Backstrom, Anders 165-6 n.23 business culture 71, 79-80, 88, 62 Baptists 61, 130 Barna Research Online 2001 73 166 n.4 Baudrillard, Jean CAM Bauman, Zygmunt 125 belief, (complementary and in Kendal 44, 52-3 126 in USA Emma 165 Bellah, n. 172-3 n.2 Robert N. et al. 79, 96, 159 n.l Benson, Paddy and Roberts, John 47 CancerCare Group 24, 156 Cancian, Francesca 49 159 n.l, Kellner, Hansfried 167-8 n.9 capital cultural/social 136, 142 sacred 133, 134, 148 Ron 165 n.l9 capitalism Bible, as authoritative 15, 19, 20, 23, 61, 145 sanctified 'soft' body, concern for 15-16, 104-5 PI. PL 13 71, 84, 130, 138, 169 n.l2, 12 and subjectivity 81, 172-3 n.2 books mind body and spirit 42, 68, 69-70, 136 Bookseller in congregations 70 al. 56, 64 and gender 101, 103-4, 116-17, 170-1 n.20 Brahma Kumaris 161 n.4 Julia and Moss, Peter 101, 170n.l9 47, 51-2, 54, 62, 65-6, 70, 129, 139-40, 146-7 spiritual revolution 50-5, 149 169 n.l3 Thomas 125 23, Richard 165 n.l Carroll, Jackson F. 168 n.l and Roof, Wade Clark 115 case studies Brown, Galium 47, 117 Brown, Michael Carlyle, Garrette, Jeremy and King, Brierley, Peter 41, and of humanit}^ 18, 22, 64-5, 143 Bradley, Martin B. et Brannen, Capouya, John 138 care wellbeing 87 Britain, M. 101, 169 n.l5 Berger, Peter, Berger, Brigitte and Best, 58-9 Campbell, Colin 2, 9, 55, 73, 166 n.4, and Taylor, Scott 18 Berger, Peter alternative medicine) 73, 80, 99, 167 n.5 popular, and spiritual revolution 50, 73-4, 75, 89, 98, Bell, 191 152-3 Casey, Catherine 165 n.l 1, Celtic spirituality 65 Census 2001 53, 55, 136
192 Index and occasional 143 Census of Religion (1851) 41,45, 139 post-war 112 chakra 71 reasons for leaving 81-2, 120-3 Chambers, Robert 166 n.2 in attendance figures 160-1 n.lb 73 charismatic renewal 19, 20-1, 64, 78, declining attendance 41-2, 46, 65, 122, 145 146 Chaves, Mark and Cavendish, James C. 56 and PL 4 Don children and congregational decline 119, 140, 146 circle Collins, Sylvia 103, 110, common Culture 157 (Complementary Health Options in a Caring Environment) in Christadelphians, decline 62 114-15 congregations of difference 20, 61 Christianity in congregational domain 8, 13-23, 54 3-4, 6 life- as congregational domain 8, 13-23, 31, 154-6 declining influence 1-2, 10, 49, 139-41 and age and education -culture 71-2 profile 118-20, 140 and bottoming-out 141-8 39-48 decline 40-2, 45-8, 51-2, 55-7, 59, newspaper coverage 70 75, 77, 81-2, 110-25, 127, 131, 139^1 and purchasing-culture 68-9 147-8 future prospects 129, 131, and spiritual revolution 2, and spirituality 60-8 5-6, 65, 158 and 31-2, 60-8, holistic milieu PL 17 church attendance and bottoming-out 141-8 50, 60, 111 life-as religion numbers involved in 33-5, 45-6, 51, 77, 139, 149 decline 41-2, 45-8, 51-2, 55-7, 59-60, 65, 111-12 future prospects 129, 131, 139^8, 149 church, as authoritative 15, 16, 19 in 113 and congregational domain 14, 22, 31, Chopra, Deepak 87 1 14, 18, conformity 44 prospects 121 good, in congregational domain chiropractice 156 CHOICE and Spender, Dale 102 Coleman, John A. 49, 59 136 Chinese College of Physical revival 171 n.21 dancing 24, 156 Cline, Sally holistic milieu fliture new paradigm 62^, 147, Cimino, Richard and Lattin, 27, 38, 71 and 46 holistic milieu churches, Cheshire, Andrea 68 'chi' 55-7, 59-60, 65 Church of England ehannelling 161 n.3 chaplaincy, hospital USA offices reasons for leaving 81-2, 120-3 149 Kendal 33-5, 160-1 n.lb, PI. returnees 115, 119 6 and revival 147-8
193 Index and sexual revolution 117-18 reasons for leaving 121 and small groups 22, 66-7 and spirituality and subjective-life 14-17, 22-3, and subjectivization thesis 81, 111-25, 126, 143-5, 146-7 and transmission 119, 140, 146 unity-in- variety 13-17 USA 55-6, 59-60 variet)'-in-unity Conway, Janet 28 counselling 156 counter-cuhure conservati\'e Christian see also sixties 18-20, 22-3, 31, 155, PL 8 of growth 123-4 authorit)' 19, 20, 61, 145 craniosacral therapy 29, 156, PI. 10 crystal healing 44 and church attendance 140 education -culture 5, 71-2, 80, 84-5, 126, 130, 134, 137-8 145-7 and subjectivization 61-2, 123-4, health-culture 5, 73, 85, 130, 134, 138 143 congregations of experiential difference 17, 18-19, 31, 41, 155, PI. 4, PI. revolution culture decline 41-2, 62, 75 future prospects 143, 123-4, 143 132, 133-4 17-23, 60, 75-6, congregations of difference 15-16, 17, and and worship 17, 18, 64 1960s 43, 54, 112, 118-19, 119, 125 areas 22, 64 conversion 19, 20, 63, 145 60-8 in self-sacrifice and subjectivization 64-5 121-2 and production-culture 5, 71-2, 84, 134 9 and authority 63, 67, 145 purchasing-culture 5, 68-71, 84, 134 future prospects 143, 145, 148, 149 growth 63-4, 75-6, 124 and humanity 17-18, 31, 155-6 future prospects 143-4 thesis and subjectivization and worship 21-2 thesis 78-82, 84, 111-12 wellbeing cuhure 83-94, 124, 130, and subjectivization 21-2, 23, 65-6, 75, 113, 124-5 congregations of humanity 19, 154-5 68-73, subjective turn see subjectivization and worship 21-2 congregations of experiential spiritual revolution 50, 75 and subjectivization 23, 62-4, 67, 75, 124-5, 143, 146-7 elements 128 life-as 132, 134, 136-7, P/. 14, PL 15, PL 16 Cupitt, Don 33, 71 Currie, Robert, Gilbert, Alan and dechne 41-2, 65, 75 Horsley, Lee 174 n. 11 future prospects 142-3, 144-5, 148 and God-in-humanity 17,18 Davie, Grace and humanitarian care 18, 22, 64-5, 143 49 Dawson, Lorne L. and Hennebry, Jenna 165 n.l7 Day, Abby 152
194 De De Index Beauvoir, Simonc 170 n.l8 Michaelis, Elizabeth evangelicalism American 124 162-3 n.l charismatic 19, 20-1, 64, 78, 146 deference, in congregational domain 15, 31 , and congregations of difference 15, 81 18,61, 147 Delphy, Christine and Leonard, and subjectivization 61 Diana 101, 102 and testimony 19-20 difference see congregations of experience, subjective difference 69 direction, spiritual domain, congregational, 82-3,85,87,95-6, 118-19 economy of 172 n.2 enhancement 29-30 and the sacred 31, 143, 145-6 20 see congregational domain downshifting and age profile of holistic milieu 1 07-9 and quality of life 93, 131 and relationality 108, 110 of experiential difference experiential domain 15-16 166 1, and small group involvement 67 experiential difference see congregations dualism, in congregational Durkheim, Emile 11, 17, 28-9, 65-6, as authoritative discipline, in life-as religion humanity see congregations of experiential humanity 96, 148, 159 n.l, Faith n.l Communities Today 64 family values 63, 79, 111, 142-3, education Farias, and involvement in holistic milieu 93^, 136 and subjectivization feelings and subjectivization 80, 146 5, and wellbeing culture 85-6 71-2, 80, 84-5, 126, 130, 134, 137-8 M. et al. 58, 163 HM Queen 1 Eisenberg, David Elizabeth II, 20-1; life-as religion n.6 17, 19, Festival for Mind Body Spirit Rodney Finke, Roger and Stark, 123, 162 n.l D. 51 163^ 2, 49, n.8 flower essences therapy 24, 156 energies and feng shui 71 Field, Clive see also feelings 'blocked' Kendal 24, 43 Fellside Centre, Emerson, Ralph Waldo 66 emotions, in 146-7 Miguel 99, 114 104 foot massage 156 subjective-life spiritualities 25, 26-7, 29, 38 Foucault, Michel 160 n. Francis, Leslie J., Lankshear, David W. and Jones, Susan H. 64 'subde' 25, 135 energy management workshops 156 Frankfurt School 160 n.5 enlightenment, and subjective -life freedom, and subjective-life 82-3, 95, spirituality 30, ethic 167 n.6 of subjectivity 80, 85, 130 115, 120 Frisk, Liselotte ethnography of religion 7 Fromm, European Values Surveys 114 Fuller, 168 n.l 1, 169 n.l Erich 160 n.5 Robert C. 92, 163-4 n.8
Index Gallup, George Jr. and Jones, Jr. groups, holistic 24, 27-8, 36 growth 43-5, 47 Timothy 49, 74, 120 Gallup, George 195 and Lindsay, D. Michael 56, 73-4, 168 n.ll numbers involved 38-40, 52, 57-9 growth personal 26,92, 170 n.l6 Gallup polls and church attendance 55, 56 and popular 74 beliefs and Sunday School attendance 72 spiritual 49, 61, 69, 71-2, 74, 92, 114, 173-4 n.7 Guest, Mathew 174 n.l Geertz, Clifford 96 Hadaway, C. Kirk and Marler, Penny Gehlen, Arnold 159 n.l Long gender and involvement congregational in and Chaves, Mark 55-6, 57, 163 domain 116-17 and involvement in holistic milieu 94-5, 98, 102-7, 108-10, and moral individualism 95 relationality 98-102, 103-5, roles 63, 116-17, 142, 170 n.l8 men, women General Social Surveys (USA), and church attendance 55, 56 Gergen, Kenneth 169 J. n. 125 Giddens, Anthony 79, 98, 169 n.l5 Gill, Gill, Robin 139, 140, 160-1 n.lb Robin, Hadaway, C. Kirk and Marler, Penny Gilliat-Ray, Long 73 Sophie 165 n.20 Gilligan, Carol 101, 170 nn.l8, 19 Gimlin, Debra L. 99, 166 n.4 Glenmary Institute 56, 66, 164 n.lO gnosticism, subjective -life spirituality as 62 and Cowan, Hall, Peter A. 166 n.2, 171 n.24 Hamilton, Clive 107, 109, 131 Phillip E. 67, 73, 115, 118 harmony 26, 27 and gender 104 Harrington, Anne 172-3 n.2 Harris Interactive Service Bureau 137, 163 n.7, 163-4 n.8, 168 n.ll, 169 n.l3 Harrison, Judy and Burnard, Philip 165 n.20 Heald, Gordon 51, 73, 92, 106, 108, 134 healing and congregations of experiential difference 19, in life-as religion 172 n.29 19 in subjective-life spirituality God 25-8, 44, 157 in humanit}' 17-18 and masculinit}' 15 in 164 n.lO Jeffrey K. Hammond, 108-10, 117 see also n.2, Hadden, Douglas E. 165 n.l7 136 and 56, 164 n.lO Hadaway, C. Kirk, Marler, Penny Long popular beliefs 73-4 Gomes, Jaquetta 27-8 Green Spirit group 157 Griffith, 124, 164 n.9 Gross, Martin 79 see also CAM health and age 108-9 and subjectivization 5, 73, 80, 126, 130, 138 and wellbeing culture 84, 92, 109, 130
196 Index heartlands activities 8 -9, 12-32, 152 change over time 40-5, 116-20 numbers involved see also in 33-40 congregational domain; Ellie A. 170 n.l6 n.l, practitioners 24, spirituality 8, 11, 13,23-30,31 and subjectivization herbalism 157 thesis 77, 78, 81, 82-110, 137 Hicks, Douglas A. 165 n.l transmission 135-6 hierarchy in congregational domain 15, 20, 64, 111, 116 management 79-80 Rob 119 Hobsbawm, Eric Timothy 137 Holy 5 Hochschild, Arlie 101, 102, 108, 170-1 n.20 Hoge, DeanR. 114 Hoge, Dean R, Johnson, Benton and Luidens, Donald A. 115, 120 Hoge, Dean R, McGuire, Kenneth and Stratman, Bernard F. 115, 120-1, and subjective homeopathy 24, 27-8, 44, 52, 87, 89, 157 hospices, and holistic spiritualit)^ 73, 80, 84, 85 hospitals, and holistic spirituality 73, 126 Hout, Michael and Greeley, Andrew 124, 172 n.28 and Roozen, David 56 Houtman, Dick and A. 115, 120, 172 n.28 holistic milieu Spirit, experience 6, 17, 20, 21, 23, 62-3, 144-5, 146 Hofstede, Geert 100, 171 n.25 R USA 49, 57-8, 60, 99, 137 and wellbeing culture 86-90 in Hollinger, Franz and Smith, Hirst, Hoge, Dean 66-7 and subjective -life 110, 171 n.21, 173 nn.3, 5 in 26-9 52, 89-92, 91 small groups Heelas, Paul and Seel, Benjamin 89, 36^0, 45-6, reasons for involvement 29, 30, 39, 165 nn.l8, 22, 173 n.7, 174 n.l2 7, 52-5, 57-8, 77, 135-6, 149 and Beckford, James Heelas, Paul 154, 159 n.l, 161 n.4, 162 mapping 37-8, 43, 152, 161 n.3 newspaper coverage 70 numbers involved holistic milieu Hedges, growth 42-5, 47-8, 54, 59, 60, 75, 81-2, 88-90, 107 Mascini, Peter 95, 110, 115, 127, 137-8, 165-6 156-8 age profiles 107-10, 132-3, 134, n.23, 168 n.ll, 169 n.l3 136, 137 and Christian background 133 humanity and congregational domain 31-2, hypnotherapy 157 see congregations of humanity Hunter, James Davison 61, 67 60-8, PL 17 and educational background 93-4, 136 future prospects 129, 131-8, and gender 94-5, 98, 102-7, 108-10, 136 lannaccone, Laurence 123 Indian head massage 157 149 individualism, and subjectivism 95-7, 98-100, 106, 135, 148, 170 n.l6 individualization
Index and congregational domain 14, subjective-life spirituality 115-16 Ronald 5, 79, Moreno, Alejandro 115, 169 n.l4 and P/. 2 questionnaire Kenton, Leslie 169 n.l Keynes, John Maynard 129, 130-1 kinesiology^ 26, 28, 29, 87, subjective-life 757 26, 86 spirituality' inter-faith 152, xiii, see also Miguel and Inglehart, Ronald, Basanez, PL 10 7, team 86, 93-4, 110, 114, 120, 131, 172 n.30 integration, 23-30, 131-2, 133-4, 135-6, 156-8, PL and subjectivization 11,90,95-7 Inglehart, 197 Lakeland College of Homeopathy 24, group 157 43-4 lona group 157 Lambert, Yves 127 James, William 148-9, 159 n.l Jarvinen, Langford, Wendy 110 language of subjective -life spirituality Margaretha 101 70-1 Jehovah's Witnesses 46, 161 n.5 164 n.l Jesuits 3 Lau, Kimberly Jesus Christ, devotion to 15 Leonardo, Micaela Johnson, Douglas W, Picard, Paul R. liberalism, religious Jones, Constance A. 168 n.l 66 al. di 101 and church growth 172 n.28 and Quinn, Bernard 56 Jones, Dale E. et J. 1, 169 n.l and congregations of humanit}' 18, 64-5, 145 life Dean M. 62, 123-i Kelley, in-relation Kelner, Marrijoy and Wellman, life-as Beverly 168 n.ll, 173-4 n.7 Kendal 53,68-9, 151, PL life-itself as site 1 Kendal Cancer Care 24, 156 Kendal Leisure Centre 24, 29, 152, 25, 127 of worship 33, 38 50, 61-3, 68, 80, 82-4, 87, 149 PI. 11 see also life-as spirituality; subjective- Kendal Project 12-32 xiii-xiv, 8, age profile 107-10, 132-3, 134, 136 life spirituality; life trainers 113-14, 116, 121-2, 140, 144, 146-7, 154-6, PL 3, PL 6 definitions of spirituality feasibility 98 study 8, 12-13, 151 profile 94-5, 103-6, 136 research strategies 151-8 spiritual revolution 9, 33-48, 50 religion, life-as 80 life-as spirituality congregational domain 13-23, and 4 70 subjective-life 3-5, 6, 8-9, 25, 33, Kendal College 24, 44, 53, 165 n.l9 gender 3, 6-7, 8-9, 22, 31 and decline 6-7, 9-10, 12, 23, 60, 111, 131 and external authority 2-5, 13, 14, 16, and 6, 10, 61-3 subjective-life spirituality 60-8, 75 W. 56, 64 Loop Cottage, Kendal 24, Lindner, Eileen 12-13, 32, 37, 44 Lc)wendahl, Lena 162 n.6, 169 n.l 1,
198 Index Liickmann, Thomas Miller, 2, 9, 55, 73, Donald 62-3, 67, 124 Lukes, Steven 96, 159 n.2, 169 n.l Simon and Budd, Sarah 52 Mingins, Rosemary 152 Lynch, Gordon 110, 121 Mitroff, Ian 159 Mills, n.l L and Denton, Elizabeth nT8 A. 165 management culture, subjectivization and Moore, R. Laurence 165 71,79-80,88,130 moralism, and Mann, Horace 41, 45, 139 Marler, Penny Long and Hadaway, 16-17, 18, 145 Mudie-Smith, Richard 34 Mulgan, Geoffrey 166 n.2 C. Kirk 56, 166 n.24 Marler, Penny nT7 life-as religion Long and Roozen, mysticism. Christian 6, 65, 144 David A. 119 naturopathy 24, 157 Marsden, George 145 masculinity, and God New Age 15 massage 24, 28, 44, 87, 89, 138, 157 massage retreats life see holistic milieu; subjective- spirituality new paradigm churches 62-4, 69 materialism, and church attendance 147 114 McCullers, Carson 11, 97 new McGuire, Meredith 1-2, 168 n.ll, 169 newspapers CAM meditation 7, 136 Christian 65, n. Norman, Edward 65 Nussbaum, Martha 166 n.4 Nussbaum, Martha and Glover, see press; television medicine, complementary and alternative see movements 167 see press Nietzsche, Friedrich 77 n.l3, 171 n.21, 172 n.29 media religious Jonathan 166 n.2 144 nutritional therapy 29, 157 Transcendental Meditation 43, 122 megachurches, and experiential difference 62-4, obedience, in congregational domain 15 147 men Orchard, Helen 165 n.20 osteopathy 24, 38, 138, 157 and individuated subjectivism 98-100, involvement 106-7 in holistic milieu 106-7 paganism Mercer, Calvin and Durham, Thomas W. 100, 168 nTl meridian therapy 157 metamorphic technique 157 Methodist Church holistic milieu methodology 46, 54 see case studies; questionnaire 7, 157 palm reading 157 Partridge, Chris 71 Penning, James M. and Smith, Cor win E. 61 Pentecostal Christians, and holistic declining attendance 65, 139 and Ostwalt, Conrad 165 n.l 95, milieu 54 Martyn 146, 172 n.29 Perrin, Robin D., Kennedy, Paul and Percy, Miller, Donald E. 64, 147
Index Perry, Everett and Hoge, Dean R. 39-40, 46, holistic milieu 25, 30, 91-3, 94, 98, 105-6, 107-8, 133, 172 n.28 136, 153, 157-8 161 n.4 pilates 199 Quinn, Bernard Gay 66 157 pluralization 130 Pilgrim, et al. 56, 66 play therapy politics, subjectivization 166 n.2 Poloma, Margaret M. and Hoelter, Lynette F. 148, 169 n.l4, 172 n.30 practitioners, holistic 24, female Ray, Paul 26-7, 36-8 107,132-3 94 H. and Anderson, Sherry Ruth 99, 163 n.7 157 172 n.29 post-materialism 79, 114, 115, 131, age profile Rainbow Cottage, Kendal 24, 29, 37, 44, 152, PL 5 rebirthing 7, 29, 87, recognition, in holistic milieu 105 Redfield, James Reeves, 70 Thomas C. 65 reflexology 7, 24, 89, 138, numbers 53, 59 number of practitioners 52 numbers attending 39-40, 57, 58 reiki relationships with participants 27-9, relationality 157 7,24,26,29, 87, 138, 157 and downshifting 108, 110 88,90,98 and gender 98-102, 103-5, 108-10, press and holistic activities 59, 70, 162-3 and wellbeing culture 84 Presser, Stanley and Stinson, Linda relationships and subjective-life spirituality Princeton Religion Research Center 120, 121-2 Rosemary 101 prosperity, and congregations of experiential difference 172 n.29 psychic consultancy 157 and wellbeing culture 85-6, 88, 90, 103 relaxation therapy 157 religion, life-as 5, 6-7, 8-9, 31, 50, 125-6, PI. 8 decline 6-7, 9-10, 12, 23, 48, 75-7, 81, 126-7, 131, 149 psycho-drama 43 and education-culture 71-2 psychosyn thesis 28, 157 future prospects 131, psychotherapy 157 growth Putnam, Robert D. 101-2, 142, and life-as life and life-as 166 n.2 Puttick, Liz 69-70 see Society of Friends questionnaire congregational domain 14, 113-14, 153 areas 139-47 123-4 forms 160 n.4a values 114-15, 141-3, 146-7 new Quakers 27-8, 95-7, 98 57 Pringle, 117 and subjectivism 96-7, 135 n.l religious movements 167 n.8 and production-culture 71 and purchasing-culture 68-71 and spirituality 2, 12-32 5-6,
200 Index Romanticism, and culture of wellbeing religion, lifc-as (cont'd) and 172-3 n.2 siibjcctivization thesis 77, 78, Roof, 111, 113 subjectivized 23, religion, 62-3 119, congregational domain see also and Roof, 5-6, 73-4 spirituality qualitative 7, 8, C. Kirk 62, 64, 164 n.lO Rose, Nikolas 81 144 revolution, sixties, see sixties revolution revolution, spiritual 1-2, in Britain 23, 6-9 Christianit)^ 2, Rousseau, Jean-Jacques 13-23, 60-8 sacralization 6, and cultural transformation 50, 49-76 prospects 75, 148-50 holistic milieu Sai Salvation 33-48 81-110 Army 35 Kimon Rowland 63 Schwartz, Shalom and Huismans, Spike 114, 115 and new paradigm churches 62-4 and personal beliefs 50, 73^, 75, 89, 98, 126 Scott, and subjectivization self 130, 135 79 Kelleher, Ellen in-relation 2, 11, 138 life-as roles, life-as 14, 30, 62, 67, 78, 104, 111-12, 116-17, 139, 142 1, 15, in 46 Centre 164 105 141-7 86 life-as religion self-sacrifice holistic milieu Jesuit Spirituality 18, self-realization 81, and Catholicism declining attendance 65 15, 22, 121 3, 14, 15, 20, 61, 81 congregations of humanity 22, 64 Sennett, Richard 70, 169 n.l5 n. 13 sexuality, in life-as religion 16, 63 and returnees 115 Sharma, Ursula 168 n.ll, 171 n.24 and subjectivization 61 Sharma, Ursula and Black, Paula 99 in USA 57 77 81-2, autonomous 95-7, 105, 115, 120, 121-2, 172 n.28 Dan and thesis 111-25, 127 49-50, 55-60, 165 n.21 Richter, Philip and Francis, Leslie 120, Rieff, Philip Robert Owens 166 n.24 Sea of Faith group 157 secularization 9-10, 33, 48, 55, 62, and subjectivization 60-8 and thesis Schwartz, Shalom 114 mini-revolutions 46-8, 54, 149 Roman 82-3 Baba group 157 Sargeant, and Kendal Project 9, 12-13, 32, Roberts, 9-10, 33, 77 Salamon, Karen 165 n.l 6-7, 23-30, 31, 138 USA 1 subjective-life 31, and subjectivization 68-73, 75 future Rose, Stuart 169 n.l 50-5 evidence for 7-9, in Clark and MacKinney, Roozen, David A. and Hadaway, 14 1 retreats, Christian 69, and 159 n.l, 168 n.ll Wade William 164 n.l quantitative 7, 8 and Clark 57-8, 77, 118-19, Roozen, David A. 114 research and Wade Shiatsu 27,29, 138, 157
Index Mark Shiblcy, A. 62, 64, 65, 67, 124, subjective-life spirituality 5-7, 8-9 163 n.3 shops, and holistic spirituality 68-9 Silk, in congregational Mark 164 n.l5 in Simmha, Anton 87 in holistic milieu 43, 54, 132, in 133^ and culture 68-73 and education-culture counter-culture Survey (1997) 50-1 Society of Friends: fijture as declining attendance 41-2, 66 attendance 66 in Southern Baptist Convention (US) 62 touch therapy 157 49, 54, 59, 65 Christian 5-6, 65, 121-2, 144-5 immanent 57 life-as 6-7,8-10,74 in press and purchasing-culture 98-102, 135 173 n.7 5, 68-71, 84, thesis 77, 78, 82-110 USA 49, 57-60 81, in see also holistic see also life-as spirituality; subjective- milieu subjectivism, individuated/relational 2, 96-7, 98-100, 106, 170 n.l6 spirituality 33,99 Rodney and and subjectivization 12-32 small-group 66-7 Stacey, Jackie and media 70-1 134 2, 5-6, significance 1-2, 25, 73-4, 89, beliefs 98, 126, 137 meaning 1-2, 74 relationality 10 numbers involved 36^0, 52-5, 57-8, 135-6 and personal spirituality: subjectivization Finke, Steindl-Rast, David 169 Roger 123 n. 15 Margaret 152 and USA irreplaceabilities and religion thesis 77, 78, 81, 82-110, 137 134 stress, 9-10, 12, 42-5, 47-8, 75,77,81-2, 126-7, and subjectivization Soul of Britain Survey (2000) 51, 73, Stelfox, 1, 149 in Sointu, Eeva 105 Stark, gnosticism 62 54, 60, 143-4 life prospects 131-2 growth and experiential humanity 21, 65, and 71-2, 126, and enlightenment 30, 167 n.6 Smith, Dorothy 102 Social Attitudes 5, 130, 137-8 Smith, Christian 67, 124 spinal congregations of humanity 19-20, 22,23 impact on churches 112, 117-19, 119 growth 62^ congregations of experiential humanity 21-2, 23, 65-6 sixties revolution: see also congregations of experiential difference 23, 166 n.4 Singer, Peter domain 14-17, 22-3, 60-8 Simmel, Georg 148-9, 159 n.l and 201 holistic milieu 39, 52,92, 104 in Christianity 60-8, 144 and individualization 1 subjectivization thesis 2-5, 9-10, 31-2, 27, 29, 30, 75, 77, 149 and age 107-10, 132-3, 137
202 Index subjectivization thesis Tipton, Steven canted) ( and congregational domain 8 1 111-25, 126, 130-1, 143-5 cultural 14, 22, 142, change 2-5, 78-82, 111-12, 116 cultural 145 Transcendental Meditation 43, 122 transmission, intergenerational momentum 130-2 ' congregational domain 119,140, 146 and future of associational 129-50 activities 67, 124, 159 n.l 114 transcendence, in Christianity 3, 6, 10, counter-evidence 123-4 and M. traditionalism 3, holistic milieu 135-6 and gender 94-107 Trilling, Lionel 95, and growth of holistic milieu 77, 78, Troeltsch, Ernst 148-9, 159 126 nT True Vision group 157 81, 82-110, 137 and wellbeing culture 83-94, 'Turning Point' shop 44 124 Sufism 161 uniqueness, n. Sunday Schools, decline 72, 133 Sweden, church attendance 129, 141, 62-3 difference and congregations of humanit}^ 18 143 and tai human 11,13 and congregations of experiential 152, 157 subjective-life spirituality 4, 30, 31,50, 75,78,87,135 chi 7, 24, 26, 29, 37, 43, 69, 138, and wellbeing culture 81, 82-5, non-spiritual practice 87 52 numbers involved 53 Unitarianism, and experiential Taize singing 157 Tamney, Joseph B. 64, 65, 67, 78, 124 humanity 21, 31, 65-6, 143-4 United Reformed Church, declining tarot card reading 157 attendance 65 Taylor, Charles 2-3, 5, 77, 79, 97, Universal Peace dancing 43, television, reality shows 80 Tennyson, Alfred Lord territory, associational 3, 8, church attendance 55-7, 59-60, 65, 77 12-13, 33 120, 147, 174-5 nT4 congregations of difference 123 testimony, evangelical 19-20 and education-culture 165 Theravada Buddhism 28 growth in small growth in subjective-life Thomas, K. 157 USA 159 n.l J., Coleman, NichoU, P. J. P. and 58, 99, 163 n.6, 167 n.5 Thompson, Wayne L., Carroll, Jackson W. and Hoge, Dean 165 holistic 49, 54, 59, 65 miheu 49, 57-8, 60, 99, 137 and life -as values 114-15 media 164 nT5, 165 R. 172 n.28 Thrift, Nigel spirituality and nT8 and popular nT9 groups 66-7 beliefs nT6 73-4
Index and spiritual revolution 49-50, 55-60, 165 n.21 Women's spirituality group 157 Woodhead, Linda 144, 152, 154, 159 n.l and wellbeing culture 86 Woodhead, Linda and Heelas, Paul Woodward, James 72 146-7 Veroff, Joseph 166 n.2, et al. 5, 79, 86, 100, Woolf, Virginia 80 Wootton, 168 n.ll C. and Sparber, A. 99, 168 J. n.ll, 169 n.l3, 171 n.21 157 vision therapy World Values Surveys Walter, alternative Watts, Alan 118 in Max 77 in in retreats in 124-5 20-1 congregations of experiential congregations of humanity 17, 18, 64 and gender 98-107 holistic milieu numbers involved 34-5, 140-1 29, 86-90, 124, 132, 136, PL 10, PI. Wraight, Heather and Brierley, Peter 174 n.ll 14 and purchasing-culture 68-71 as quality forms 174 n.l humanity 21-2 69 congregational domain 121, and 14, 131 congregations of experiential difference wellbeing and Christian 1 worship Tony 73 Warner, R. Stephen 49 Weber, Andrew 71 Wuthnow, Robert 33, Wright, of life 84, 86, 87, 89, 94, 103, 131-2, 166 n.2 and subjectivization 55, 56, 59, 62, 66-7, 74, 118, 159 n.l thesis 81, 83-94, 124-5, 130 Yafai, Faisal al 138 White, A. and Ernst, E. 163 n.6 Yankelovich, Daniel 79, 168 n.ll wholeness, and subjective-life Yearbook of American spirituality 26-8, 30, 105 Wild Ken 133 Women group 157 in congregational in holistic milieu relationality Women's Aglow movement in groups PI. 11 43^, 59 52 94-5, 98-102, 103-5, 108-10, 117 164 n.9 K. T. 171 n.27 non-spiritual practice 29, 30, 39, 102-7, 108-10, 136, 157 and xii Yip, growth domain 116-17 involvement W. B. Andrew Yeats, yoga 24, 26-7, 69, 757, women involvement and Canadian Churches 56 wicca 7 Wilber, 17, 159 n.l 113-16, 126, 141-3, values, life-as 203 numbers involved 46, 53-4, 58, 89, 136, 137, 162-3 n.l and relationality 170 n.l seen as spiritual 7, 173-4 n.7 and younger people 137-8 Young, Iris Marion 170 n. 19
204 Index young people in and holistic milieu 134,137-8 congregations of experiential difference and decline affiliation 147 in Zaleski, Jeff church 165 n.l7 Zinnbauer, Brian J. et al. 165 n.24 118-20, 140-1 hidex compiled by Mcjj Davics (Rejjistered Indexer, SocieW of Indexers) J Of tne Sale of this material b^nf^C:
BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY 3 9999 04917 568 8
This book explores the significance subjective turn in modern culture. for contemporary To understand this, religion research and constant reflection on our categories. Heelas and both in generous measure.' CA)ar/es7ay/or, 'This well-researched Hugh McLeod, all University of in Woodhead supply offers a challenging diagnosis of and cogently argued study those interested spirituality of the both careful empirical /WcG/7/ L/n/Vers/Y/ the spiritual condition of present-day Britain. theologians, and and we need It be hotly debated by sociologists, will the future of religion and spirituality.' ^ Birmingham 'The Spiritual Revolution provides a much-needed survey and theoretical synthesis of research on religious involvement, particularly ...The result is a Great Britain and the United States in much more nuanced and productive account change of religious than the usual secularization versus sacralization approach.' Penny Marler, Samford University Are we giving ^ living way . through a 'spiritual revolution' in which traditional forms of religion are new forms of spirituality? Are yoga, reiki and to become more popular than churchgoing? to practice set other forms of holistic This book addresses these questions by presenting findings from a major research project designed to chart the state of religion little to support more extreme claims and of change, it spirituality today. Though demand conformity to higher truth. These faring far better than religions developments are explained by drawing attention to the significance of a 'subjective turn' whereby conformity to inner to external obligations and wellbeing. life finds discovers that spiritualities which engage with the depths of personal experience are that it becomes in the wider culture - less important than sensitivity - . ^.-^r Paul Heelas Lecturer in is Professor in Religion and Modernity and Linda Woodhead Christian Studies, both in the is Department of Religious Studies Senior at Lancaster University, UK. They have written extensively on religion and spirituality in the modern world. Cover photo © imagelOO/Alamy Cover design by Raven Design Printed in Great Britain Visit our website at www.blackwellpublishers.com ....